Faculty Handbook - Oak Park and River Forest High School

Transcription

OAK PARK AND RIVER FOREST
HIGH SCHOOL
FACULTY HANDBOOK
(Updated September 2009)
Section 1 – Page 0
Section 1
INTRODUCTION
PREFACE .................................................................................................................................. 2
OPEN LETTER TO THE O.P.R.F.H.S. COMMUNITY .......................................................... 3
INTRODUCTION ..................................................................................................................... 3
HUMAN DIVERSITY AND HUMAN DIGNITY ................................................................... 5
FACULTY SENATE/IEA ......................................................................................................... 6
PREFACE
Our Faculty Handbook is designed to be a helpful reference tool for all faculty members at
Oak Park and River Forest High School. The Handbook is a summary of those District 200
Board policies and procedures. Its main purpose is to provide vital information that will assist
faculty in fulfilling our common responsibility to provide a comprehensive high quality
education for every student in an equitable, consistent, and efficient manner. Having our
philosophy, policies, and procedures all collected in one resource should help us achieve these
goals.
Please read the Handbook in detail, and use it as a reference throughout the school year. It is
important that we are all working from the most current policies and procedures. Should
policies or procedures be added, modified, or eliminated, the Handbook will be updated
appropriately.
Please feel free to offer suggestions at any time regarding improvements to this Handbook to the
Assistant Superintendent for Human Resources.
As a reminder to all of us of the impact of a caring community, a letter received from Stanley
Vornacka in July 2003 is included as a part of our Handbook.
Attila J. Weninger, Superintendent
(Revised 02/09)
An Open Letter to the OPRFHS Community
This was a handwritten letter received by the Superintendent’s Office in July 2003. It might
hold some interest to you.
July 27, 2003
Dear Sir,
In 1945, I was a patient in McCloskey General Hospital. I just came from Anjio Beach where
I lost my leg above the knee and almost my life. It was early morning and I was right under
enemy guns, so I couldn’t be moved until under cover of darkness. By the time I was taken to
a tent—a hospital, there was no pulse. They asked me if I would like to see a chaplain. I
thought they must be digging a hole for me already. I said, ‘No, I will be all right,’ and I was
one of the lucky ones—I lived.
When I was at the hospital in Texas, I went to the sun porch to look for a pair of crutches.
There were these beautiful solid oak crutches made at the Oak Park High School. I still use
these crutches although they are both broken and I have them wrapped with string and tape.
They are very special to me. I was lucky to get these because there were over 5,000 of us
amputees there. I thought you might find this of interest since I have used these crutches for
all these years. Do you still have any of these oak crutches left? I want to say they were
really finished nicely and not like the other cheap pine crutches that would break so often.
Sincerely,
Stanley Vornacka
P.S. I wonder how many thousand crutches those students made. Maybe if you put a piece in
your paper, some of these who helped make these crutches would be glad to hear that
somebody out there is still using the crutches that were made there in school.
INTRODUCTION
...............................................................................................................................................
MISSION STATEMENT
During the 1993-94 school year, Oak Park and River Forest High School embarked upon a
Strategic Planning process. As part of that process, the following Mission Statement and
values were adopted:
Oak Park and River Forest High School exists to provide all students a superior education so
that they may achieve their full human potential.
In pursuit of this mission, we value
•
Educational excellence for its own worth;
•
A broad range of educational opportunities;
•
The potential in all students to learn;
•
A commitment to learning as the responsibility of each student to achieve his or
her full potential;
•
An awareness of students as individuals with different learning styles;
•
Respect for the rights of all members of the school community in a secure, safe
and caring environment;
•
A sense of community and good citizenship;
•
Equity across groups and fairness toward individuals;
•
The high school as a communicator of common values to students;
•
An appreciation of diversity;
•
A sense of self worth;
•
A partnership between the student, family, school, and community.
Adopted by the Board of Education October 27, 1995
Reviewed 01/09
HUMAN DIVERSITY AND HUMAN DIGNITY
Board of Education Policy 101 (found in Section IX of this Handbook) was originally adopted
in 1975 and last amended in 2004. It provides a fundamental philosophy upon which the high
school approaches all interaction with students, staff and community members. In addition, it
guides all instructional and non-instructional decision-making and planning. Policy 101 is a
cornerstone tenet of the District, which sets it apart from most other school systems.
Reviewed 01/09
FACULTY SENATE/IEA
The Faculty Senate is the official bargaining agent for all certified personnel at Oak Park and
River Forest High, save Administrators and Division Heads. The Faculty Senate represents
Teachers, Dean Counselors, Deans of Discipline, librarians, and certified Support Staff.
The Faculty Senate was organized in 1969 and reorganized in 1997 when it became affiliated
with the National Educational Association (NEA) and Illinois Education Association (IEA).
The purpose of the Faculty Senate is to provide a platform for its membership to discuss
issues important to the District’s educational goals, to speak with one voice to the Board of
Education and to the administration, to collectively bargain with the Board of Education, to
provide a vehicle for resolving grievances, to provide a channel for the sharing and
implementation of ideas, and to foster collegiality, unity and morale among the faculty.
Senate membership is divided into four groups called quartiles. Each quartile represents
approximately one quarter of the faculty. A Faculty member’s placement in a quartile is
based upon seniority on the salary schedule. Each quartile elects three individuals to represent
them on the Executive Committee of the Faculty Senate.
The daily governance of the Faculty Senate is conducted by the Faculty Senate Executive
Committee (FSEC). The FSEC is comprised of 12 elected quartile representatives (three from
each quartile) and seven officers (the Chairperson, Speaker, Treasurer, Secretary, and two
Sergeants-at-Arms). The FSEC meets on Wednesday afternoons after school to conduct
Faculty Senate business. Faculty members are always welcome.
In Union settings, Illinois law guarantees every employee the right to union representation in
connection with investigations that may lead to discipline. If a faculty member is called into a
meeting and questioned about matters that may result in discipline, the faculty member is
entitled to union representation upon request before the meeting is continued.
Reviewed 01/09
Section 2
ROSTERS AND SCHEDULES
2009-2010 School Calendar…………………………………………………………………….2
Employee Names and Areas of Assignment…………………………………………………….4
Daily Schedule/Alternative Schedules…………………………………………………………..17
Section 2 - Page 1
2009 – 2010 SCHOOL CALENDAR
Section 2 - Page 2
Oak Park and River Forest High School
District 200
2009 – 2010 School Calendar
August 2009
S
M
February 2010
OPENING/CLOSING DAYS OF SCHOOL
T
W
T
F
S
(A) 1st Student Day–1st Sem.
August 26
1
January 26
(A) 1 Student Day–2 Sem.
June 10
(Ω) Last Day of School
st
S
nd
M
T
W
T
F
S
1
2
3
4
5
6
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
7
8
9
10
11
X
13
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
14
X
16
17
18
19
20
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
STUDENT NON-ATTENDANCE DAYS (X)
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
23
24
X
A
27
28
29
28
30
31
September 2009
S
M
August 25
Institute Day
September 7
Labor Day
September 11
Staff Development
October 12
Columbus Day
March 2010
S
T
W
T
F
S
November 5
Parent-Teacher Conferences
1
2
3
4
5
November 6
Veterans Day Observed
M
T
W
T
F
S
X
2
3
4
5
6
Staff Development
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
6
X
8
9
¶
X
12
November 25
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
November 26-27
Thanksgiving Holiday
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
20
21
Θ
22
Θ
23
Θ
24
25
26
Dec. 21- Jan. 1
Winter Break
21
22
23
24
25
Q3
27
January 18
M. L. King Jr. Observed
28
X
X
X
January 22
Records Day
January 25
Institute Day
April 2010
Non-Attendance Day
S
T
W
T
F
S
X
X
3
27
October 2009
S
M
T
W
T
Θ
F
Θ
S
Θ
February 12
February 15
Presidents Day Observed
M
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
March 1
Casimir Pulaski Observed
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
X
13
14
15
16
17
March 29 – April 2
Spring Break
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
May 31
Memorial Day
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
Q1
29
30
31
June 11
Staff Development
25
26
27
28
29
30
July 5
4th of July Observed
November 2009
May 2010
S
M
T
W
1
2
3
▲
8
9
10
11
15
16
17
18
22
29
23
30
24
25
T
F
S
PARENT-TEACHER CONFERENCE DAYS (▲)
X
X
7
November 4
12
13
14
19
20
21
X
X
28
S
M
M
T
W
T
F
2
3
4
5
6
7
November 5
11:15 a.m. – 7:30 p.m.
END OF GRADING PERIODS
Q1 1st quarter
nd
January 15
Q2 2 quarter
March 26
Q3 3rd quarter
June 4
Q4 4th quarter
T
W
T
F
S
1
2
3
4
5
COMMENCEMENT (۩)
June 13
S
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
X
T
W
T
F
S
1
2
3
Q4
5
1
4:30 – 7:30 p.m.
October 30
December 2009
S
June 2010
S
M
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
6
7
8
9
Ω
X
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
۩
◙
◙
S
◙
◙
19
20
X
X
X
X
X
26
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
X
X
X
X
27
28
29
30
T
W
T
F
S
1
2
3
January 2010
S
3
M
T
SEMESTER EXAM DAYS
st
January 19-21
1 Semester
June 7-10
2nd Semester
July 2010
LATE ARRIVAL DAYS
W
T
7
F
S
X
2
8
9
4
5
6
10
11
12
13
14
Q2
16
17
X
19
20
21
X
23
24
X
A
27
28
29
30
31
3:00 p.m.
S
M
To be determined
MISCELLANEOUS
September 10
¶ Open House
Sept. 28 – Oct. 3
Θ Homecoming Week
June 14-18
June 16
◙ Emergency Days
Section 2 - Page 3
S Summer School Begins
4
X
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
EMPLOYEE NAMES AND AREAS OF ASSIGNMENT
Section 2 - Page 4
Last Name ACHARYA ADELMAN ALEXANDER ALLEE ALLEN AMBROSE AMORELLA ANTUNEZ ARIOLA ARIOLA ARRIAGA ASBURY ASBURY AVALOS BAGHRI WEISMAN BAKER BALCHUNAS BALDWIN BANCROFT BARDEEN BARDO BARKER BAYER BEARD BECKAM BECKER BEJARANO DE DURAZO BELL BELL BELLAMY BELPEDIO BERNTHAL BIASIELLO BIGGINS BILLINGSLEY BISHOP BLACK BLACKWELL BLAND First Name KIRTI JONATHAN DEVON DOUGLAS ALFRED BRANDI DANIEL MARIA ANTHONY JAMES FRANCISCO KIMBERLY LILLIE CARMEN NIMMI RICKY MARGARET CHRISTOPHER
MILANNE KAREN NANCY PEACHES MICHELLE JOSEPH MYLES KIMBERLY NUBIA ANDREA JAMES OCTAVIUS DOUGLAS DAVID TONI COLLEEN OLIVIA JANEL TODD MARSHA ZELDA Position Assignment Desc ATTENDANCE CLERK SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER TA ENGLISH TEACHER MATH TEACHER MATH TEACHER COUNSELOR SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER FOOD SERVICE SAFETY AND HEALTH OFFICER SAFETY AND HEALTH OFFICER MATH TEACHER COUNSELOR'S SECRETARY COMPUTER LAB AIDE MATH TEACHER MATH TEACHER PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHER SAFETY AND HEALTH OFFICER MATH TEACHER ADMIN ASST‐CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION SCIENCE TEACHER BUSINESS EDUCATION TEACHER FOOD SERVICE SCIENCE TEACHER SAFETY AND HEALTH OFFICER BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHER BOOKSTORE SECRETARY SAFETY AND HEALTH MONITOR ENGLISH TEACHER SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER BUSINESS EDUCATION TEACHER SCIENCE TEACHER HISTORY TEACHER SPECIAL ED PROGRAM COOR ‐ LD SPECIAL EDUCATION TA ASST. PRINCIPAL FOR SAFETY AND HEALTH PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHER ENGLISH TEACHER HISTORY DIVISION SECRETARY Section 2 - Page 5
BLUMINBERG BOHNE BOOTH BOULWARE BOZNOS BRENNOCK BRENT BROWN BROWN BROWN BROWN BRYANT BUHAY‐EMERSON BUMGARDNER BURBANO BURGDORFF BURNS BYARS CADA CALDWELL CALDWELL CAMPBELL CARDASCIO CARIOSCIO CARLIN CARLSON CARLSON CARMODY CARPARELLI CARROW‐SEVER CARSON JR CHAMBERS CHARETTE‐BASSIRIRAD CHENEY CHERRY CHERRY CHICHESTER CIPPARRONE CLANTON CLARK CLAYTON DEBORAH KARA CHRISTINE BILL TOULA THERESE VIRGINIA DOUGLAS LATONIA LONNIE PATRICIA ROCHELLE JILL MARY JAIME JENNIFER LINDA MICHAEL LINDA VERNISA WANDA SANDRA FRANCINE MICHAEL LEAH ANN LINDA MICHAEL ANNAMARIA MICHELLE SAMUEL ARTHUR JACQUELINE PATRICIA ROBERT ROBERT D JAMES CAROLYN THOMAS ANDRE BIRDIA COUNSELOR SCIENCE TEACHER SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER FINE AND APPLIED ARTS DIVISION HEAD REGISTRAR SPECIAL ED PROGRAM COOR ‐ ED ENGLISH TEACHER DRIVER EDUCATION TEACHER STUDENT ACTIVITIES SECRETARY BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS FOOD SERVICE COMPUTER LAB AIDE MATH TEACHER ATTENDANCE SECRETARY MATH TEACHER PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHER SABBATICAL LEAVE SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER DIRECTOR OF SPECIAL EDUCATION FOOD SERVICE FOOD SERVICE ART TEACHER DORS CHIEF INFORMATION OFFICER SPECIAL EDUCATION SECRETARY INFO. SYSTEMS & INST ‐ LIBRARIAN PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHER SPECIAL EDUCATION TA WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER ART TEACHER SAFETY AND HEALTH HEAD BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS BOOKSTORE MANAGER COMPUTER LAB AIDE INTERIM MATH DIVISION HEAD INTERIM MATH DIVISION HEAD SCIENCE TEACHER SCIENCE LAB AIDE SAFETY AND HEALTH MONITOR SAFETY AND HEALTH MONITOR FOOD SERVICE Section 2 - Page 6
COKER‐MARTIN ETTA COLLINS DELORIS COLLINS MARK COLLINS PATRICIA COLLINS ROBERT COLQUHOUN JEREMY CONDNE JOHN CONRICK TERESA CORCORAN DANIEL CORDERO ELIMELEC CORNER JEAN COSTOPOULOS JOHN COUGHLIN JAMES CRAFT DALE CRANE PATRICIA CRAWFORD ELEANOR CRISP DAVID CUBIE DARLENE CULLOTTA GLORIA DAGGETT CHRISTINE DAVIS BRIAN DAVIS LEA DEBRUIN MARY ANN DELIMATA DANIELLE DELIUS TODD DELRIO MANUEL DEMBOWSKI SARA DENNIS JASON DEPASQUALE KATIE DIAZ KELLY DIEDERICH DONNA DIVERDE MARCI DIXON ELIZABETH DOBIAS DANIELLE DOBLE ESTEBAN DOMANCHUK THEODORE DONATUCCI FAWN DONOGHUE SUE DORAME MICHAEL DOTSON MURRAY MICHELL DOUGLAS MICHOL SPECIAL EDUCATION TA ADMINISTRATIVE ASST.‐PRINCIPAL ART TEACHER SECRETARY BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS SCIENCE TEACHER RADIO AND TV TEACHER SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER MATH TEACHER BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS SAFETY AND HEALTH MONITOR SCIENCE TEACHER SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER DRIVER AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION DIV HD SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER HISTORY TEACHER BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS COUNSELOR'S SECRETARY WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER BUSINESS EDUCATION TEACHER SPECIAL EDUCATION TA INFO. SYSTEMS & INST ‐ LIBRARIAN MATH TEACHER BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS FOOD SERVICE SECRETARY DEAN MATH TEACHER WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER ATHLETICS/B&G SECRETARY WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER HEALTH SERVICES PROFESSIONAL SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER ENGLISH TEACHER ENGLISH TEACHER FOOD SERVICE FOOD SERVICE Section 2 - Page 7
DRESSEL DUCKSWORTH DUNSON EBSEN EDGECOMBE EDGECOMBE EDMOND ERICKSON EVANS EWALD FARLEY FARLEY FAULKNER FAUST FERRIER FISHER FLETCHER FLETCHER FORAN FOTZLER FOX FUENTES GAITER GAJDA GALLUZZO GAMBONEY GANSCHOW GANT GARGIULO GARRETT GEOVANES GERENA GERWIG GESELBRACHT GEVINSON GILBERT GIOVANNETTI GLENN GOLDBERG GONZALEZ GOODFELLOW BETH SPECIAL EDUCATION TA RENEE FOOD SERVICE BETINA PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHER ELIZABETH ART TEACHER IRIS ADM. ASST ‐ SUPT.'S OFFICE JASON ASST. SUPT. FOR HUMAN RESOURCES CLIMENT SAFETY AND HEALTH OFFICER PAMELA FAMILY AND CONSUMER TEACHER LISA ADM. ASST ‐ ASSESMENT AND RESEARCH CAROL WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER ELIZABETH WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER KYLE SCIENCE TEACHER LISA HISTORY TEACHER C STAN HISTORY TEACHER SUZE MATH TEACHER JACOB ASST. AUDITORIUM MICHELLE FOOD SERVICE NANCY FOOD SERVICE KATHERINE DIRECTOR OF COMMUNICATIONS KIMBERLY MATH TEACHER ELIZABETH ENGLISH TEACHER JULIE COUNSELOR THYESHA FOOD SERVICE JOYCE MATH TEACHER FRED COUNSELOR SAMUEL SPECIAL EDUCATION TA DANIEL ENGLISH TEACHER DARRELL BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS KATHRYN ENGLISH TEACHER SHIRLEY FOOD SERVICE JAMES PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHER MARIAN MATH/SCI/FINE & PERF ARTS/LIBRARY PATRICIA DUPLICATING SECRETARY LANA ENGAGED LEARNING COORDINATOR STEVEN ENGLISH TEACHER CAROL SPECIAL EDUCATION SECRETARY LOUIS MATH TEACHER ELAINE INFO. SYSTEMS & INST ‐ LIBRARIAN STEVEN HISTORY TEACHER MANUEL WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER JAMES DEAN Section 2 - Page 8
GRADY GRAHAM GRANZYK GREENBERG GREENSTONE GROSSER HAGINS HALLISSEY HANSON HANSON HARDIN HARMON HART HASIAKOS HASSO HAYES HAYNES HEEZEN HEIDER HEIDKAMP HEIDLOFF HEISTER HENNIG HENNINGS HERBST HERMANN HICKS HILDNER HILL HILL HINES HLAVACH HOLLOWAY HOLMES HOLTSCHLAG HOPKINS HOSTRAWSER HOUSTON HOWELL HOWIE MAUREEN JANE LYNN JESSICA DANIEL WILLIAM ANTOINETTE JOSEPH JACQUELINE JAMIE SHEILA BARBARA YENI PETER TIMOTHY LINDA GLORIA NANCY SARAH (DOVE) BERNARD LORI RONALD MARY ALLISON JOSEPH PETER DENISE NAOMI AMY DOUGLAS DERIK ELAINE BRIAN MARSHA KRISTEN DONALD PETER SHEILA JESSICA MARY ANN WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHER SPECIAL EDUCATION TA HISTORY TEACHER HISTORY TEACHER SCIENCE DIVISION HEAD BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS SPEECH TEACHER COUNSELOR HISTORY TEACHER MATH TEACHER WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER HISTORY TEACHER SCIENCE TEACHER TUTOR COMMUNICATIONS SECRETARY ATHLETICS/B&G SECRETARY FOOD SERVICE ENGLISH TEACHER ENGLISH TEACHER ATHLETIC SECRETARY SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER ATTENDANCE CLERK SCIENCE TEACHER COUNSELOR BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS FOOD SERVICE ENGLISH TEACHER DIRECTOR OF ASSESSMENT & RESEARCH SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER SPECIAL EDUCATION TA MUSIC TEACHER SAFETY AND HEALTH OFFICER SAFETY AND HEALTH MONITOR ENGLISH TEACHER PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHER BUSINESS EDUCATION TEACHER SECRETARY ‐ RESIDENCY BUSINESS EDUCATION TEACHER COUNSELOR'S DIV. SEC. Section 2 - Page 9
HUGHES VANESSA SPEECH PATHOLOGIST HUNT ROYSTON BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS HUNTER JAMES ENGLISH TEACHER IMPERL GALE FOOD SERVICE IONUT ANGELA FOOD SERVICE JANSEN PAMELA BUS. OFFICE ‐ ADM. ASST. JOHNSON MOLHO KRISTINA COUNSELOR JONES FRANK BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS KAHN PETER SPOKEN WORD TEACHER KALMERTON GAIL EXECUTIVE ASSISTANT ‐ SUPT'S OFFICE KARROW MARILYN HEALTH SERVICES ‐ SECRETARY KEELEY TIM PURCHASING COORDINATOR KELLY MATTHEW SPECIAL EDUCATION TA KELLY RISTAU NANCY SAFETY AND HEALTH MONITOR KENNEDY FRANK RESIDENCY OFFICER KENNEDY MEGHAN SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER KENNING BARBARA SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER KIDD SHIRLANDA FOOD SERVICE KIEDAISCH LAURA SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER KING LARK BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS KINNAN GLYNIS ENGLISH TEACHER KIRCHNER THOMAS BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS KLEINFELDT DANIEL DRIVER EDUCATION TEACHER KNAKE KRISTIN HISTORY TEACHER KORAB DIANE SPECIAL EDUCATION TA KOSTAL JOSEPH MATH TEACHER KOTAS JOAN TECHNOLOGY LEARNING CENTER KOTTMANN DONNA FAMILY AND CONSUMER TEACHER KOWALKOWSKI JUDI SUBSTITUTE COORDINATOR KRAS EDWARD BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS KREMIDAS PATRICIA SPECIAL EDUCATION TA KUCHARSKI REBECCA FAMILY AND CONSUMER TEACHER LAMA RICHARD BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS LANENGA JACK DIRECTOR OF STUDENT INFO. SYSTEMS LARSON CRAIG SOCIAL WORKER LATHAM MICHAEL FOOD SERVICE LAVIGNE MICHAEL IT TECHNICIAN LAWRENCE RALPH ATHLETIC EQUIPMENT MANAGER LECESNE DAPHNE PSYCHOLOGIST LEDBETTER CHRISTIAN PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHER LEE BRENDAN ENGLISH TEACHER Section 2 - Page 10
LEE LEFEVRE LENOIR LESNIAK LESSING LIMBERG LIND LITTLETON LOHNES LOMBARDO‐NITSCHE LOPEZ LOPEZ LOVAAS LOVING LUNDGREN LYNCH MAJKRZAK MALONEY MARKEY MARKS MARR MARSHALL MARSHALL MARTIN MARTINEK MARTINEK MATOS MAY MAY MAZUMDAR MAZZUCA MCCARRON MCCARTHY MCGEE MCGINNIS MCGUCKIN MCGUIRE MCKENZIE MCKNIGHT MCNARY MCNICHOLS LAUREN ENGLISH TEACHER JAMES TUTOR GIA HUMAN RESOURCES ASSISTANT JOHN SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER AVRAM ENGLISH TEACHER DANA HISTORY TEACHER JEREMY ENGLISH TEACHER PAULETTE SAFETY AND HEALTH MONITOR WILLIAM TUTOR MARIA WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER GLENDALIZ BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS ISABEL WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER WILLIAM ENGLISH TEACHER DEBORAH IN‐SCHOOL SUSPENSION COORDINATOR CLYDE SCIENCE TEACHER HEIDI COUNSELOR CHRISTINE BOOKSTORE CLERK MATTHEW HISTORY TEACHER MARGARET SPECIAL ED PROGRAM COOR ‐ TEAM BONNIE SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER TIA DEAN ANGELA SPECIAL EDUCATION TA CATHERINE COUNSELOR AMIT TECHNICIAN SHARON COUNSELOR'S SECRETARY VINCENT SCIENCE TEACHER DANNY BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS HEIDIE SAFETY AND HEALTH MONITOR JAMIE FOOD SERVICE RENA WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER MARGARET FOOD SERVICE KEVIN SCIENCE TEACHER DENIS BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS ARCHIE BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS NANCY ENGLISH DIVISION SECRETARY CYNTHIA SCIENCE TEACHER ELEANOR HISTORY TEACHER GWENDOLYN LIBRARY AIDE CALLA FOOD SERVICE CATHERINE ENGLISH TEACHER TERRI DUPLICATING SECRETARY Section 2 - Page 11
MCSHANE ROBERT SPECIAL EDUCATION TA MEADOR DONNA SPECIAL EDUCATION TA MERTZ RICHARD HISTORY DIVISION HEAD MESSER JAMES SCIENCE TEACHER MICHALEK NICHOLAS INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY/AUTO MILLER GARY SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER MILOJEVIC CINDY ASST. PRINCIPAL FOR STUDENT ACTIVITIES MITTLEMAN DEBRA OUTREACH COORDINATOR MONDRAGON CHRISTINE MATH TEACHER MONTAGNO LARRY DRIVER EDUCATION TEACHER MOORE ANDRE SAFETY AND HEALTH OFFICER MORALES JESUS SAFETY AND HEALTH MONITOR MORAN KATHERINE MATH TEACHER MORRIS FAYE BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS MULVANEY RYAN MATH TEACHER MURRAY SCYLA ENGLISH TEACHER MYERS ALLISON ENGLISH TEACHER NAPOLITANO DONNA FOOD SERVICE NASH ELIZABETH HISTORY TEACHER NEUMAN AMANDA SPECIAL EDUCATION TA NEUMAN ANDREA SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER NICKELS THOMAS SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER NISSEN MARY SPECIAL EDUCATION TA NIXEN PETE COUNSELOR NOBLE PAUL ENGLISH TEACHER NORTH HAMILL ANITA HISTORY TEACHER NOVOTNY MELINDA ART TEACHER NUDERA JAMES DRIVER EDUCATION TEACHER NUNEZ KATHLEEN WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER OJIKUTU CAROLYN COUNSELOR OLIVER STEPHANIE WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER O'MALLEY JAMES SPECIAL EDUCATION TA ORDMAN JOSEPH SPECIAL EDUCATION TA ORGAN ROBERT SAFETY AND HEALTH MONITOR O'SHEA PATRICIA ADM. ASST. ‐ CHIEF INFO OFFICE OTIS DEBRA FOOD SERVICE PALAS ELVINA FOOD SERVICE PAPLACZYK NICOLETTE SPECIAL ED PROGRAM COOR PAPPALARDO MARK MATH TEACHER PARENTI JOSEPH SPECIAL EDUCATION TA PATTEN JAYNE FOOD SERVICE Section 2 - Page 12
PAUL PEARSON PEREZ PEREZ PERRI PETROLIUNAS PHELAN PIEKARSKI PLANE PODOLNER PONCE POTTS POWELL JANIE DENISE PATRICK LUIS MAURICE OLIVA ANN MICHAEL MICHELINE JEFFREY AARON IGNACIO ROBERT MICHAEL INFORMATION SYSTEMS CLERK MUSIC TEACHER WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS FOOD SERVICE SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER SPECIAL EDUCATION TA DIRECTOR OF FOOD SERVICE SAFETY AND HEALTH OFFICER SCIENCE TEACHER WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER BUSINESS EDUCATION TEACHER SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER ASST. SUPT. FOR CURRICULUM AND PRALE PHILIP INSTRUCTION PRASSAS KLEANTHI FOOD SERVICE PRICE‐PIGRAM COLLETTA FOOD SERVICE PRUITT BARBARA SPECIAL EDUCATION TA PRYSTALSKI LAWRENCE MATH TEACHER PRZYBOROWSKI LAUREN MATH TEACHER PUCKETT LYNDA SPECIAL EDUCATION TA PULLIAM PATTIE SWITCHBOARD/MAILROOM PURVIS DERRICK BUSINESS EDUCATION TEACHER QUANE ALEGRA SPECIAL EDUCATION TA QUINN PETER ENGLISH TEACHER RADEMACHER KRISTEN TECHNOLOGY LEARNING CENTER RAY CHASTITY FOOD SERVICE REDMOND SHIRLEY PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHER REILLY BRIAN BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS REMACK LEIGH SCIENCE TEACHER REYES ABEL SAFETY AND HEALTH MONITOR RICE KATHLEEN MATH/SCI/FINE & PERF ARTS/LIBRARY RICHMOND LESTER SAFETY AND HEALTH MONITOR RIDENOUR JOHN BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS RIJOS SALLY SPECIAL ED SECRETARY RINER LUCY SABBATICAL RITACCO ELAINE SPECIAL EDUCATION TA ROBINSON YOULANDA FOOD SERVICE ROSAS SARAH ENGLISH TEACHER ROSITO CARMEN SAFETY AND HEALTH MONITOR ROTH JENIFER DRIVER EDUCATION TEACHER Section 2 - Page 13
ROUSE RUBINOW RUBIO RULIS RUNYON SAHAGUN SAKELLARIS SANDOVAL SANFILIPPO SANTANA SAQUIMUX SASSONE SCHMADEKE SCHOENBECK SCHULTHEIS SCHULTZ SCHWARTZ SCHWASS SEBESTYEN SEGAL SHORT SILVER SIMIYU SIMON SJOSTROM SLIVA SLIVINSKI SMITH SMITH SMITH SMITH SMITH SOFFER SORENSEN SOSA SOTO SPAIN SPILOTRO SPLAN ST JOHN STACHURSKI NATHANIEL MARLENE MARTINIANO CHERYL JOEL CLAUDIA COURTNEY JANINE VINCENT CHRISTINA HERMINA GINA YOKO CAROLINA YUKO JON STEVEN HEIDI DONNA MARLENE RICHARD JONATHAN JOYCE CLEMENT MARY ELLEN DEBBIE ANN CHARLES A. CHARLES L. CHRISTINA LAUREN MARILYN MICHAEL KEVIN JOSE VICTOR LINDA RAFFAELLA DAVID BENJAMIN DONNA PRINCIPAL SCIENCE TEACHER BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS SCIENCE TEACHER SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER WORLD LANGUAGES DIVISION HD ASST. ATHLETIC DIRECTOR MATH/SCI/FINE & PERF ARTS/LIBRARY SPECIAL EDUCATION TA ENGLISH TEACHER FOOD SERVICE SPECIAL EDUCATION TA WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER SPECIAL EDUCATION TA HISTORY TEACHER FOOD SERVICE COOR OF EMPLOYEE BENEFITS LIBRARY SECRETARY SPECIAL EDUCATION TA HISTORY TEACHER FOOD SERVICE BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS HEALTH SERVICES PROFESSIONAL FOOD SERVICE SPEECH PATHOLOGIST BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS SCIENCE TEACHER MATH TEACHER FOOD SERVICE HISTORY TEACHER BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHER BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS SAFETY AND HEALTH SECRETARY WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER DRIVER EDUCATION TEACHER WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER PHYSICAL EDUCATION SECRETARY Section 2 - Page 14
STANIS STASZAK STELZER STOVALL STOW STRIMPLE STRONG SUDDIETH SVEJDA TARRANT TERRETTA THEEN THOMAS THOMAS THOMAS THOMPHSEN TOLOMEO TOPF TORREZ TSAGARIS TSILIMIGRAS TUCKER VALDEZ VALENTINE VANCE VANDERMEULEN VANLIESHOUT VAVRIK VEGA VELAZQUEZ VENHORST VENHORST VILLAGRAN VILLANUEVA VOGEL VOGEL WALKER WALKER‐QUALLS WALLACE WALSTRA WALTON AMY PATRICIA JOHN JESSICA KRISTEN TRACY ALPHONSO KIMBORLYN ANTHONY THOMAS JOHN AVIVA JACQUELINE LISA MATTIE RICHARD DANA REGINA BUSTER GEORGIA KATHY LAFAYE DAVID SHENTELL MARCELLUS KATHLEEN ELIZABETH RICHARD CARLOS RUDY RYAN SARAH MATILDE APOLINAR DONALD MARY MARVIN GWENDOLYN ALYSIA JENNIFER ALISA SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER ENGLISH TEACHER ATHLETIC DIRECTOR ENGLISH TEACHER SCIENCE TEACHER ENGLISH/SPEECH TEACHER SAFETY AND HEALTH OFFICER FOOD SERVICE MUSIC TEACHER SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER SCIENCE TEACHER FOOD SERVICE FOOD SERVICE FOOD SERVICE HISTORY TEACHER WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHER SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER FOOD SERVICE ENGLISH TEACHER FOOD SERVICE BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS FOOD SERVICE HISTORY TEACHER SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER SPECIAL EDUCATION TA BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY COUNSELOR FOOD SERVICE FOOD SERVICE DIRECTOR OF INFO. SYSTEMS & INST WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER SOCIAL WORKER PSYCHOLOGIST PAYROLL COORDINATOR FISCAL CLERK DEAN Section 2 - Page 15
WARREN WEBSTER WEISENRITTER WEISER WEISMAN WELLS WENINGER WHITELAW WHITTAKER WILEY WILLIAMS WILLIAMS WILLIAMS WILSON WIRTZ WISE WITHAM WITT WOODS WRAGGS WRIGHT YARRINGTON YOUNG YOUNG YOUNG YOUNG JR ZABRANSKY ZAPATA ZAWARUS ZEPEDA ZUMMALLEN PATTI JAMES MICHAEL JON NEAL JON ATTILA BESSIE MARCUS DOUGLAS GINI LEONOTIS TYRONE MARK KATHLEEN NISHA CHERYL LUPE MARK JOSSIE PAUL VALDA JESSICA LAURA MARY WILLIAM RICHARD ELVIN PATRICIA MARIA ROBERT MATH TEACHER PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHER SAFETY AND HEALTH MONITOR BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS MATH TEACHER TECHNICIAN SUPERINTENDENT FOOD SERVICE BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS SUPERVISOR OF FINANCE ENGLISH TEACHER SPECIAL EDUCATION TA HISTORY TEACHER ASST PRINCIPAL FOR STUDENT SERVICES MATH TEACHER SCIENCE TEACHER CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER AV SECRETARY SCIENCE TEACHER SAFETY AND HEALTH MONITOR MATH TEACHER SAFETY AND HEALTH MONITOR HISTORY TEACHER ENGLISH TEACHER SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER ENGLISH TEACHER BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS ADM ASST. FOOD SERVICE FOOD SERVICE DIRECTOR OF BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS Section 2 - Page 16
DAILY SCHEDULE/ALTERNATIVE SCHEDULES
Section 2 - Page 17
OAK PARK AND RIVER FOREST HIGH SCHOOL
2009-2010 SCHOOL DAY BELL SCHEDULE
Regular/Daily
First Day-Sem One & Sem Two
First Day
FRESHMEN ONLY
Periods
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Times
8:00- 8:48
8:53- 9:46
9:51- 10:39
10:44- 11:32
11:37- 12:25
12:30- 1:18
1:23- 2:11
2:16- 3:04
Periods
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Late Arrival – 1 Hour
Periods
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
50 Minute - Convocations
Periods
1
2A
2B
3
4
Late Arrival – 2 Hours
Times
9:00- 9:40
9:4510:3511:2112:0712:521:372:23-
Times
8:00- 8:40
8:45- 9:35
9:40- 10:30
10:35- 11:16
11:21- 12:01
ALL STUDENTS
Periods
Times
8:00- 8:15
A
1
8:20- 9:06
2
9:11- 10:02
3
10:07- 10:53
4
10:58- 11:43
5
11:48- 12:33
6
12:38- 1:23
7
1:28- 2:13
8
2:18 3:04
Times
8:00- 12:25
12:30 12:40
12:45 12:55
1:00 1:10
1:15 1:25
1:30 1:40
1:45 1:55
2:00 2:10
2:15 2:25
Periods
1
10:30
11:16
12:02
12:47
1:32
2:18
3:04
Times
10:00- 10:33
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10:3811:2112:0012:371:151:532:31-
70 Minute - Convocations
Periods
1
2A
2B
3
4
Times
8:00- 8:35
8:40- 9:50
9:55- 11:05
11:10- 11:45
11:50- 12:24
5
12:06-
12:46
5
12:29-
1:03
6
7
8
12:51
1:372:23-
1:32
2:18
3:04
6
7
8
1:081:472:28-
1:42
2:23
3:04
Section 2 - Page 18
11:16
11:55
12:32
1:10
1:48
2:26
3:04
Section 2 - Page 19
Section 3
COMMON PROCEDURES
BOOKSTORE INFORMATION ................................................................................................... 3
COACHING RESPONSIBILITIES – STUDENT TRYOUTS ..................................................... 4
CONTROVERSIAL ISSUES ........................................................................................................ 5
COMMUNICATIONS/COMMUNITY RELATIONS & ............................................................. 6
VOLUNTEER COORDINATOR .................................................................................................. 6
DUPLICATING AND TYPING SERVICES ................................................................................ 7
FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS AND PRIVACY ACT (FERPA) ...................................... 8
FIELD TRIP PROCEDURES ........................................................................................................ 9
DEFINITION ..................................................................................................................... 9
APPROVAL PROCEDURES ............................................................................................ 9
FIELD TRIP RESTRICTIONS ........................................................................................ 10
TRANSPORTATION ...................................................................................................... 10
CHAPERONES ................................................................................................................ 11
MISCELLANEOUS......................................................................................................... 11
OAK PARK AND RIVER FOREST HIGH SCHOOL – BUS PRICE LIST.................... 13
ESTIMATE OF TRANSPORTATION COSTS .......................................................................... 21
DIRECTIONS: ................................................................................................................................. 21
ATTENDANCE GUIDELINES FOR ABSENCES DUE TO FIELD TRIPS ............................ 22
STUDENT FIELD TRIP PARENT APPROVAL REQUEST .................................................... 23
FIELD TRIP EVALUATION ...................................................................................................... 24
FIELD TRIP EVALUATION SUMMARY ................................................................................ 25
GUIDELINES FOR SCHEDULING FIELD TRIPS DURING RESTRICTED PERIODS ....... 26
ACTIVITY TRIP GUIDELINES................................................................................................. 27
STUDENT ACTIVITIES ............................................................................................................. 27
PARENT PERMISSION FORM ................................................................................................. 28
ACTIVITY TRIP REQUEST FORM .......................................................................................... 29
RESTRICTIONS FOR SCHEDULING ACTIVITY TRIPS....................................................... 30
FIELD TRIP REQUEST .............................................................................................................. 31
GUIDELINES: FOOD AND DRINK IN BUILDING ............................................................... 32
GUIDELINES FOR INTERACTING WITH STUDENTS......................................................... 33
GUIDELINES FOR ALLOWING OUTSIDE RESEARCH AT OPRFHS ................................ 38
GUIDELINES FOR SPEAKERS ................................................................................................ 39
HOUSEKEEPING/MAINTENANCE ......................................................................................... 40
INTERNSHIP/INDEPENDENT STUDY – FALL SEMESTER ................................................ 41
REQUEST FOR INTERNSHIP/INDEPENDENT STUDY – FALL SEMESTER .................... 43
INTERNSHIP/INDEPENDENT STUDY COURSE OUTLINE – FALL SEMESTER ............. 45
MANDATED REPORTER RESPONSIBILITIES ..................................................................... 46
LOCATION OF DEFIBRILLATORS ......................................................................................... 48
OBJECTIONS TO INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS ............................................................... 49
PAY TO FORM ........................................................................................................................... 50
PURCHASING PROCEDURES ................................................................................................. 51
RESOLUTION OF CONTROVERSIES BETWEEN ................................................................. 53
FACULTY MEMBERS ............................................................................................................... 53
ROOM RESERVATIONS ........................................................................................................... 58
SUPERVISION AND POSTING INFORMATION FOR HANDBOOK ................................... 59
SUPERVISION ............................................................................................................................ 59
ADVERTISING SCHOOL SPONSORED EVENTS AND ACTIVITIES .................................. 59
TRANSPORTATION RESERVATIONS (BUSES AND VANS) ............................................. 61
TRAVEL REIMBURSEMENT FORM....................................................................................... 62
USE OF MAILBOXES AND MAILING PRIVILEGES ............................................................ 63
USE OF THE FACULTY/STAFF OR STUDENT BULLETIN AND MORNING
ANNOUNCEMENTS ...................................................................................................... 64
BOOKSTORE INFORMATION
Loan Textbooks
Loan Textbooks are given to students who qualify for free lunch under the federally
funded free/reduced lunch program. Students must return their Loan Textbooks
(including annotated paperback novels) to the Bookstore at the end of each course. They
must be returned no matter the condition and even if it is believed these textbooks will
not be used again. If Loan Textbooks are not returned, students and parents will be
responsible for paying for them. Because collecting textbooks from students creates
additional issues for students and parents, teachers must not collect textbooks from
students under any circumstance.
State Loan Textbooks
The State of Illinois gives money to the high school for the purchase of textbooks once
every two years. When a student is enrolled in a class that uses State Loan Textbooks, a
textbook is issued to the student’s ID number via a barcode system, much like a library
book, but administered by the Bookstore. The same textbook given to the student is the
one that must be returned in similar condition as received or the student will be charged
the replacement cost of the textbook.
Suggestions for Use of Textbooks
1)
2)
3)
4)
Have the students write their names in the front cover of textbooks, including the
current school year (ex. 2007-08), so that they know which is theirs.
Do not allow them to write in textbooks.
Encourage the use of post-it notes, but remind the students they MUST remove
the post-it notes prior to returning their textbooks. Also, the use of too many
post-it notes may break the textbook’s binding, resulting in students being
charged for the textbook.
DO NOT return the textbooks for the students. They must do it themselves in
order to be sure that the original textbook checked out to them is the same one
that they returned.
Teachers who keep student textbooks in the classroom assume financial responsibility
for these textbooks. If a teacher wants a class set, a request should be made to the
Bookstore and the request will be filled based on availability.
The purpose of the Bookstore is to provide all approved textbooks and supplies. Please
contact the Bookstore at Extension 3140 or email Jacqui Charette-BassiriRad at
[email protected] regarding questions about textbooks or supplies.
Rev. 01/09
COACHING RESPONSIBILITIES – STUDENT TRYOUTS
1.
Prior to each athletic season, each coach must submit to the Athletic Director a
written schedule designating the dates and location of tryouts. Every team must
have at least three days of tryouts. The tryout notice should be distributed to
students at the first organizational meeting.
2.
On the first day of tryouts, coaches of “cut” sports must notify students when cuts
are to be made.
3.
Coaches must present students with a written document enumerating the criteria
for team selection.
4.
Coaches must inform students that those who are cut may make an appointment
to discuss the reasons why they were not selected for the team. Coaches may
request that the Athletic Director or other administrator be present for such
meeting. The student’s parent(s) may also be present.
5.
After each athletic season, the Athletic Director must prepare a memo to the
Principal verifying each coach’s compliance with these procedures. The Athletic
Director must attach a copy of each coach’s tryout notice and selection criteria to
the memorandum.
CONTROVERSIAL ISSUES
Often a teacher will intentionally or unintentionally have a classroom’s discussion
centered on controversial issues. These situations afford teachers with exceptional
opportunities to help students develop critical thinking and debating skills as well as a
greater appreciation for the depth and breadth of ideas in our society.
Teachers have the obligation to permit the free investigation of controversial issues by
students and should encourage students to investigate all points of view in an impartial
and non-prejudicial manner.
Teachers must refrain from using District facilities, equipment, or materials for the
promotion of partisan points of view.
(Reviewed 02/09) Section 3 – Page 5
COMMUNICATIONS/COMMUNITY RELATIONS &
VOLUNTEER COORDINATOR
The high school employs an 11-month Director of Community/Community Relations
who also serves as a Volunteer Coordinator. The office is located in the Welcome
Center, Room 105, 708-434-3099. Office hours are 7:30 a.m. to 4 p.m.
Faculty members are encouraged to share information about their own academic or
classroom projects and programs; student activities they may be involved in, and their
own and their students’ awards, honors, and accomplishments for publicity in the
school’s newsletters, on the school’s website, and for media coverage.
The school publishes a Family Newsletter five times a year in August, October, January,
March, and May. Specific deadlines are published in the Faculty/Staff Bulletin and via
email throughout the school year.
Note: District policies and procedures concerning release of student information require
the high school to obtain written permission in advance from students’ parents or
guardians before granting or facilitating media access to students age 17 and under on
school premises or while under the direct supervision of high school staff. (Exceptions
to this rule are public events such as athletic and performance activities and other events
open and accessible to the public.) Please contact the Director of Communications in
Room 105 (x. 3099) for necessary permission forms or to request help in meeting this
requirement. Students’ names and photos should not appear together on district/school
website.
The Volunteer Coordinator (Room 105, x. 3099) is available to work with staff to
identify specific volunteer needs for the school and student programs; to use school and
community resources to publicize volunteer needs and recruit volunteers; and to assist
with initial screening of potential volunteers.
Note: All volunteers who have any repeat contact with students must undergo a criminal
background check provided by the Regional Office of the Superintendent and provide
proof of a negative TB test result within the last four years.
Questions about clearance for student teachers and observers should be directed to the
Director of Assessment and Research.
DUPLICATING AND TYPING SERVICES
(Revised 0209) The Duplicating Room (Room 235) is open from 6:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Monday through
Friday.
All machines in the room are for faculty use except the larger machine, which is for
Duplicating Staff use only.
All requests for duplicating should be made via the proper form (see appendix). The
form must be completed as thoroughly as possible. Duplicating requests require a
minimum of 24 hours to complete.
During peak times of usage (just before the end of a grading period or just before an
extended vacation) additional time may be required to complete requests. When in
doubt, drop off your requests early.
All hand-written materials should be done with black ink – other colors and pencil do not
always copy clearly.
Personal copies are 5 cents per sheet. Work done in pursuit of academic degrees or for
courses outside of the High School is considered to be personal.
Students are not permitted in the Duplicating Room at any time.
All copyright laws must be respected when requesting duplicating services and when
using duplicating equipment in the building.
FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS AND PRIVACY ACT (FERPA)
The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) protects the privacy of student
education records. The law applies to all schools that receive funds under an applicable
program of the U.S. Department of Education.
FERPA gives parents certain rights with respect to the children’s education records.
These rights transfer to the student when the student reaches the age of 18. In general,
the basic FERPA rights are as listed below.
1)
2)
3)
Parents or eligible students have the right to inspect and review the student’s
education records maintained by the school.
Parents or eligible students have the right to request that a school correct records,
which they believe to be inaccurate or misleading.
Generally, schools must have written permission from the parent or eligible
student in order to release any information from a student’s education record.
Exceptions to the written permission are school officials with legitimate
educational interest; other schools to which a student is transferring, specified
officials for audit or evaluation purposes; appropriate parties in connection with
financial aid to a student; organizational conducting certain studies for or on
behalf of the school, accrediting organizations; to comply with a judicial order or
lawfully issued subpoena; appropriate officials in cases of health and safety
emergencies; and state and local authorities within a juvenile justice system
pursuant to specific state law.
Schools may disclose without consent “directory information” such as a student’s name,
address, telephone number, date, and place of birth, honors, and awards and dates of
attendance. However, schools must notify parents and eligible students about the release
of directory information and give a reasonable period of time to request that such
information not be released. The actual means of notification is left to the discretion of
the school. Section 3 – Page 8
FIELD TRIP PROCEDURES
DEFINITION
A field trip is defined as an educational opportunity available to all of the students in one (or
more than one) entire class which would cause those students to miss other classes and/or which
would take the students off of school property for one or more periods.
APPROVAL PROCEDURES
A Field Trip Request form, signed by the sponsoring teacher and the appropriate Division Head,
must be submitted to the Principal by the end of the third week of each semester. After the third
week of the semester, proposals for field trips will be considered in cases where it is clear that
information about the activity involved was unavailable during the first three weeks of the
semester and if other guidelines are not violated. In no case will a field trip be approved less than
two weeks prior to the occurrence of the trip.
1.
A calendar of approved field trips will be distributed to the faculty by the end of the
fourth week of each semester. Announcements about field trips approved after the
distribution of the calendar will be made to faculty via the faculty bulletin or staff e-mail.
2.
In developing the calendar, the Principal, after conferring with the sponsoring teacher,
may change dates in order to avoid having more than two field trips on a given day or
having an excessive number of students involved in field trips.
3.
Parental permission must be secured for any field trip which takes students off of school
property and/or which extends beyond normal school hours. The sponsoring teacher will
collect signed Parent Approval Requests from all field trip attendees. The division
secretary will file the original permission slips and the final list of attendees with the
attendance office at least five school days prior to the date of the trip. Sponsoring
teachers should take copies of the signed permission slips with them on the field trip for
access to parent emergency contact numbers.
Note: Students who fail to submit parent permission slips by the deadline will not be
allowed to participate in the field trip.
4.
A final list of those students who will participate in the trip will be distributed to the
faculty by the sponsoring teacher at least two days before the trip, either via staff e-mail
or the faculty bulletin. An attendance list should accompany the original parent
permission slips submitted to the Attendance Office.
FIELD TRIP RESTRICTIONS
1.
No class may have more than one field trip per grading period except those classes that
have a field or performance orientation as determined by the Division Head and the
Principal.
2.
A field trip shall not be scheduled during the last week of a grading period, during the
two weeks prior to semester exams, on the day before winter break or spring break, or on
the first two days of a new grading period. Exceptions to these restrictions will be
considered by the Principal only if the sponsor of the trip is willing to allow individual
teachers the opportunity to deny individual students permission to participate in the trip.
(See attached Guidelines for Scheduling Field Trips During Restricted Periods.)
3.
Additional field trips will not be allowed on a day when there are already approved field
trips involving more than 150 students.
TRANSPORTATION
1.
The Business Office will order all buses or rented vehicles based upon information the
sponsoring teacher provides on the Field Trip Request form. If more than one vehicle is
used, there must be an adult chaperone in each vehicle. If the students are to take public
transportation, the sponsoring teacher should request funds in advance to pay for the
fares. If the trip is canceled after approval has been given and a bus has been ordered, the
sponsoring teacher must inform the Office of the Principal in sufficient time to issue a
notice of cancellation to the Business Office to cancel the bus. Furthermore, if a
substitute teacher has been scheduled, the sponsoring teacher must contact the substitute
coordinator in sufficient time to cancel the substitute teacher. See Canceled/Revised
Field Trips on page 4.
2.
To use school-owned vehicles, the sponsoring teacher should make arrangements with
the secretary of Buildings and Grounds.
3.
The sponsoring teacher must note on the bus driver’s form the exact time of arrival of the
bus and the exact time of return of the bus to the school to facilitate invoicing the
District. Deliver a copy of the signed invoice to your Division Head.
4.
Transportation costs for field trips taken within a 150-mile radius of Oak Park will be
covered entirely by the school. For trips beyond that distance, students will need to be
assessed for the transportation cost. The sponsoring teacher should seek clarification of
these procedures from the Business Office prior to the field trip.
5.
Only transportation costs will be funded by the school. The cost of tickets, admission
fees, and meals will not be covered. The sponsoring teacher is to assess each student for
these expenses. Arrangements for securing the funds collected should be made with the
Business Office.
6.
Insurance Coverage:
a.
A District 200 employee or non-staff volunteer who transports our students to a
school-sponsored activity in a school-owned vehicle is covered by school
insurance.
b.
A District 200 employee or a non-staff volunteer who transports our students to a
school-sponsored activity in his/her own vehicle is responsible for full insurance
liability. The school district does not insure transportation of our students in
private vehicles.
c.
The driver of any vehicle on school business must be appropriately licensed.
CHAPERONES
An appropriate number of adult chaperones should accompany each field trip to ensure student
safety and good behavior. Any gender-mixed group of students on an overnight trip must have
both a male and a female chaperone. Additional chaperones beyond the sponsoring teacher
should not be district employees if it would cause these employees to lose work time. If more
than one vehicle is being used to transport the students, an adult chaperone must be present in
each vehicle.
MISCELLANEOUS
1.
To decide whether or not to participate in a scheduled field trip, students should consider
the impact of missing their other classes to participate in the field trip as well as the
impact of missing the field trip to attend their other classes. Neither the sponsoring
teacher nor the teacher whose class is missed may penalize the student for the decision
the student makes. (Makeup work reasonably equivalent to the missed learning
experience is not considered a penalty.)
2.
Students are to secure assignments in advance from teachers whose classes they will
miss due to a field trip. Homework assignments are to be completed promptly and should
be ready for submission on the day of the student’s return to class. Should a student need
extra help to complete homework assignments, such help should be sought before school
on the day after the student returns from the trip.
3.
All school behavior standards are to be maintained during a field trip. Students are
expected to remain under the supervision of the sponsoring teacher in charge throughout
the entire field trip experience. Students are to return to the school with the sponsoring
teacher and the field trip group unless written parental permission is secured in advance
to do otherwise.
4.
The Principal may grant exceptions to these limitations if unavoidable or unusual
circumstances occur.
5.
The sponsoring teacher is responsible for making appropriate provisions for those
students not participating in the field trip. These provisions could include the
employment of a substitute teacher or the cooperation of a fellow division member.
Sponsoring teachers must complete an Absence Request Form to secure a substitute
teacher; the Field Trip Request form constitutes neither a request for absence nor a
request for a substitute teacher.
CANCELED/REVISED FIELD TRIPS
If a sponsoring teacher must cancel or revise an approved field trip, the teacher must notify the
Office of the Principal immediately. The Principal will issue a notice of cancellation or revision
to the Attendance Office and the Business Office. Any fees associated with failure to provide the
Office of the Principal with timely notice of cancellation/revision shall be the responsibility of
the division that approved the original field trip. Also see Transportation on page 2.
The sponsoring teacher must contact the substitute coordinator if a substitute has been requested
for a canceled/revised field trip.
(Revised 09/08)
.
OAK PARK AND RIVER FOREST HIGH SCHOOL – BUS PRICE LIST
Hours of Service - After 9:00 am and before 2:00 pm-weekdays
DESTINATION
2 hrs
or less
3 hrs
or less
4 hrs
5 hrs
or less or less
6 hrs
or less
Mileage Mileage
(1-way) (roundtrip)
Addison, IL.
250
250
250
280
310
16.1
32.2
320
590
320
590
320
590
350
620
380
650
26.48
53
52.96
106
350
350
350
380
390
30.02
60.04
360
395
360
395
390
425
410
455
31.11
Barrington Hills, IL.
360
395
62.22
70.62
Barrington Woods, IL.
380
380
380
410
440
35.31
33.38
66.76
Barrington, IL.
395
395
395
425
455
34.96
69.92
25.86
51.72
315
385
315
385
315
385
345
415
375
445
34.08
68.16
310
15.83
31.66
27.84
55.68
8.23
16.46
3.78
7.56
26.48
52.96
58.75
117.5
Alsip, IL.
Antioch, IL.
Arlington Heights, IL.
Aurora, IL.
Bartlett, IL.
Batavia, IL.
Bensenville, IL.
250
250
250
280
335
335
335
365
395
200
200
200
230
260
235
170
170
170
200
320
615
320
615
320
615
350
645
380
675
7.89
15.78
195
385
195
385
195
385
225
415
260
445
33.8
67.6
285
12.66
25.32
225
225
225
255
320
17.33
34.66
260
300
260
300
260
300
290
330
360
23.15
46.3
Berkeley Park, IL.
Berkeley, IL.
Berwyn, IL.
Bolingbrook, IL.
Braidwood, IL.
Brookfield, IL.
Buffalo Grove, IL.
Burbank, IL.
Burr Ridge, IL.
Carol Stream, IL
Carpentersville, IL.
38.35
76.7
145.26
290.52
57.23
114.46
225
10.52
21.04
220
230
11.3
22.6
210
220
230
11.3
22.6
38.88
77.76
470
470
500
535
235
4.27
8.54
170
265
170
265
170
265
200
295
325
17.85
35.7
27.64
55.28
335
335
335
365
395
43.43
86.86
470
470
470
500
535
1,230
610
1,230
610
1,230
610
1,260
640
1,290
670
Chicago (Between Fullerton and Cermak)
205
205
205
215
Chicago (N. of Fullerton Ave.) 2400 N
210
210
210
Chicago (S. of Cermak Rd.)
210
210
470
Champaign, IL
Chesterton, IN. (Indiana Sand Dunes)
Chicago Heights, IL.
Cicero, IL.
Countryside, IL.
Crestwood, IL.
Crete, IL.
560
560
560
590
620
45.95
91.9
Darien, IL.
570
275
570
275
570
275
590
305
620
340
19.43
38.86
Deerfield, IL.
370
370
370
400
430
31.82
63.64
DeKalb, IL.
610
610
610
640
670
56.93
113.86
Des Plaines, IL.
290
290
290
320
350
20.87
41.74
Dixon, IL.
760
760
760
790
820
95.44
190.88
Downers Grove, IL.
295
295
295
325
355
21.35
42.7
Elgin, IL.
390
390
390
420
450
34.71
69.42
Elk Grove Village, IL.
285
285
285
315
345
20.25
40.5
Elmhurst, IL.
220
220
220
250
280
10.84
21.68
235
3.7
7.4
320
16.91
33.82
Crystal Lake, IL.
Elmwood Park, IL.
170
170
170
200
260
260
260
290
470
470
470
500
165
165
165
195
Frankfort, IL.
415
415
415
Franklin Park, IL.
185
185
185
Evanston, IL.
Flossmoor, IL.
38.42
76.84
535
225
1.85
3.7
445
475
36.85
210
240
7.49
Forest Park, IL.
73.7
14.98
365
365
365
395
425
Geneva, IL.
63.32
31.66
275
275
275
305
340
Glen Ellyn, IL.
39.56
19.78
290
290
290
320
350
Glenco, IL.
41.44
20.72
52
Glendale Heights, IL.
315
315
315
345
375
Glenview, IL.
320
320
320
350
380
Gurnee, IL.
570
390
570
390
570
390
590
420
620
450
26
26.48
52.96
91.9
Highland Park, IL.
45.95
68.56
34.28
557.04
Highland, IL.
1,470
1,470
1,470
1,500
1,535
278.52
Hillside, IL.
185
185
185
215
245
320
7.46
Hinsdale, IL.
260
310
260
310
260
310
290
340
14.92
32.68
16.34
370
Hoffman Estates, IL.
49.9
24.95
410
410
410
440
455
Homewood, IL.
72.84
36.42
220
220
220
250
280
Indianhead Park, IL.
21.72
10.86
590
590
590
620
650
Ingleside, IL.
105.76
52.88
275
275
275
305
340
Itasca, IL.
39.56
19.78
410
410
410
440
470
Joliet, IL.
73.64
36.82
290
Lagrange, IL. (Cook)
230
230
230
260
Lake Forest, IL.
545
545
545
575
26.66
13.33
79.62
605
39.81
149.14
Lake Geneva, WI.
675
590
675
590
675
590
705
620
735
650
Lake Villa, IL.
74.57
106.44
53.22
410
410
410
440
455
Lake Zurich, IL.
73.1
36.55
310
310
310
340
370
Lemont, IL.
50.88
25.44
550
550
550
580
610
Libertyville, IL.
81.58
40.79
380
380
380
410
440
Lincolnshire, IL.
65.86
32.93
285
285
285
315
345
Lisle, IL.
40.82
20.41
395
395
395
425
455
Lockport, IL.
70.6
35.3
235
Lombard, IL.
235
235
265
295
28.76
14.38
13.62
Lyons, IL.
185
185
185
215
245
6.81
Maywood, IL.
180
180
180
210
240
235
4.38
Melrose Park, IL.
170
170
170
200
Midlothian, IL.
350
215
350
215
350
215
380
245
8.76
8.42
4.21
60.04
390
275
Midway Airport
30.02
18.78
9.39
185.54
Milwaukee, WI
745
745
745
775
805
92.77
1,240
310
1,240
310
1,240
310
1,275
340
1,310
370
155.3
310.6
Morton, IL.
Mt. Prospect, IL.
50.16
25.08
80.78
Mundelein, IL.
545
545
545
575
605
40.39
Munster, IN.
455
365
455
365
455
365
485
395
515
425
38.13
410
410
410
440
455
76.26
Naperville, IL.
63.32
31.66
New Lenox, IL.
72.6
36.3
215
215
215
245
275
Niles, IL.
18.9
9.45
259.98
Normal, IL.
975
975
975
1005
1,135
129.99
Norridge,IL.
200
200
200
230
260
8.13
Northbrook, IL.
340
215
340
215
340
215
370
245
400
275
28.82
16.26
57.64
Northlake, IL.
17.62
8.81
305
305
305
335
365
Oak Lawn, IL.
47.18
23.59
4.2
Oak Park, IL.
135
135
135
165
195
2.1
Oak Forest, IL.
370
220
370
220
370
220
400
250
430
280
32.14
64.28
Oakbrook, IL.
22.38
11.19
275
275
275
305
340
550
550
550
580
610
O'Hare Int'l Airport
39.04
19.52
Olympia Fields, IL.
81.14
40.57
185.54
Oregon, IL.
745
745
745
775
805
92.77
Orland Park, IL.
315
315
315
345
375
26.01
Oswego, IL.
435
435
435
465
495
37.48
Ottawa, IL.
690
690
690
720
750
80.52
52.02
74.96
161.04
60.04
Palatine, IL.
350
275
350
275
350
275
380
305
390
340
Park Ridge, IL.
30.02
39.56
19.78
135.9
Paw Paw, IL.
655
655
655
685
715
67.95
1,230
395
1,230
395
1,230
395
1,260
425
1,290
455
163.57
327.14
Peoria, IL.
Plainfield, IL.
70.62
35.31
107.82
Porter, IN.
595
595
595
625
655
235
53.91
River Forest, IL.
165
165
165
195
River Grove, IL.
180
180
180
210
240
5.27
Riverside, IL.
185
185
185
215
245
6.71
Rochelle, IL.
670
720
670
720
670
720
700
750
730
780
73.18
4.8
2.4
10.54
13.42
146.36
Rockford, IL.
174.36
87.18
52.12
Rolling Meadows, IL.
315
315
315
345
375
26.06
Romeoville, IL.
340
295
340
295
340
295
370
295
400
325
28.44
56.88
Roselle, IL.
44.54
22.27
275
275
275
305
340
Rosemont, IL.
37.8
18.9
720
720
720
750
780
Sawyer, MI
175.5
87.75
310
310
310
340
370
Schaumburg, IL.
51.48
25.74
16.5
Schiller Park, IL.
200
300
200
300
200
300
230
330
260
360
295
295
295
295
325
385
385
385
415
445
Skokie, IL.
8.25
44.92
22.46
21.35
42.7
South Chicago, IL.
South Elgin, IL.
67.52
33.76
370
370
370
400
430
South Holland, IL.
64.22
32.11
384.04
Spring Green, WI.
1,260
1,260
1,260
1,290
1,320
192.02
Springfield, IL
1,270
1,270
1,270
1,300
1,330
197.76
St. Charles, IL.
455
455
455
485
515
38.22
Streamwood, IL.
350
220
350
220
350
220
380
250
390
280
29.54
395.52
76.44
59.08
Summit, IL. (Cook)
20.78
10.39
596.82
Summit, IL. (St. Clair)
1,490
365
1,490
365
1,490
365
1,520
395
1,550
425
Tinley Park, IL.
298.41
63.2
31.6
295.52
Urbana, IL.
1,230
1,230
1,230
1,260
1,290
147.76
730
630
730
630
730
630
760
665
790
695
89.48
178.96
Utica, IL.
Valparaiso, IN.
118.38
59.19
76.4
Vernon Hills, IL.
455
455
455
485
Villa Park, IL.
230
305
230
305
230
305
260
335
515
290
38.2
27.28
13.64
365
Warrenville, IL.
47.48
23.74
85.8
Wauconda, IL.
560
560
560
590
620
42.9
Wedron, IL.
690
690
690
720
750
80.86
161.72
62.06
West Chicago, IL.
360
360
360
390
410
31.03
Westchester, IL.
195
235
195
235
195
235
225
265
255
295
7.68
15.36
Western Springs, IL.
28.84
14.42
26.48
Wheaton, IL.
320
320
320
350
380
Wheeling, IL.
350
350
350
380
390
30.02
Whitewater, WI.
780
780
780
810
840
101.14
Williams Bay, WI.
700
290
700
290
700
290
730
320
760
350
82.27
52.96
60.04
202.28
164.54
Willow Springs, IL.
42.58
21.29
320
Willowbrook, IL.
260
260
260
290
Wilmette, IL.
315
285
315
285
315
285
345
315
34.18
17.09
52.7
375
345
Winnetka, IL.
26.35
40.76
20.38
387.5
Wisconsin Dells, WI.
1,260
1,260
1,260
1,290
1,320
310
193.75
Wood Dale, IL.
250
250
250
280
Zion, IL.
600
600
600
630
660
Drop-off Only
105
105
105
105
105
<25 miles
Drop-off Only
130
130
130
130
130
<35 miles
32.5
16.25
109.56
54.78
Drop-off Only
155
155
155
155
155
<45 miles
Drop-off Only
170
170
170
170
170
<55 miles
Drop-off Only
195
195
195
195
195
<65 miles
Drop-off Only
220
220
220
220
220
<75 miles
Drop-off Only
245
245
245
245
245
<85 miles
Drop-off Only
270
270
270
270
270
<100 miles
Additional Stops
Up to 10 miles
$75/stop
11-25 miles
$100/stop
26-35 miles
$125/stop
36-45 miles
$150/stop
46-55 miles
$175/stop
56-65 miles
$200/stop
More than 66 miles
$250/stop
1. Weekend fee= additional $30.00 to list
price
2. Overtime Charge (for trips in excess of 6
hours) = $25.00 for 7th hour + $25.00 per
additional hour
3. Trip before 9:00 am = additional $35.00
to trip price
4. Trip between 2:00 pm & 4:00 pm =
additional $35.00 to trip price
5. Trip before 9:00 am and between 2:00
pm & 4:00 pm = additional $65.00 to trip
price
6. Notice required to schedule a trip = 12
hours
7. Notice required to cancel a trip = 2 hours
8. Charge for shorter cancellation notice =
$50.00 per cancellation
9. Overnight charge for one (1) night stay =
$150.00
10. Overnight charge for two (2) or more
nights = $300.00
11. Penalties for buses being late = as
stipulated in contract and deduced from
individual invoices
12. Toll fees = to be included in price for trip
13. Time changes = additional $25.00 fee, up
to one (1) hour; two (2) or more hours =
$25.00 per hour
14. Charge for wheelchair bus = additional
$55.00 per wheelchair bus
ESTIMATE OF TRANSPORTATION COSTS
(To be completed by Division Head)
Vehicle Use Guidelines
Number of Students
0-7
8-14
15 and above
Appropriate Vehicle
School Van
(capacity 8, including driver)
School Mini-Bus
(capacity 15, including driver)
Yellow School Bus
(capacity 48)
To make arrangements
Pattie Collins, X 3698
Pattie Collins, X 3698
Approved Field Trip Request Form
Directions:
Circle A or B below. Complete relevant sections of part B if requesting yellow school buses.
No anticipated costs (will use school vehicles, public transportation, or walk)
A) Anticipated Bus Costs
•
Estimated miles, one way: ____________________
(Note: Students must be assessed for the transportation cost for field trips more than 150 miles one way from the
school.)
•
Base Rate (Destination + Length, up to 6 hours)
$ ___________
•
Over 6 hours ($25/hour)
_____ hours x $25 =
$ ___________
•
Compute departure/return fees:
Depart before 9 a.m.
$ 35
NA
$ ___________
Return between 2 and 4 p.m.
$ 35
NA
$ ___________
Depart before 9 and return between 2 and 4 $ 65
NA
$ ___________
NA
OR
•
Additional stop(s) ($75 each)
•
Wheelchair bus
•
Other _________________________________
NA
_____ stops x $75 =
$55
NA
$ ___________
$
___________
$___________
Total cost per bus
$ ___________
Total cost per trip
(if more than 1 bus)
$ ___________
ATTENDANCE GUIDELINES FOR ABSENCES DUE TO FIELD TRIPS
1.
If a field trip does not take students off of school property or does not extend beyond normal school hours: a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
2.
Ascertain which students will accompany you on the field trip. Prepare a list of all such students. (A copy of your class roster with the names of students not participating, crossed out will suffice.) Submit this list to your division secretary at least five school days prior to the scheduled field trip. The division secretary will forward the list to the Attendance Office at least five school days prior to the scheduled field trip. Students whose names are not on this list may not participate in the field trip. Attendance should be taken on the day of the field trip. The names of students scheduled to take the trip but who are absent on the day of the field trip must be forwarded to the Attendance Office. If a field trip either takes students off of school property or extends beyond normal school hours: A. B. C. PARENTAL PERMISSION IS REQUIRED FOR ALL FIELD TRIP PARTICIPANTS. AT LEAST TEN SCHOOL DAYS BEFORE THE SCHEDULED TRIP, DISTRIBUTE THE STUDENT FIELD TRIP PARENT APPROVAL REQUEST FORM TO STUDENTS INTERESTED IN PARTICIPATING IN THE FIELD TRIP. d.
e.
f.
g.
Collect the Parent Approval Request forms up to five school days prior to the scheduled field trip. The roster that you submit to your division secretary must include only the names of those students who secured written parental permission by the deadline. Students who did not secure written parental permission by the deadline may not participate in the field trip. Attach the completed Parent Approval Request forms to the attendance list and follow the procedures in section 1 above. Questions should be addressed to the office of the Director of Assessment and Research in Room 373 Ext. 3373. (Reviewed 02/09)
STUDENT FIELD TRIP PARENT APPROVAL REQUEST
The Board of Education fully endorses field trips which are of demonstrated educational value. Parent permission is required for
trips which take students off of school property and for trips which extend beyond normal school hours.
Directions to Teachers: Field trip sponsors must require each participating student to complete this form. The sponsoring
teacher should fill in all required information in Part I, and a parent signature is required in Part II. The completed form must be
returned to the sponsoring teacher at least five school days in advance of the field trip. Students who fail to do so will not be
permitted to participate in the field trip.
The sponsoring teacher must have on file in Room 205 an approved Field Trip Request form. A list of students participating
in the trip along with copies of these Parent Approval Request forms, including parent signatures, must be filed with the
division secretary at least five school days prior to the commencement of the trip. The division secretary will provide the
final attendance list and original permission slips to the Attendance Office at least five school days prior to the date of the
trip.
Part I (To be completed by sponsoring teacher)
Name of Teacher Sponsoring the Field Trip______________________________________________________
School Extension________________
Date of Field Trip _________________________________________ Periods to be missed (if any)____________
Class ______________________________________________________________________________________
Destination__________________________________________________________________________________
Time of Departure____________________________Estimated Time of Return to School _______________
Means of Transportation ______________________
Estimated Cost to Students _____________________
Part II (To be completed by student and parent/guardian)
Please Print
Student Name ______________________________________________________
Course Name _________________________________
ID # __________________
Teacher’s Name _____________________________
PARENTS: If you wish your child to participate in this trip, please indicate your awareness of the field trip and your consent for
your child to participate. Questions or concerns should be directed to the teacher sponsoring the field trip.
Note: You may be called if your son/daughter exhibits disruptive, disrespectful, and/or inappropriate behavior during any part of
the trip (i.e. the bus rides or the event itself). If the behavior continues, you may be asked to retrieve your son/daughter from the
bus or the event site.
___________________________________
has my permission to take part in the field trip described above.
(Student Name)
Telephone number where you (parent) can be reached while the trip is taking place: _______________________________
Print Parent Name ___________________________________________
Parent Signature_____________________________________________
Date ___________________
This field trip has been approved by the Principal for the student listed above, contingent upon the return of this form to the
teacher at least five school days prior to the commencement of the trip.
Nathaniel Rouse, Principal
708-434-3205
Revised: 09/08
OAK PARK AND RIVER FOREST HIGH SCHOOL FIELD TRIP EVALUATION
(To be completed by the sponsoring teacher before copying for students.) Name/Destination of Field Trip: ________________________________________________ Course: _____________________________________ Date of Field Trip: ______________ Sponsoring Teacher: __________________________________________ Division/Department: __________________________________________ (To be completed by the student.) TO THE STUDENT: I would like to know what you thought of the field trip that you recently took for the course listed in the second space above. Your opinions will be useful in helping me determine whether the field trip should be scheduled again for other students. Please complete the simple evaluation survey below. Thank you for sharing your thoughts. Amy V. Hill Director of Assessment and Research SURVEY: Using the key below, please respond to the statements that follow: A ‐ Strongly Agree B ‐ Agree C ‐ Disagree D ‐ Strongly Disagree _____ 1. This field trip was well organized. _____ 2. The teacher explained clearly how the experience of this field trip would complement the instruction of this course. _____ 3. I thought the experience of this field trip was valuable enough to compensate for the inconvenience I experienced in missing my other classes. _____ 4. This field trip was a waste of time. _____ 5. I would recommend that this or a similar field trip be planned for other students who take this course in the future. PLEASE RETURN THIS FORM – UNSIGNED ‐‐TO THE TEACHER WHO SPONSORED THE FIELD TRIP Reviewed 01/09 Section 3 – Page 24
OAK PARK AND RIVER FOREST HIGH SCHOOL FIELD TRIP EVALUATION SUMMARY
Sponsoring Teacher, please complete the following: Name/Destination of Field Trip: ___________________________________________________ Course: _______________________________ Date of Field Trip: __________________ Sponsoring Teacher: _____________________ Department/Division: ________________ Please tally the field trip evaluation responses from the participating students and record them below: Strongly
Strongly
Agree Agree Disagree Disagree A B C D 1. The field trip was well organized. _______ _______ _______ _______ 2. The teacher explained clearly how the experience of this field trip would complement the instruction of this course. _______ _______ _______ _______ 3. I thought the experience of this field trip was valuable enough to compensate for the inconvenience I experienced in missing my other classes. _______ _______ _______ _______ 4. This field trip was a waste of time. _______ _______ _______ _______ 5. I would recommend that this or a similar field trip be planned for other students who take this _______ _______ _______ _______ course in the future. Sponsoring Teacher Comments, if any: Sponsoring Teacher Signature _________________________________ Please submit a completed copy of this form to the Director of Assessment and Research and to your Division Head within 5 school days of the completion of the trip. Thank you for your cooperation. Reviewed 01/09 Section 3 – Page 25
GUIDELINES FOR SCHEDULING FIELD TRIPS DURING RESTRICTED
PERIODS
To:
From:
Date:
Re:
____________________________________
Director of Assessment and Research
____________________________________
Guidelines for Scheduling Field Trips During Restricted Periods,
Your Field Trip Scheduled for _________________________
1.
Definition of restricted periods:
•
first two days of any quarter
•
last week of any quarter
•
last two weeks prior to semester exams
•
day before winter break or spring break
2.
Teachers of students scheduled to participate in such a field trip may deny the student the
opportunity to participate under any of the following circumstances:
•
•
•
•
student has excessive absences from that class;
student has significant makeup work due in that class;
student is in danger of failing the class for the quarter or the semester; or
student would miss a class activity which would be extremely difficult or impossible to
make up in a timely fashion.
3.
The sponsoring teacher of the field trip must devise a reliable system for notifying the teachers of
field trip participants of his/her intent to pull students out of class during a restricted period. (An
example of such a system is attached.) Any form of notification, including e-mail, must
effectively provide classroom teachers with the opportunity to deny field trip participation to any
of his/her students who fall in the categories listed in item 2 above.
4.
The Director of Assessment and Research will arbitrate disagreements related to an individual
student’s participation in field trips during restricted periods.
5.
All other existing field trip procedures must be followed for this field trip.
6.
Sponsoring teachers who fail to adhere to these guidelines will be denied future permission to
schedule field trips during restricted periods.
Check one below, sign and return to the office of the Director of Assessment and Research (Room 373).

I agree to abide by the above guidelines in conducting my requested field trip during a restricted
period.
After reading the above guidelines, I have decided either to reschedule my requested field trip
during a non-restricted period or to cancel my requested field trip.
Teacher Signature________________________________
Revised 02/13/04, Reviewed 01/09 Section 3 – Page 26
Date: _______________________
OAK PARK AND RIVER FOREST HIGH SCHOOL ACTIVITY TRIP GUIDELINES
STUDENT ACTIVITIES PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
A complete Student Activity Trip Request Form MUST be submitted to Student Activities (Room
174) at least 10 days before the trip for approval and signature.
Student Activities will review the form and either:
- Sign the form and forward it to the Principal or
- Return the form to the Sponsor accompanied by an explanation for the rejection of the Activity
Trip Request.
The Principal will review the form and either:
- Approve the activity trip and forward it to the Business Office (copies of the approval will be sent
to the sponsor, Student Activities, Substitute Personnel, Attendance Coordinator) OR
- Return the form to the sponsor accompanied by an explanation for the rejection of the Activity
Trip Request.
Once approved, notify the division head and Substitute Personnel if a teacher/sponsor will be
missing class.
If using a school vehicle, fill out the School Van/Van Request Form and submit to Student Activities
(Room 174) for signature. SCHOOL VEHICLES MUST BE ARRANGED BY THE SPONSOR
DIRECTLY THROUGH THE BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS OFFICE AT LEAST 10 DAYS PRIOR TO
THE TRIP.
YELLOW BUS NOTE: School Mini buses or Vans cannot be requested more than 45 days prior to your
trip.
5.
NOTE: Prior to the trip, sponsors should:
•
Confirm a yellow bus reservation with the Business Office OR Confirm reservation for use
of a school vehicle with Buildings and Grounds
•
Confirm substitute teacher with Substitute Personnel.
6. Prior to the trip, submit the following documents to Student Activities (Room 174):
•
Complete list of students (ID numbers included) going on the trip
•
Trip itinerary (if overnight) with all relevant phone numbers including sponsors cell phone
number
•
Parent approval forms / students without signed permission CANNOT attend the trip
6.
Academic Guidelines – teachers may deny the student request to participate in an activity trip if the
student falls under any of the following circumstances:
∗
student has excessive absences from that class
∗
student has significant make-up work due in that class
∗
student is in danger of failing the class for the quarter or the semester
∗
student would miss a class activity which would be extremely difficult or impossible to make-up
Questions regarding a trip should be directed to Student Activities (Room 174)
Revised 01/09
OAK PARK AND RIVER FOREST HIGH SCHOOL PARENT PERMISSION FORM
Student Activities Each student is required to return a signed Parent Permission Form to the sponsor in order to participate in a student activity
trip.
Student’s Name
ID#
Name of Club/Activity
Date of trip
Sponsor(s) Name
Destination
Means of transportation
Periods to be excused
Yellow Bus
Walking
OPRF Mini Bus
OPRF Van
Other
Public Transportation
Cost to student
has my permission to take part in the activity trip described above.
Student’s Name
Signature of Parent
Date
Emergency Contact Number
Revised 01/09 Please contact the sponsor if you have any questions or concerns. Section 3 – Page 28
OAK PARK AND RIVER FOREST HIGH SCHOOL ACTIVITY TRIP REQUEST FORM
Student Activities Submit to the Assistant Principal for Student Activities (Room 174) a minimum of 10 days prior to scheduled trip/activity Name of club/activity: Name of sponsor(s): Sponsor’s Cell #: Date of trip: DESTINATION Destination: City: Phone number: Address: Sponsor in Charge: PARTICIPANTS (# OF STUDENTS) Other adult(s) attending: PURPOSE Describe the trip: TRANSPORTATION Yellow OPRF OPRF Means of transportation (please circle one) Bus Mini Bus School Van Other TIME SCHEDULE AND ITINERARY (Please provided detailed itinerary if trip is overnight) Leave destination a.m. or p.m. Leave school a.m. or p.m. Return to school a.m. or p.m. Due at destination a.m. or p.m. COSTS TO STUDENTS ‐ $______ ACADEMIC Will students miss any classes? (Please circle one) yes no Indicate periods Will a substitute teacher be required? (Please circle one) yes no Indicate periods SIGNATURES Signature of Activity Sponsor Date Signature, Assistant Principal for Student Activities Date Signature of Principal Date Approved Not Approved REMINDER: EVERY PARTICIPANT MUST HAVE A SIGNED PARENT PERMISSION FORM PRIOR TO PARTICIPATION IN THE ACTIVITY DISTRIBUTION: Fiscal Clerk Requestor Student Activities Principal Revised 01/09
RESTRICTIONS FOR SCHEDULING ACTIVITY TRIPS
Student activity trips may not be scheduled during the school day. Some exceptions may be made for
competitions.
Teachers of students scheduled to participate in an activity trip may deny the student’s request to
participate under any of the following circumstances:
•
•
•
•
make-up.
Student has excessive absences from that class.
Student has significant make-up work due in that class.
Student is in danger of failing the class for the quarter or the semester.
Student would miss a class activity, which would be extremely difficult or impossible to
The sponsor of the activity trip must notify the teachers of the trip participants and their intent to pull
students out of class. This system may vary depending on the circumstances surrounding the trip.
However, they must effectively provide teachers with the opportunity to deny trip participation to any
students who fall in the above categories.
The Assistant Principal for Student Activities will arbitrate disagreements related to individual student’s
participation in activity trips.
OAK PARK AND RIVER FOREST HIGH SCHOOL Complete and return to Division Head
for approval. (Division Secretary:
Submit to Instruction Office, Room
373.)
Division Head
Division Secretary (input
substitute request)
Substitute Coordinator
Sponsoring Teacher(s)
Attendance
Business Office (Bus Order)
FIELD TRIP REQUEST
Today’s Date _____________________________
Division _________________________________Department_________________________________
Sponsoring Teacher(s) __________________________Date(s) of trip_____________________________
Classes Participating: _____________________________________________________________________
(Periods and Titles)
Approximate Number of Student Participants: Fr. _______ Soph. _______
Jr. _______
Sr. _______Total _____
Destination
Est. miles
Address
City
(one way)
Telephone number at destination _____________________________ Cell Phone of Sponsoring Teacher ____________
(For emergency contact during transit)
Description of trip activities
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
What educational benefit will the students gain from the trip which cannot be accomplished in the classroom and which
justifies their being absent from other classes?
______________________________________________________________________________________________
Additional Adult Chaperones______________________________Means of transportation _________________
Cost of transportation (If more than 150 miles from school) _____________Other cost to students __________
Itemize_______________________________________________________________________________________
Are any special accommodations needed? ___________________________________________________________
Provisions for students not participating in the field trip
Time schedule:
Leave school
Students will miss periods __________
AM
PM Will students be gone beyond regular school hours? _______________
Due at destination __________ AM
PM If yes, describe: ______________________________________
Leave destination __________ AM
PM Period(s) substitute is needed for sponsoring teacher(s) _____________
Return to school ___________ AM
PM Parent Permission Required: _______ YES
Signature Lines:
______________________________________________ Teacher
________ NO
Date _______________________
______________________________________________ Division Head Date _______________________
______________________________________________ Director of Assessment and Research
Date _______________________ Account # _________________________________ (For transportation costs.)
Revised 05/19/04 Section 3 – Page 31
GUIDELINES: FOOD AND DRINK IN BUILDING
Reviewed 01/09 Staff members from all divisions and offices are encouraged to use the Staff Café and/or staff
facilities for coffee break and lunch purposes.
In addition, the following guidelines regarding the preparation, transportation, consumption,
storage, and disposal of food and drink outside the cafeteria and lounge should be observed:
1. Food or drink should be covered when carried through the halls.
2. Cooking or warming of food should occur only in the cafeteria or in divisional work
areas.
3. Cooking appliances should not be operated in classrooms or in individual offices.
4. Food should be stored overnight in refrigerators or covered containers.
5. Food or drink leftovers should be discarded in containers with plastic liners.
6. Prepared food should not be ordered from outside vendors for delivery to the school.
The staff in room 105 will not accept deliveries of such items.
7. In an effort to promote a healthy environment for students with food allergies, NO
FOOD OR DRINK is allowed in the classroom.
GUIDELINES FOR INTERACTING WITH STUDENTS
The following guidelines have been recommended by the District’s Collective Liability
Insurance Cooperative (CLIC) to assist personnel in making decisions about interactions with
students in school district programs and sponsored events. These guidelines are not designed or
intended to address interactions within families.
General Conduct
1.
Personnel are responsible for releasing students in a custodial care relationship only to
parents, legal guardians, or other persons designated by parents or legal guardians. In the
event that personnel are uncertain of the propriety of releasing a student, they should
locate or contact their immediate supervisor before releasing the child.
2.
Personnel will report unmanageable or unusual behavior of students to parents or legal
guardians as soon as possible.
3.
Personnel are prohibited from the use, possession, distribution, or being under the
influence of alcohol, tobacco products, or any illegal drugs while in the presence of
students.
4.
Personnel may occasionally be in a position to provide transportation for students. The
following guidelines should be strictly observed when personnel are involved in the
transportation of students:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
With the exception of emergency situations or medical needs, students should
never be transported without written permission.
Students should be transported directly to their destination. No unauthorized
stops should be made.
Personnel will avoid unnecessary and/or inappropriate physical contact with
students while in vehicles.
Drivers who are assigned to transport students must be at least 21 years old.
Transportation logs will be utilized at all times.
Whenever possible, personnel should endeavor to utilize two adults when
transporting.
5.
Personnel will respond to students with respect and consideration and treat all students
equally, regardless of sex, race, religion, culture, sexual orientation, or socio-economic
status. Personnel will portray a positive role model for students by maintaining an
attitude of respect, patience, and maturity.
6.
Personnel are prohibited from speaking to students in a way that is or could be construed
by any observer as harsh, coercive, threatening, intimidating, shaming, derogatory,
demeaning, or humiliating. Personnel are expected to refrain from swearing in the
presence of students.
7.
One-to-one counseling with students will be done in a public place where private
conversations are possible but occur in full view of others.
8.
Personnel are cautioned against initiating sexually oriented conversations with students.
Staff in a mentoring or counseling relationship may respond to sexually oriented
questions or comments from students, but will do so in a manner consistent with the
values and position statements of the school district. Personnel are not permitted to
discuss their own sexual activities with students.
9.
No personnel may date a student or become romantically or sexually involved with a
student.
10.
All personnel, including personnel under the age of 18, will maintain appropriate
boundaries when in positions of power with program participants.
11.
Personnel will refrain from intimate displays of affection towards others in the presence
of students, parents, and other personnel.
12.
Money or gifts will not be given to students, except for within the context of a group gift,
given to all participants in celebration of special events or recognition.
13.
Personnel will never be nude or inappropriately dressed in the presence of students.
Personnel must be well groomed and appropriately dressed at all times.
14.
Changing and showering facilities for adults should be separate from facilities for
students. In circumstances where facilities are shared, scheduling will be modified to
ensure that changing and showering facilities will not be utilized by adults and students
simultaneously.
15.
Personnel are prohibited from possessing any sexually oriented or morally inappropriate
printed materials (magazines, cards, videos, films, clothing, etc.) on school district
property or in the presence of students.
16.
Personnel are prohibited from viewing or downloading any sexually oriented or morally
inappropriate Internet materials on school district property or in the presence of students.
17.
Personnel are prohibited from sleeping in the same beds, sleeping bags or small tents
with students unless the adult is an immediate family member of the child or youth.
18.
Any contact between personnel and students which takes place outside the context of
scheduled activities or job description (phone calls, letters or face-to-face conversations)
and is unrelated to programs sponsored by the school district, will be permitted only with
the express approval of the student’s parents. Parents must be advised of the nature of
the contact, and that such is not part of a school district activity.
Physical Contact
The school district has implemented a physical contact policy that will promote a positive,
nurturing environment while protecting students and personnel from misunderstandings. The
following guidelines are to be carefully followed by all personnel working with students.
1.
Appropriate affection between personnel and students is important for the student’s
development. The following forms of affection are regarded as appropriate example for
most school district programs and sponsored programs:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
2.
Some forms of physical affection have been used by adults to initiate inappropriate
contact with students. In order to maintain the safest possible environment for students,
the following are examples of affection that are not to be used in school sponsored and
affiliated programs:
•
•
•
•
•
3.
Side hugs;
Pats on the shoulder or back;
Handshakes;
“High-fives” and hand slapping;
Verbal praise;
Touching hands, shoulders and arms of children;
Arms around shoulders;
Holding hands while walking with small children;
Sitting beside small children; and
Pats on the head when culturally appropriate. (For example, this gesture should
typically be avoided in some Asian communities.)
Full body hugs or lengthy embraces;
Kisses on the mouth;
Holding children over two years old on the lap;
Touching bottoms, chests or genital areas;
Showing affection in isolated areas of the program such as coat rooms, closets,
staff-only areas, or other private rooms;
Personnel must use positive techniques of guidance, including redirection, positive
reinforcement and encouragement rather than inappropriate competition, comparison and
criticism.
4.
Personnel will have age appropriate expectations and guidelines that minimize the need
for discipline.
Supervision of Programs
General Monitoring
1.
Childcare programs will utilize check-in and check-out procedures that protect small
children from unauthorized pick-ups.
2.
Personnel will never leave a student unsupervised.
3.
Personnel must avoid being alone with a single student where they cannot be observed by
others.
4.
In special programs that require one-to-one contact, additional safeguards must be in
place. Examples of safeguards include surveying of students, contact with students by
supervisors and contact logs which are kept by personnel.
5.
A minimum of two screened adults should be available in each program facility.
6.
The adult-child ratio should meet state guidelines and should be directly related to the
goals of the program, the design of the facility, and the use of other community resources.
7.
The adult-child ratio should be adjusted for those programs that serve students with
special needs.
8.
Parents are welcome to observe programs and activities in which their child(ren) are
involved with prior communication with the teacher. In addition, parents who desire to
participate in or have continuous, ongoing contact with their child(ren)’s programs are
required to complete the volunteer application process and screening.
9.
Personnel under the age of 18 must be directly supervised by an adult over the age of 21.
10.
The Student Activities Office (Room 174) will maintain an up-to-date list of approved
school district sponsored programs for students. The list will include activities, purpose,
sponsors or coordinators of the programs, meeting times, and locations.
11.
Personnel are not permitted to develop new activities for students without approval from
School Administration. Requests to develop new activities should be submitted in
writing to the Assistant Principal for Student Activities.
12.
All school district programs serving students will obtain state licensure or accreditation
when appropriate.
Faculty Monitoring
1.
All unused rooms, storage areas, and closet doors must be kept locked at all times.
2.
All unused buildings and areas must be designated, posted, and enforced as off-limits to
students.
3.
All students are required to remain in facility areas that are easily viewed by personnel.
4.
All facilities are required to utilize open doors, open blinds and windows to allow
informal monitoring by passersby.
5.
All access to keys must be controlled for all facility areas.
Monitoring High-Risk Activities
1.
2.
Each program will develop age-appropriate procedures to ensure the safety of students
using restrooms.
a.
While supervising or assisting private activities such as dressing or showering
students, personnel are never to be alone with a single student.
b.
Personnel must conduct or supervise diapering and dressing of infants and/or
toddlers in an observable area of work in pairs.
At least two personnel will supervise overnight activities. When both boys and girls are
taking part, male and female chaperones must be present.
Reviewed 01/09
GUIDELINES FOR ALLOWING OUTSIDE RESEARCH AT OPRFHS
1. Oak Park and River Forest High School supports academic research that benefits the
needs both of its students and of the institution. OPRFHS cannot support research, which
excessively impinges upon student instructional time, violates federal or state guidelines,
or is merely self-serving in nature.
2. Instructional Council members will share research proposals with the IC. The
Superintendent and/or the Assistant Superintendent for Curriculum and Instruction will
have final approval of any proposed third party student surveys/ questionnaires or any
such academic research proposals recommended by IC members.
3. Notice will be provided to parents prior to the administration of any research agenda
involving students. Parents may disallow their child(ren)’s participation in any research
project. Parents will, upon their request, be permitted to inspect any survey/questionnaire
given to students within a reasonable time of their request. Parental consent is not
required for student participation in a research effort, unless the research agenda requires
personal information from the student.
4. Prior written consent of the student’s parent or guardian must be obtained before a
student can be required to submit to a District or third-party survey, analysis or
evaluation that reveals the following information:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Political affiliations or beliefs of the student or his parent/guardian
Mental or psychological problems of a student or his/her family
Sexual behavior or attitudes about sex
Illegal, anti-social, self incriminating, or demeaning behavior
Critical appraisals of other individuals with whom students have close family
relationships
Legally recognized privileged or analogous relationships, such as those with
lawyers, physicians, an ministers
Religious practices, affiliations or beliefs of the student or his/her
parents/guardians
Income (other than required to determine eligibility for participation in a program
or for receiving financial assistance under such program)
School staff shall not disclose the identity of any student who, upon written consent of the
parent/guardian, completes any survey or evaluation regarding the above items.
(Reviewed 02/09)
GUIDELINES FOR SPEAKERS
Outside speakers can add richness to our classrooms that might not otherwise be available. Guest
speakers are often invited into the school to expose students to complex, controversial or minority
perspectives. We can continue to invite these speakers only as long as we are confident that our guest
speakers are qualified. Towards that goal, the following guidelines have been established.
1.
Speakers should have adequate qualifications and preparation in their field. In most cases,
this will be reflected in academic achievement (degrees, etc.) but sometimes experiential
qualifications will be sufficient.
2.
All sides of an argument need to be presented so our students can gain a full appreciation
of controversial issues. Toward this end, efforts must be made to present those positions
that guest speakers neglect. This need not necessarily be done at the same event, but
rather sometime during the academic year.
3.
Permission to speak in a classroom does not mean permission to distribute literature. As a
general rule, guest speakers should not be allowed to distribute booklets, pamphlets, etc.
unless that literature reflects a balanced and comprehensive treatment of the subject.
4.
Sponsoring teachers should discuss with their Division Head the intent to invite a guest
speaker to the building. Because our colleagues and their students may also benefit from
the speaker, they should be extended an invitation to attend whenever possible.
5.
Whenever possible, a recording of a guest speaker’s presentation should be made. Such
recordings can be an educational tool for other teachers and students and can also clearly
record exactly what any speaker says during his or her presentation.
6.
The process for arranging an outside speaker must begin by contacting the Director of
Assessment and Research.
7.
The sponsoring teacher should carefully discuss exactly what they expect to be covered in
the presentation with the speaker before the presentation is made.
Reviewed 01/09 Section 3 – Page 39
HOUSEKEEPING/MAINTENANCE
For all non‐emergency housekeeping or maintenance requests, a “Work Order” form should be completed online. For emergency requests, phone the B&G office at extension 3198. Never leave your classroom unattended. Be sure you close and lock all doors and windows and turn off the lights when you leave. Lock up all valuables nightly, especially if your room is being used for night school. During winter, spring, and summer breaks, faculty are advised to take personal items home. (Revised 0209) Section 3 – Page 40
OAK PARK AND RIVER FOREST HIGH SCHOOL INTERNSHIP/INDEPENDENT STUDY – FALL SEMESTER
Internship/Independent Study is an alternative program intended to meet the needs of those
students who have demonstrated a high degree of academic maturity and who possess the
aptitude to pursue coursework with greatly reduced student-teacher interaction. Students who
apply for and are accepted for inclusion in this program are fully responsible for keeping the
program of Internship/Independent Study going until its successful conclusion. In this program,
students may pursue academic credit under the supervision of a teacher endorsed or certified in
the subject area being studied and may complete credit requirements without attending regular
class sessions. Internship/Independent Study provides opportunities for academic enrichment
beyond that which is offered in the published curriculum or accessibility to course work that
cannot be scheduled into the student’s daily schedule. A student may take only one
Internship/Independent Study course per semester, and no more than four credits of Internship/
Independent Study may apply toward graduation, unless approved by the Director of Assessment
and Research. No course specifically required for graduation may be taken as an Internship/
Independent Study, nor may specific state mandates be satisfied through Internship/Independent
Study. Furthermore, students may not exceed identified course load limits during a given
semester through the use of Internship/Independent Study without the approval of the Director of
Assessment and Research. Any student interested in pursuing Internship/Independent Study
should consult with the sponsoring subject matter teacher, the division head, and the counselor
after securing parental approval. Division head, counselor, cooperating teacher, and parental
approval are required to participate in this program. Final approval of the Director of
Assessment and Research is required according to the following procedures:
1. A request for Internship/Independent Study should be initiated by the student and his/her
parent/guardian with the cooperation and approval of a teacher certified or endorsed in the
subject matter of the area being studied and the division head of that subject area.
2. Once the written certification of the approval of the Internship/Independent Study proposal
has been secured from the parent, the cooperating teacher, and the division head,
registration for the Internship/Independent Study must be arranged with the counselor.
Such registration must be accomplished prior to the end of the second week of the semester
within which the Internship/Independent Study is to occur. The final approval of the
proposal will be contingent, in part, upon submission of a satisfactory outline of the
proposed course of study, a defined goal or goals, and a detailed description of the activities
and evaluation plan for the course of study. The pupil semester load limits described in the
Academic Catalog may not be exceeded through the use of Internship/Independent Study
without the authorization of the Director of Assessment and Research.
3. Scheduling should be arranged through the student’s counselor. Within each period (and
early bird), an identified course number is designated for use with Internship/Independent
Study registrations.
4. With the guidance of the cooperating teacher supervising the Internship/Independent Study,
the student must maintain a portfolio of Internship/Independent Study activities. The
portfolio must include detailed descriptions of work done to achieve subject comprehension
and mastery and a log of student hours spent pursuing the Internship/Independent Study.
The portfolio must also include any material that will aid in evaluating the scope and
content covered and the level of student achievement. Upon completion of the course of
study, a synopsis of the Internship/Independent Study (approved by the cooperating teacher
and the division head) must be submitted to the counselor for inclusion in the student’s
records.
5. There must be at least one meeting per week between the student and the cooperating
teacher to discuss the direction and progress of the pursuit of the Internship/Independent
Study. The goal of these meetings is to give the cooperating teacher a weekly opportunity
to monitor the student’s progress on the Internship/Independent Study. Students on
Internship/Independent Study are subject to Athletic and Academic weekly tracking just
like students enrolled in other regularly scheduled courses.
6. Cooperating teachers shall supervise no more than two students for Internship/Independent
Study per semester unless approved by the Director of Assessment and Research. Grades
shall be awarded by the cooperating teacher for Internship/Independent Study based on the
school’s grading guidelines.
7. All requests for Internship/Independent Study which have received the written approval of
the parent, the cooperating teacher, the division head, and the counselor and which meet all
of the requirements described above must be on file with the Director of Assessment and
Research during the first two weeks of the semester within which the
Internship/Independent Study is scheduled to occur.
8. Any request for exceptions to the requirements described above must be submitted in
writing to the Director of Assessment and Research by the start of the semester within
which the Internship/Independent Study is to occur. The Director of Assessment and
Research will consider the request and grant exceptions to these requirements as deemed
appropriate.
9. At the end of each semester, the Assistant Superintendent for Operations will provide grade
sheets only to those cooperating teachers whose Internships/Independent Studies have been
approved according to these procedures. The Director of Assessment and Research will
provide a list of approved Internships/Independent Studies for the semester to the Assistant
Superintendent for Operations in a timely fashion so as to provide such grade sheets.
10. Failure to abide by the Internship/Independent Study requirements described in these
procedures will result in the loss of credit being pursued through the Internship/Independent
Study.
Counselor
Counselor Secretary
Cooperating
Teacher(s)
Division Head
Student
Parent/Guardian
REQUEST FOR INTERNSHIP/INDEPENDENT STUDY – FALL
SEMESTER
Deadline: September 2010 Note: A completed and approved Request for Internship/Independent Study must be filed with
the Director of Assessment and Research within the first two weeks of the semester during which
the Internship/Independent Study is to occur.
Student Name: __________________________________ Date: ___________________
Student ID Number: ___________________ Counselor: __________________________
Project to be completed during Fall 2009 semester.
Cooperating Teacher: ___________________________________
Brief description of the project:
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
I understand that this Internship/Independent Study is not a specific course required for
graduation, nor is it intended to fulfill a state mandate for graduation. Concluding the
Internship/Independent Study, I will provide proof of completion of the Internship/ Independent
Study through a portfolio which includes a description of goals, activities, hours spent,
evaluation techniques, and a synopsis of what was accomplished. I will not receive credit for
this Internship/Independent Study until this completed portfolio is submitted to the cooperating
teacher and approved by the end of the fall 2009 semester.
Student signature: _____________________________________ Date: ____________
Parent signature of approval: ___________________________ Date: ____________
A.
I have read the information described above and the proposed course description. I
understand that my cooperation in this Internship/Independent Study would require
(a)
Maintaining a file which would include material to be used to evaluate the
scope and content of the project and the achievement of the student. A written
synopsis of the project should be included in this record.
(b)
Meeting with this student at least once per week for a time equivalent to one
class period to provide direction for the project.
(c)
Evaluating the project with a final grade.
Cooperating Teacher signature: ______________________________ Date: _________
(Over)
B.
I have reviewed the attached course outline and application for Internship/Independent
Study. I certify that the cooperating teacher of this Internship/Independent Study is
certified in the area of credit to be awarded, and I approve this request for
Internship/Independent Study.
Division Head signature: _________________________________ Date: ___________
C.
I endorse this request for Internship/Independent Study. I have made the necessary
arrangements so that this student’s class schedule will enable him/her to meet with the
cooperating teacher on a regular basis. I hereby forward this request to the Director of
Assessment and Research prior to the end of the second week of the semester within
which the Internship/Independent Study is to occur.
Counselor signature: ________________________________
D.
Date: ___________
I approve this Internship/Independent Study project and will forward copies of this
approved request to the student, parent, cooperating teacher, division head, and
counselor. The student participating in this Internship/Independent Study is fully
responsible for meeting all identified expectations of this approved Internship/
Independent Study and for ensuring an ongoing pursuit of this course of study.
Director of Assessment and Research signature: ___________________________
Date: ________________________________
OAK PARK RIVER FOREST HIGH SCHOOL INTERNSHIP/INDEPENDENT STUDY COURSE OUTLINE – FALL
SEMESTER
This outline should be developed with the help of the cooperating teacher and must accompany the Request
for Internship/Independent Study.
PART I. GENERAL INFORMATION
Student Name: _________________________________ Student ID number: _______________
Address: _______________________________________ Year in School 9 10 11 12
_______________________________________
Telephone Number: ______________________________
Counselor: _________________________________________ Date: ____________________
Oak Park River Forest High School Cooperating Teacher: ______________________________
PART II. SPECIFIC COURSE INFORMATION (Attach additional sheets, if necessary)
1.
Subject Area of Internship/Independent Study Course: ___________________________________
2.
3.
Name of Proposed Internship/Independent Study Course: _________________________________
Goals of Course:
4.
Unit(s) to be Studied:
5.
If your study is text-based, attach a proposed reading list and/or a copy of the table(s) of contents of your
text(s).
6.
Activities of Course:
7.
I will meet with my cooperating teacher: (Circle one below)
Before School
8.
Period 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
After School
Evaluation Plan: Your work must be evaluated. Specify the work that will be evaluated. Describe the
evaluation plan you and your teacher have devised for evaluating your work throughout the semester and at
the conclusion of the independent study.
Expected Date of Completion: End of fall semester (January 2010)
Student signature: ____________________________________
Date: _____________
Cooperating Teacher signature: _____________________
Date: _____________
Division Head signature: _____________________________
Date: _____________
Counselor signature: _________________________________
Date: _____________
Director of Assessment and Research signature: _____________
Date: _____________
Revised 04/08
MANDATED REPORTER RESPONSIBILITIES Each teacher is considered a mandated reporter by law. Below is an excerpt of the
District’s Policy on Mandated Reporter Responsibilities and the procedures that teachers
should familiarize themselves with when confronted with a situation as described below.
Any school official or employee having reasonable cause to believe a child known to
them in their professional or official capacity may be an abused or neglected child shall
confidentially report or cause a confidential report to immediately be made to the
Department of Children and Family Services by phone [1-800-25-ABUSE] or in person.
State law defines abused and neglected children as follows:
An abused child is one whose parent or immediate family member, or any person
responsible for the child's welfare, or any individual residing in the same home as the
child, or a paramour of the child's parent:
1.
Inflicts, causes to be inflicted or allows to be inflicted, physical injury by other
than accidental means, which causes death, disfigurement, impairment of physical or
emotional health, or loss or impairment of any bodily function;
2.
Creates a substantial risk of physical injury to the child by other than accidental
means, which would be likely to cause death, disfigurement, impairment of physical or
emotional health, or loss or impairment of any bodily function;
3.
Commits or allows to be committed any sexual offense against such child;
4.
Commits or allows to be committed an act or acts of torture upon such child;
5.
Inflicts excessive corporal punishment.
A neglected child is any child who is not receiving the proper or necessary nourishment
or medically indicated treatment including food or care, or otherwise is not receiving the
necessary support or medical or other remedial care necessary for his well being,
including adequate food, clothing, and shelter; or who is abandoned by his or her parents
or other person responsible for his welfare.
The responsibility for reporting child abuse or neglect rests with the individual
identifying the suspected abuse or neglect. The individual making the report shall also
notify the building principal or other appropriate administrator that such a report is being
made. State law provides that any person who, in good faith, participates in making such
reports or in any judicial proceeding resulting from such report will be immune from civil
or criminal liability.
Each new employee, prior to the commencement of his or her employment with the
District, shall be required to sign a statement on a form prescribed by the Department of
Children and Family Services and provided by the District stating that he or she has
knowledge and understanding of these reporting requirements. The signed statement will
be retained in the employee’s personnel file.
The Superintendent/Principal may prepare and implement guidelines necessary to
accomplish the intent of this policy and comply with the relevant law.
LOCATION OF DEFIBRILLATORS
The locations of the Automatic Electronic Defibrillators are provided below. Please
make it a priority to become familiar with these locations. Instructions for the use of the
unit are voice automated.
1st Floor: Corridor Outside of West Pool
1st Floor: Corridor Outside of East Pool
2nd Floor Adaptive Gym Corridor
3rd Floor: 3 East Dance Studio Area
Adjacent to Ticket Booth in Student Center
Field House Corridor – North Wall
Outside of 3rd Floor Library Entrance
Outside of Health Services Office – Room 234
Outside: Stadium Entrance East
Trainer’s Office in Field House
OBJECTIONS TO INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS
Any resident of the District may request reconsideration of any instructional materials
used in the school’s educational program. Requests for reconsideration of materials
should be referred to the appropriate Division Head and the Assistant Superintendent for
Curriculum and Instruction.
Students whose parents wish them to be exempt from courses on sex education, family
life, or sexually transmitted diseases will be excused if a written request for exemption is
submitted.
Teachers who intend to conduct discussions on controversial topics should announce
their intention ahead of time and provide alternate experiences for those students and
parents who elect to not participate in the discussion.
(Reviewed 02/09)
PAY TO FORM
The Pay To Form is used for payment to individuals for contractual services and to
athletic officials. Departments also use this form for various types of payments and
reimbursements. The complete name and address of the individual receiving payment
must be completed. Do not use the school’s address for the payee. If this form is being
used for a contractual payment, the payee’s social security number must be included in
order for the request to be processed. If this form is being used for reimbursement, the
original receipt must be attached and signed by a supervisor. The Business Office will
then generate a check. “PAY-TO” forms are available in the Business Office or they can
be found on-line on the Business Office website under “Business Office Forms.” OPRF
employees who perform additional paid services will be paid as a part of the regular
payroll process.
PURCHASING PROCEDURES
The Purchase Requisition Form must be used for ordering goods and/or services before the fact.
Once the Purchase Requisition Form has been processed, it then becomes a Purchase Order. The
District’s obligation is not established until the Chief Financial Officer approves the Purchase
Order. Any purchase or commitment of District funds falling outside the above guidelines is not
an authorized purchase and the District has no obligation to pay the vendor or to reimburse the
staff member.
Listed below are the necessary steps when making a purchase on behalf of the District:
1.
A request for goods or services must be discussed with the staff member’s supervisor or
department head before a Purchase Requisition Form is submitted to the Business Office.
2.
The blue Purchase Requisition Form must be filled in completely with the following
information:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Full name and address of company
Quantities
Exact description of items to be ordered
Current unit prices
Extended amounts
Correct budget line item
3.
Purchase Requisition Forms are available from the Purchasing Coordinator in the
Business Office or on the web page. (Be certain to use the most recent catalog available
for descriptions and unit prices. Incorrect descriptions and unit prices will cause delays
in shipments.)
4.
Submit the Purchase Requisition Form to the approving department head or supervisor
for approval before returning it to the Business Office. The staff member’s supervisor or
department head must sign the Purchase Requisition Form.
5.
Bring the Purchase Requisition Form to the Purchasing Coordinator or place it in
Mailbox #268.
6.
All Purchase Requisition Forms are then given to the Chief Financial Officer for final
approval. After approval, the Purchase Requisition becomes a Purchase Order. Purchase
Orders are processed on a daily basis.
7.
8.
The Purchase Order is now entered into the computer and the original is mailed or faxed
to the vendor. The pink copy of the Purchase Order is sent to the approving department
head or supervisor.
In an emergency, feel free to walk the Purchase Requisition Form to the Purchasing
Coordinator who will immediately start the purchasing process.
9.
Please note that all purchases must have a Purchase Order issued. The blue copy of the
Purchase Order is sent to the Receiving Dock so that merchandise can be quickly
delivered to the appropriate department.
10.
All invoices must be processed through the Accounts Payable Department in the Business
Office.
11.
All invoices should refer to the Purchase Order generated by the Business Office. That is
how it is determined which department initiated the purchase. The Business Office then
sends the stamped invoice back to the department to be signed as proof that the correct
materials have been received.
12.
The signed invoice must be returned to the Business Office promptly.
13.
Checks for invoices will be processed every five (5) to seven (7) working days.
RESOLUTION OF CONTROVERSIES BETWEEN
FACULTY MEMBERS
When a controversy arises between faculty members, the board expects that the involved
faculty members will attempt to resolve the controversy themselves in an atmosphere of
mutual respect and cooperation.
When informal attempts at resolution have brought no resolution or when the behavior of
one faculty member toward another is of such an egregious nature that immediate relief is
necessary, either or both of the faculty members involved should report the controversy to
the Assistant Superintendent for Human Resources who will follow the procedures outlined
below.
Administrative Procedures for Resolving Controversies between faculty members for
Board Policy 4130
At whatever stage resolution of the controversy occurs, appropriate steps will be taken to
provide support of the parties involved, and when necessary, to re-establish a harmonious
atmosphere within the department(s) or division(s).
Once the controversy has been reported to the Assistant Superintendent, resolution will be
sought in a more formal manner by following the procedures detailed in the list below:
1.
The Assistant Superintendent will arrange a meeting involving the two faculty
members in the controversy, the Chair of the Faculty Senate Executive Committee or the
Chair's designee, and the Assistant Superintendent who will serve as facilitator. This
meeting will occur as soon as possible within ten days of the report of the controversy.
2.
If the meeting results in a mutually agreeable definition of the controversy and a
mutually agreeable resolution to it, there will be no further involvement in the controversy
by the two faculty members and there will be no further consideration of the controversy by
the Assistant Superintendent or the Chair of the Executive Committee of the Faculty Senate.
3.
If the meeting does not result in a mutually agreeable definition of the controversy or
a mutually agreeable resolution to it, the Assistant Superintendent will arrange a hearing to
bring the controversy to a satisfactory resolution consistent with Board Policy and
professional expectations.
4.
If it is established that one or both of the faculty member violated a school policy or
rule, appropriate disciplinary action will be taken. This disciplinary action includes, but is
not limited to the following actions:
A.
B.
a letter of reprimand
a suspension according to the provisions of Board Policy 4120
C.
a request to the Superintendent to recommend that the Board of
Education issue a Notice to Remedy
D.
a request to the Superintendent/Principal to recommend that the
Board of Education dismiss the offending employee.
Problem-solving: Certified Staff Personnel Issues
The Board of Education has an approved policy for settling differences between faculty
members. The Board of Education and the Faculty Senate have agreed to a grievance
procedure as detailed in Article 5 of the Collective Bargaining Agreement that remains in
force through June 2007. However, the Board, administration, and faculty all agree that
times may arise when a faculty member has a problem situation develop with another
member of the school community, whether that person is a full-time member of the
teaching faculty, or otherwise. In those situations, the faculty member may not wish or
be able to pursue a grievance and may request that the following problem-solving
procedure be implemented. Furthermore, the administration or the Faculty Senate may
recommend any other problem-solving procedure they see fit as may be dictated by a
specific situation. The intent of this procedure is to provide faculty and staff an
additional option for arriving at appropriate resolutions to relevant issues.
It has been a long-standing tradition at Oak Park and River Forest High School to work
through personnel issues in an informal atmosphere of mutual respect and cooperation.
Believing that the most creative solutions to problems come in discussions unfettered by
rigid procedural considerations, the Administration has approached problem solving in an
individualized way: Each issue, each problem, is unique and calls for its own solution,
strategies, and procedures. Applying a standard set of procedures to solve a problem
inevitably reshapes and distorts the problem to fit the procedures. But affirming the need
for freedom in creative problem solving in no way denies the need for established procedures for accessing various problem-solving settings. These procedures, which operate
under the assumption that most problems are best handled by those parties most directly
involved, are outlined in the levels of problem solving described below.
A faculty member may approach his or her supervisor (the official
Level I:
evaluator of the faculty member) requesting an opportunity to discuss a problem. Within
ten school days, such a request will be honored by the supervisor and no discipline,
reprisal, or harassment may come to the faculty member for the act of making the
request.
The discussion at Level I will result in one of the following outcomes:
1.
A mutually agreeable definition of the problem and a mutually agreeable solution
to it with no further consideration of the problem by the faculty member or the
supervisor.
2.
Disagreement on the definition of the problem in which case, if the faculty
member requests within five school days, a Level II discussion will be scheduled within
ten school days to consider the faculty member's written definition of the problem and the
supervisor's written definition of the problem to arrive at a mutually agreeable common
definition of the problem and to propose a solution.
3.
A mutually agreeable definition of the problem but disagreement on the solution
to it in which case the faculty member may, within five school days, request that a Level
II discussion be held to consider alternatives to proposed solution. The Level II
discussion will be held within the ten school days following the request.
All requests for Level II discussions will be made in writing to the Assistant
Superintendent for Human Resources and will be accompanied by a written summary of
the Level I discussion. This summary will be prepared and agreed upon by all parties.
Any other relevant documentation shall also be forwarded to the Assistant Superintendent
for Human Resources. If the supervisor is the Assistant Superintendent for Human
Resources, then the Assistant Superintendent for Curriculum and Instruction will receive
the request and arrange the Level II discussion.
Level II:
Problems referred by a faculty member to this level will be discussed by that faculty
member, that faculty member's supervisor, and the Assistant Superintendent for Human
Resources as provided in Level I who will serve as moderator to facilitate problem
resolution. The faculty member may request that another faculty member be present at
the discussion. The discussion at Level II will result in one of the following outcomes:
1.
A mutually agreeable definition of the problem and a mutually agreeable solution
to it with no further consideration of the problem by the faculty member or the supervisor.
2.
If in the opinion of both parties, the Level II discussion produces new information
that substantially redefines the problem, the persons involved in the Level II discussion
may refer the problem back to a Level I discussion.
3.
Disagreement on the definition of the problem in which case, if the faculty
member requests within five school days, a Level III hearing will be scheduled within ten
school days of the request to consider the faculty member's written definition of the
problem and the supervisor's written definition of the problem to arrive at a common
definition of the problem and to propose a solution.
4.
A mutually agreeable definition of the problem but disagreement on the solution
to it in which case the faculty member may, within five school days, request that a Level
III hearing be held to consider alternatives to the proposed solution. The Level III
hearing will be held within ten school days following the request and will consider the
written statements of the faculty member and the supervisor concerning issues with the
proposed solution.
A written summary of the Level II discussion will be prepared, agreed upon by all
parties, and forwarded to the members of Level III panel. Any other relevant
documentation shall also be provided to these individuals.
Level III:
Problems referred by a faculty member to this level will be considered by a panel of four
persons selected according to the principles indicated in the diagram below:
Level III Panel
Faculty Member1
Faculty Member2
Division Head3
Administrator4
1
Selected by the faculty member who requested the Level III hearing.
2
Selected by the Assistant Superintendent for Human Resources.
3
Selected by the faculty member who requested the Level III hearing. This Division
Head cannot have been involved at Levels I or II.
4
Selected by the Assistant Superintendent for Human Resources. This
Administrator cannot have been involved at Levels I or II.
The Assistant Superintendent for Human Resources or the Assistant Superintendent for
Curriculum and instruction as provided in Level I and Level II will be responsible for
scheduling the Level III hearing and will serve as hearing officer. The hearing officer does
not have a vote in the decision, which will be made by the panel of four.
Discussion at the Level III hearing will focus on the written record of the issues of
definition of the problem and/or issues relating to the proposed solution to the problem in
the Levels I and II discussions.
After the hearing has been completed and if no mutually agreeable solution to the problem
has been achieved, the panel of four will vote and a 4 to 0 or 3 to 1 vote will determine the
solution to the problem as received or defined by the panel. If the vote results in a 2 to 2
tie, a new panel will be selected within ten school days according to the principles for the
selection of the original panel and the Level III hearing process will be repeated. If the
second panel results in a 2 to 2 tie, then the Superintendent/Principal will schedule a
hearing within 10 school days to consider all of the documentation from previous hearings.
The decision of the Superintendent/Principal following this hearing concludes this
problem-solving procedure.
Confidentiality shall be maintained throughout these problem-solving procedures and the
resolution of the problem shall remain confidential unless the involved faculty member
chooses to make it public.
Please note that this problem solving process is not designed to replace the grievance
procedure as defined in the contract between the Faculty Senate and School District 200.
Faculty members interested in solving a problem should be sure to contact a member of the
Faculty Senate executive committee for guidance in this area.
ROOM RESERVATIONS
Teachers may make reservations for classes or activities for the rooms shown below. The contact person for each room is provided for convenience. Contact Room Athletic/P.E. Areas (including playing fields) John Stelzer ext. 3000 Auditorium Joe Hallissey ext. 3222 Iris Edgecombe ext. 3611 Heritage Room Library (including classrooms) Kathy Rice ext. 3594 Reference Desk ext. 3560 Little Theatre Joe Hallissey ext. 3170 Other Classrooms or Facilities Donna Diederich ext. 3798 Private Faculty Dining Room Micheline Piekarski ext. 3142 Room 276 Patt Cheney ext. 3614 Room 370 Lupe Witt ext. 3396 Room 371 Lupe Witt ext. 3396 Board Room (213) (Revised 0209) Section 3 – Page 58
SUPERVISION AND POSTING INFORMATION FOR HANDBOOK
SUPERVISION
Faculty supervision is required whenever students participate in school-sponsored
activities (on and off campus). Faculty sponsors are expected to supervise their groups
during all activities (rehearsals, decorating for dances, preparing for parties, working on
plays, practicing for athletics, engaging in intramural competing, etc…). All student
activities must be pre-approved by the Assistant Principal for Student Activities before
the sponsor makes arrangements for using the school facilities. If necessary, Buildings
and Grounds should be notified. The sponsor must ensure that the room being used is
opened at the beginning of the activity and locked at the conclusion.
ADVERTISING SCHOOL SPONSORED EVENTS AND ACTIVITIES
All posters and flyers (large and small) must be approved by the office of the Assistant
Principal for Student Activities (Room 174). Flyers and posters must include:
The name of the sponsoring organization;
The name of the activity or event; and
The date, location and cost of the activity or event.
Note: The Assistant Principal for Student Activities must approve an activity or event
before it is advertised to the student body or opened to the public.
Process for having a flyer or poster approved:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Bring the flyer or poster design to Room 174 for approval (allow at least 24 hours
for design to be approved).
Once the flyer or poster design has been approved, the individual submitting the
design can make up to 30 copies of the flyer or poster.
After copies are made, each flyer and poster must be individually stamped in
Room 174.
Approved flyers and posters may be posted on bulletin boards located above
water fountains and other designated areas. Masking tape is available in the
Student Activities Center (Room 174). Only one flyer may be posted in each
area. Flyers may NOT be posted in the washrooms, on doors, windows, posts,
etc. Flyers that are posted incorrectly will be removed and the organization may
lose posting privileges.
It is the responsibility of the sponsoring activity to take down old flyers or
posters.
Note: Posters and flyers advertising non-school sponsored events must also be approved
in Room 174. If approved, one flyer or poster may be posted on the community
bulletin board, located across from the Bookstore.
TRANSPORTATION RESERVATIONS (BUSES AND VANS)
Faculty members in need of a full-sized bus for a field trip should contact the Fiscal Clerk
in the Business Office (x3267) to confirm that a copy of the Field Trip Request Form has
been received and is being processed. The Fiscal Clerk must receive the Field Trip
Request Form at least seven business days prior to the scheduled field trip.
Faculty members who wish to use one of the District’s eight-passenger vans or one of the
15-passenger activity buses should contact the B&G Department (x3698) to make a
reservation. No special drivers’ license is required to drive the vans or buses for noncurricular field trips. Faculty members who wish to use these vehicles for curricular
purposes must obtain a special school bus drivers’ permit from the Illinois Department of
Motor Vehicles. Additional information is available in the Business Office about the
application process.
All faculty members seeking to reserve a District Van or Activity Bus must provide the
Business Office with a copy of a valid drivers’ license when picking up the keys.
Questions about vehicle reservation and ordering procedures should be directed to the
B&G Department.
TRAVEL REIMBURSEMENT FORM
The Travel Reimbursement Form is a blue form that is used to request approval for all
professional travel expense reimbursement. Persons authorized to travel may drive their
own cars to destinations within a 150-mile radius and be reimbursed at the current IRS
rate. If accompanied by a spouse, a hotel receipt must be obtained for a “single room.”
If traveling with a colleague, you must obtain separate receipts. Employees are
responsible for all personal telephone calls. Calls to the school must be made using the
“800” number—1-800-501-0753. Employees will not be reimbursed for alcoholic
beverages or sales tax. The Travel Reimbursement Form must be signed by the
employee’s supervisor and coded with the correct account name and number. Original
receipts must accompany the reimbursement form.
The staff member must describe the business purpose for the expenditure. If requesting
reimbursement for meals, the staff member must describe business purpose, name of
others in attendance and their business relationship.
Employees should request a copy of the district tax-exempt form from the Business
Office.
USE OF MAILBOXES AND MAILING PRIVILEGES
Each staff member, as well as certain qualifying organizations (such as the Alumni
Association, APPLE, Boosters, Citizens’ Council, Concert Tour Association, and PTO
are assigned a mailbox in the mailroom. These mailboxes are for the purpose of
receiving USPS mail and internally generated documents necessary in the day-to-day
operations of the school.
Faculty members should check their mailbox a minimum of once a day as important
notices will often be distributed via the mailboxes.
Requests for supplies (staples, paper clips, pens, paper, etc – although not computer or
Xerox paper) should be made in the mailroom.
These mailboxes are not to be used for the general distribution of any materials not
officially sanctioned by the school, such as solicitations, political and/or religious
materials.
USE OF THE FACULTY/STAFF OR STUDENT BULLETIN AND
MORNING ANNOUNCEMENTS
Any announcement intended for the Faculty/Staff or Student Bulletin or for broadcast
during the morning announcement period (8:55 a.m. daily) must meet the following
requirements:
1.
All announcements must be legibly written using the proper form; either
the paper form, available in the mailroom or in the Welcome Center
(Room 174), or the intranet form available in the forms section of
HuskieNet.
2.
All forms must be received by 10:30 the morning before the item is to be
included in the Faculty/Staff or Student Bulletin or read during the
morning announcement period.
3.
Each announcement must be properly labeled as to whom it is directed
towards, whom it is from and must be carefully proofread. Unclear
announcements will be returned to the sender.
4.
The dates when the announcement should be published or announced must
be clearly marked. No announcements will be placed in the Faculty/Staff
or Student Bulletin or announced over the public address system for more
than two consecutive days.
Please note: Faculty/Staff and Student Bulletins are to be used for school purposes only!
Reviewed 01/09
Section 4
GRADES AND ATTENDANCE
ATTENDANCE .................................................................................................................. 2
EXCUSED ABSENCES .................................................................................................................................. 2
REPORTING STUDENT ABSENCES ............................................................................................................... 2
AUTOMATED CALLING SYSTEM ................................................................................................................. 3
PARTIAL DAY ABSENCES ........................................................................................................................... 3
EXTENDED PRE-ARRANGED ABSENCES ...................................................................................................... 3
UNEXCUSED ABSENCES .............................................................................................................................. 4
THE “N” GRADE ....................................................................................................................................... 4
TOTAL ABSENCES....................................................................................................................................... 4
APPEALS ..................................................................................................................................................... 4
TARDIES ..................................................................................................................................................... 5
GRADING AND ASSESSMENT ...................................................................................... 6
PROGRESS REPORTS ................................................................................................................................... 6
MID-QUARTER FAILURE WARNINGS .......................................................................................................... 7
ATHLETIC ELIGIBILITY REPORTS ................................................................................................................ 7
SPECIAL EDUCATION TRACKING ................................................................................................................ 7
HONOR ROLL AND DEAN'S LIST ................................................................................. 9
SEMESTER FINAL EXAMINATIONS .......................................................................... 10
SEMESTER GRADES ..................................................................................................... 12
TEACHER COURSE SYLLABUS OR OVERVIEW ..................................................... 13
ATTENDANCE
A teacher's grade book or computerized record is a legal document, which can be
subpoenaed and referred to by the court system or other authorities. It is essential
that every attempt is made to keep clear and accurate records, which document the
absence, tardiness, add or drop of every student for every day of the semester.
Of particular importance is the Oak Park and River Forest High School attendance
policy, which is reviewed annually and summarized below:
In accordance with the requirements of the School Code of Illinois and in
recognition of the responsibilities of parents or guardians, it is the policy of
District 200 that students must attend school on a regular basis. Regular class
attendance increases the student’s probability for academic success and fosters the
development of self-discipline and responsibility. Students are expected to attend
each class and study hall daily. Parents are obligated to contact the school when
their student is absent.
Excused Absences
Definition
Students are allowed full make-up privileges for excused absences:
•
Illness and/or doctor’s appointments
•
Death in the immediate family
•
Family emergency
•
Pre-arranged absence
•
Observance of a religious holiday
•
School-sponsored field trips
•
Nurse appointments for an entire period
•
Hospitalization
•
Guidance appointments
•
Administrative reasons
Reporting Student Absences
In order for an absence to be considered excused, the student’s guardian is
required to make a telephone call to the Attendance office before 9:00 p.m. on
each day of the absence. Voice-mail is available to leave messages. Guardians
will be asked to supply the following information:
•
•
•
•
Student’s name;
ID number;
Date(s) of absence(s);
Reason for absence.
Note: Failure to contact the attendance office before 9:00 p.m. will cause the
student to be considered truant.
Automated Calling System
Unexcused student absences will be reported to the parent or guardian via the
automated calling system. Calls will be made to the home phone number unless
the parent/guardian requests a secondary number be contacted. It is extremely
important that the parent/guardian promptly notify the school when there is a
change in phone numbers.
Partial Day Absences
In the case of a late arrival or early dismissal, the parent is required to call the
attendance office in advance.
1.
2.
3.
Students must check out at the Attendance office (Room 104). The
Attendance office will provide the student with an authorized dismissal
pass.
This dismissal pass must be presented when leaving the building.
Students who return to class before the end of the day must report to the
Attendance office when reentering the building. The Attendance office
will supply the student with an admit pass to their next class.
Note: If a student becomes ill or needs to leave school because of an emergency,
he or she may only be excused by the school nurse or by his or her Dean.
Students who are excused early by the nurse must have a parent call the school
when they arrive home. The only time a sophomore, Junior, or senior student is
allowed to leave the building throughout the school day is during his or her
designated lunch period. A freshmen student may only leave the building during
his or her lunch period if he or she has obtained a lunch waiver form.
Extended Pre-arranged Absences
Absences for an extended period such as for medical purposes, college visits, and
civic and religious programs must be arranged in advance. Whenever possible,
activities should be planned during vacation periods.
1.
2.
3.
4.
The student must obtain a Pre-arranged Absence Form from the
Attendance office (Room 104).
The form must be signed by all of the student’s teachers.
The form must be taken home, read, and signed by the student’s parent.
The form must be returned to the Attendance office prior to the absence.
Note: The student has the responsibility for making prior arrangements with his or
her teachers to make-up homework and tests.
Unexcused Absences
General Information
Unexcused absences are those that do not fit any of the acceptable reasons listed
for excused absences. Truancy is a Class II infraction as described in the Code of
Conduct. The Deans handle all Class II infractions.
A student who is absent for more than half of the period will be considered
absent.
Single-period absences will only be excused if they are pre-arranged.
Oak Park and River Forest High School does not recognize or condone “ditch
days.”
Village Ordinance School Curfew
Under the school code of Illinois, it is unlawful for any person over the age of five
(5) and under the age of eighteen (18) who is enrolled in any public or parochial
school to be present in any public place, building, street, or assembly in the
Village of Oak Park, other than school, while school is in session during the
regular school term. A police officer may stop and detain a person whom the
officer reasonably suspects to be violating this section. Any student violating this
section shall, if practical, be taken to school authorities or a parent/guardian and
may be issued a notice to appear in the municipal court.
The “N” Grade
Four (4) unexcused absences during any semester may result in an “NF” or “NP”
grade and the student may be removed from the class. “NF” or “NP” grades
receive no credit toward completion of graduation requirements.
Total Absences
Twelve (12) total absences, excused or unexcused, may result in the student
receiving an “N” grade. If a student is dropped from a class due to attendance, the
grade will be documented on the student’s report card as an “N” passing grade
(NP) or an “N” failing grade (NF). The cumulative number of total absences will
appear on the student’s progress reports and grade reports.
Appeals
In cases where additional information may have an effect on unexcused absences,
an appeal may be made:
1.
2.
An appeal form must be obtained from the Attendance office.
This form must be returned to the Attendance office within three (3)
school days after receiving notice that the student will receive an “N”
grade.
3.
It will be determined whether the additional information provided
warrants an appeal hearing.
4.
If an appeal hearing is deemed necessary, the parent will be notified of the
final decision following the hearing.
Note: The student will remain in class during the appeal process.
Tardies
Tardiness means not being in the classroom when the passing period ends.
Tardiness is unacceptable behavior and will be addressed by the classroom
teacher.
(Reviewed 01/09)
GRADING AND ASSESSMENT
(Revised 03/09)
Progress Reports
The two semesters of the school year are divided into two nine-week terms.
Progress reports are sent to the homes of each student at the end of every term.
During the last week of the term, teachers will receive an electronic report sheet
on which the grades for students can be marked. The following grades are used at
Oak Park and River Forest High School:
"A"
highest mark
"B"
good work
"C"
average work
"D"
below average, but passing
"F"
failure
"NC" no credit; this mark is given for satisfactorily completing a course or
participating in an activity for which no graduation credit is given
"NP" Withdrawn for lack of attendance; current grade is passing.
“NF” Withdrawn for lack of attendance; current grade is failing.
"I"
incomplete grade
"W" use to indicate a situation where the student withdraws from a course
before the beginning of the 13th week of a semester; any student who withdraws
from a course after the start of the 13th week should receive a final grade of "F"
"P"
use to indicate a grade of passing; this option must be pre-arranged
"M" use to indicate a medical grade; one of which shows that the student has
been excused from participation in Physical Education for medical reasons
Please note: “+" and "-" are not part of the grading program at O.P.R.F.H.S.
Each quarter teachers will report academic performance on line. For the grade
report, teachers have the option of selecting or entering their own comments,
which will be printed with the grade and attendance information. Student grades
must be reported on line via the District’s software program. Grades should be
entered by the Wednesday morning following the end of the term. Report cards
are sent out on Friday of that week.
In certain situations, a teacher will have the need to change or correct a grade that
was submitted earlier. Change of Grade forms can be obtained from and
submitted to the Data Processing Office.
Mid-Quarter Failure Warnings
Mid-Quarter Failure Warnings will be mailed to the home of any student who is
reported by the student’s teacher as receiving a D or F in any course by the
midpoint of the 9-week grading period. Students and parents will continue to
receive grades at the end of each quarter and at the end of each semester.
The Mid-Quarter Failure Warning to parents and students will include comments
specific to the student’s situation in the particular class. Teachers can use
numbered or free form comments on the notice to specify the areas in which the
student needs improvement. In addition, the notice will include a request that the
parents contact the teacher via phone or e-mail to discuss the student’s
performance and determine the best course of action. Teachers should respond to
all parent contacts with specific information that will help students improve their
classroom performance and study skills and catch up with assignments before the
end of the quarter, when course grades are given. Teachers are expected to
contact those parents who receive Mid-Quarter Failure Warnings, if the parents do
not initiate contact with the teacher.
Athletic Eligibility Reports
In accordance with Illinois High School Association (IHSA) standards, student
athletes must be passing the equivalent of four regular classes each week in order
to be eligible for interscholastic competition. The playing of an ineligible athlete
can result in the forfeiture of any contest in which the student has participated.
Each week teachers will submit an electronic report, which will record the grade
of any student(s) in their classes who are on an approved athletic team. Teachers
are expected to indicate if the student is passing or failing on line at that time or in
danger of failing (warning). Reports must be completed by Wednesday of each
week.
Special Education Tracking
Each week teachers will submit an electronic report, which will record the grade
of any student/s in their classes who have been identified as a special education
student. Teachers are expected to indicate if the student is passing or failing at
that time or in danger of failing (warning).
Tracking reports must be completed by Wednesday of each week. Reports are
prepared and submitted to the Special Education Division Head as well as the
students' case managers.
HONOR ROLL AND DEAN'S LIST
(Reviewed 03/09)
Honor roll status is awarded to students who have done superior classroom work
during a specified grading period. Superior classroom work is defined as
achieving at least a 3.0 grade-point average in a minimum of four full-credit
courses for which grades are awarded. This is in accordance with the Board of
Education's policy on grading. Students earning a grade point average of 3.5 or
higher will have their names placed on the Dean's List. Special Education
students will be accorded honor roll status in the same manner as regular
education students.
SEMESTER FINAL EXAMINATIONS
Final examinations are an integral part of the educational process at Oak Park and
River Forest High School. Finals provide an assessment of the students' progress
at the end of the semester and an opportunity for teachers to evaluate their own
teaching effectiveness. Finals prepare students for college where final exams
make up the majority of a course's grade. Taking exams helps students to
improve their study habits and their ability to deal with pressure.
Each semester, all courses except those agreed upon by Instructional Council will
end with an eighty-minute final examination. All students will take final
examinations at the usual time prescribed for the administration of final exams.
Teachers will not excuse individual students or groups of students from taking the
final exam. In the case of courses exempted by Instructional Council where no
final examination is judged suitable or an alternative method of administering the
final examination is judged suitable, prior written approval will be obtained,
granted, and posted. Though teachers will use their professional judgment in the
development of each examination, the value of the final examination in
computing the semester grade shall not be less than 10% nor greater than 30% of
that overall grade. Teachers will inform students of the value of the examination
prior to its administration.
Instructional Council has approved the courses listed as qualifying for using a
different time for assessing student work than the eighty-minute examination
period scheduled for the class during the semester examination week.
This approval in no way means that teachers of these courses must excuse their
students from the regularly scheduled examination period; it simply means that
they may do so. It is perfectly consistent with this approval that teachers of these
courses may require some or all of their students to be present or to take an
examination during the eighty-minute period scheduled for the course in the
semester examination schedule.
Only the following courses are exempt from giving final examinations during the
eighty-minute period of the semester examination schedule.
All Art Classes
All
Music
Performance
Classes
All Speech Art Classes
All Television Courses
AP American History
AP Biology 1-2
AP Calculus 1-2 AB
AP Calculus 1-2 BC
Second Semester Only
AP Chemistry 1-2
AP
College
Computer
Science
AP College English 1-2
AP Economics 1-2
AP European History
AP French 9-10
AP Government
AP Physics 1-2
AP Psychology 1-2
AP Spanish 9-10
AP Statistics 1-2
Driver Education
Physical Education
SEMESTER GRADES
(Revised 03/09)
A semester grade is issued to students by the teacher based on the achievement
made by the student during the semester. Teachers are requested to define for students, at the beginning of each semester, the procedures to be used for
determining semester grade. The two nine-week grades and the final examination
grade are to be considered in determination of the semester grade. The value of
the final examination or project grade in computing the semester grade in a course
shall be not less than 10% and not more than 30%.
TEACHER COURSE SYLLABUS OR OVERVIEW
Every teacher is expected to prepare a Teacher Course Syllabus or Overview for
each course taught. The purpose is to outline for and inform students of essential
information about the course. It should contain basic teacher information, a brief
course description, information about required books and supplies, grading
standards, and a course outline. The sheet should be distributed to students within
the first few days of the school year or semester.
For illustrative purposes, a sample of a profile sheet for English 1-2 (first year
English, college prep level) is presented below:
ENGLISH DIVISION
ENGLISH 1-2
I.
Teacher Information
Name:
Room Number:
Office Hours:
Telephone Number and Extension:
E-mail Address:
Course Description - First year of core English for the college-bound student.
The study of culturally diverse literature is centered on the following themes: the
perilous journey, triumph and defeat, discovery of self, transformations, and loss
of innocence. Students are encouraged to respond to literature and to become
critical and creative readers and thinkers. Independent reading and special
projects are included. Appropriate writings are suggested by the intensive reading
and discussion of literature, with emphasis on the effective structuring of the
sentence and paragraph. Practice in narrative, expository, and persuasive modes
of writing is included. Students will review and practice grammar, usage, and
vocabulary. Attention will be given to study skills.
Books and Supplies
Textbook-Elements of Literature, Third Course
One class-set novel-Semester 1
One self-choice biography/autobiography-Semester 1
One self-choice or class set Loss of Innocence novel-Semester II
Notebook-to be specified by teacher
Theme Folder (sold in Bookstore)
Assignment Book (sold in Bookstore)
Grades and Grading
Grading Scale
A, B, C, D, F
Quarter Grade - Derived from an average of points assigned for homework, tests
and quizzes, essays, special projects, and class participation. There are two (2)
quarter grades (nine-week grades) in each semester. Each quarter grade counts
for 40-45% of the semester grade.
Test and Quizzes
%
Essays
Special Projects
%
Participation
%
Homework
%
%
Final Exam Grade
Counts for 10-20% of semester grade
Semester Grade - Calculated by averaging two (2) quarter grades and final exam
grade, with the following percentages:
Quarter I 40-45%
Quarter II 40-45%
Final Exam 10-20%
Please contact the teacher for information about your child’s progress.
Course Outline-Semester I
First Grading Period
Major Unit: The Perilous Journey
Literary Genres: Short Story
Epic
Units from Test:
"Facing Monsters" - collection 1 (short stories)
"The Perilous Journey"
(The Odyssey)-Collection 14
Writing Assignments: Two formal and two informal essays
Special Projects and Activities
Second Grading Period
Major Unit: Triumph and Defeat
Literary Genres:
Short Story
Novel
Modern Drama
Units from Test:
"The Human Spirit" - Collection 2 (short stories)
"Expect the Unexpected" - Collection 3 (short stories)
"Opening Doors" - (The Miracle Worker - Collection 12
Novel Selection:
Class set, chosen by teacher
Course Outline-Semester 2
Third Grading Period
Major Unit – Self Discovery
Literary Genres:
Short Story
Non-Fiction
Novel
Units from Text:
"Discoveries" - Collection 4 (short stories)
"We Remember" - Collection 5 (non-fiction)
"A Place Called Home" - Collection 6 (non-fiction)
"What I Think" - Collection 7 (non-fiction)
Novel Selection:
Class set, chosen by teacher
Fourth Grading Period
Major Units: Transformations
Loss of Innocence
Novel
Literary Genres:
Units from Test:
Poetry
Shakespearean Drama
Novel
"See the Miracles" - Collection 8 (poetry)
"Imagine" - Collection 9 (poetry)
"The Ways We Are" - Collection 10 (poetry)
"Say It" - Collection 11 (poetry)
"The Destruction of Innocence" - Collection 13
(Romeo and Juliet)
Novel Selection:
Self-choice Coming of Age (Loss of Innocence) novel
(REVISED 03/09)
Section 5
STUDENT ASSISTANCE
ACADEMIC ASSISTANCE .......................................................................................................... 2
APPROPRIATE ATTIRE .............................................................................................................. 3
BEYOND DISCIPLINE PROBLEMS ........................................................................................... 4
PUPIL SUPPORT SERVICES (PSS) .................................................................................................. 4
HALL AND CAMPUS DEPORTMENT ....................................................................................... 6
FACULTY RESPONSIBILITIES ........................................................................................................ 6
MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES ................................................................................................. 7
GENERAL CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT ........................................................................................ 7
STUDENT DISCIPLINE REFERRAL PROCEDURES ............................................................... 8
SCHOOL LOCKERS ..................................................................................................................... 9
STUDENT ACTIVITIES ............................................................................................................. 11
SUPERVISION ............................................................................................................................. 11
ADVERTISING SCHOOL SPONSORED EVENTS AND ACTIVITIES ................................................... 11
STUDENT IDENTIFICATION CARDS ..................................................................................... 13
DETENTIONS.............................................................................................................................. 14
AFTER SCHOOL PROGRAM (ASP) .............................................................................................. 14
STUDENT SUSPENSIONS ............................................................................................................. 14
SUPERVISION OF STUDENT GROUPS .................................................................................. 15
ACADEMIC ASSISTANCE
(Revised 02/09)
In accordance with the provisions of the Collective Bargaining Agreement between the Faculty
Senate and the Board of Education, a teacher is expected to post and notify students of daily
times outside of regular school hours when assistance from the teacher will be available.
Non-teaching certified personnel are expected to work the regular school day plus whatever
additional time is needed to fulfill their assigned responsibilities.
Tutoring is available before and after school in Room 393. Students may also use computer
facilities in the third floor library during their study halls on a voluntary basis.
APPROPRIATE ATTIRE
(Reviewed 01/09)
Appropriate attire and grooming are critical to the maintenance of a safe and educationally
conducive school atmosphere. Students’ dress must not be disruptive to the educational
environment or compromise reasonable standards of health, safety, and decency. Individual
attire and grooming are the responsibility of the student and the student’s parent/guardian.
Students are expected to maintain a neat and modest appearance during school and schoolsponsored functions, including morps and formal dances.
To insure that the rights of all students are protected, the following will not be permitted:
1. Dress or appearance which is clearly disruptive and disturbing to the maintenance of a
positive educational environment.
2. Dress which display gang symbols, drug paraphernalia, references to controlled or illegal
substances; or
3. Dress which display obscenities, violence, racism or sexism, innuendoes, or other
expressions either harmful to the normal development of younger and less mature
students, or offensive to the reasonable sensibilities of students, faculty or other school
personnel.
Guidelines
The following guidelines have been established to help clarify what is expected:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Outerwear (coats, gloves, hats and jackets) is to be left in the student’s locker during
school hours.
Hats, headbands or any other form of head covering may not be worn inside the building
at any time.
Skirts and shorts of extremely short length are prohibited.
Tube tops, halter-tops, and strapless garments are prohibited.
Midriffs and backs must be covered at all times.
Garments with one shoulder are prohibited.
Gym uniforms can only be worn in designated areas of the school.
Appropriate shoes should be worn at all times.
Sunglasses may not be worn in the building.
Costumes are prohibited.
Note: Any questions or concerns regarding these guidelines should be directed to the
student’s Dean.
BEYOND DISCIPLINE PROBLEMS
(Reviewed 01/09)
PUPIL SUPPORT SERVICES (PSS)
Every student is automatically assigned to a Pupil Support Services (PSS) Team. The PSS
Team enhances the school’s ability to work with student on behaviors that undermine their
academic success. The PSS Team provides a formal, consistent opportunity for key staff
members to share vital information that supports student success. The teams consistent of
three counselors, a dean, a student resource manager, and the substance abuse counselor. All
teams are located in rooms 207, 208, and 308. In addition, social workers for special
education students, the substance abuse counselor, and youth interventionists from
community agencies are all located in Room 272.
Upon entering the high school, each student is assigned a Counselor who
Counselors:
works with the student until graduation. During this time, students and their families will
have the opportunity to develop a close relationship with their Counselors. This continuous
relationship is an essential element of our guidance and counseling program.
The Counselor functions as the student’s personal academic and college counselor. In
addition to counseling and advising students, the Counselors have responsibilities in the areas
of testing, college relations, four-year planning, post-secondary planning, scholarships and
financial aid, individual and small group counseling and scheduling.
Students may schedule appointments with their Counselor during study halls, before or after
school or during lunch periods. Interview slips should be obtained in advance from the
Counselor’s office.
Deans:
Upon entering the high school, each student is assigned a Dean. The Dean
assumes the responsibility of ensuring that the learning environment is safe for all students.
The Dean will hold each student accountable for daily attendance and for any violation of the
Code of Conduct and will assign appropriate consequences. The Dean will work with the
student’s fairly, counselor, teachers, and support personnel in an effort to assign students
with behavioral issues and any other issues that may interfere with the student’s safety and
success at OPRFHS.
Students may receive counseling for social/economical
Student Resource Managers:
problems, which interfere with their education. Services include assessment and linkage to
community agencies when appropriate, crisis intervention, drug/alcohol assessment, and
small group problem solving. Social workers are provided by OPRFHS, Thrive Counseling,
Oak Park Township Youth Services, and the Oak Park Health Department. Students may be
referred by teachers, members of the PSS Teams, parents, classmates, or they may initiate
their own referrals.
HALL AND CAMPUS DEPORTMENT
(Reviewed 01/09)
Students are expected to behave in a responsible and cooperative manner at all times.
Faculty and staff members are expected to model, maintain, and monitor proper hall and
campus deportment.
Each student who is permitted to leave the room during the period of an assignment must
obtain a valid pass from the teacher or supervisor before leaving the room. Completed
multipurpose pass forms shall be used for this purpose. Students who fail to secure valid
passes and students found in areas for which the pass is not intended are in violation of
school rules. Students are expected to respond positively to verbal requests to cease
undesirable behavior, and identify themselves whenever requested. Each student must carry
his or her school ID at all times and must show it when requested to do so.
2.
Faculty and staff members shall monitor halls (especially around their rooms) and
campus deportment. They should make every effort to see to it that students cease the
improper behavior through reminders, reprimands, etc. If a faculty or staff member is
unable to identify a student who is behaving improperly, he/she should call security
immediately.
3.
All matters pertaining to improper hall and campus deportment shall be referred to a
Dean who will administer the behavior management plan and inform the persons who
made the referral of the dispositions according to the Intervention Plan.
Intervention Plan
This plan acknowledges that good school discipline begins with the effective teacher. Failure
of a teacher to assume sufficient responsibility for daily problems can reduce student
perceptions of the authority the teacher has to manage classroom or other supervised
activities.
FACULTY RESPONSIBILITIES
Daily problems that teachers are expected to handle through various skills and techniques are
initial tardiness and absence to classes, lack of preparation for class (failure to complete
assigned work, lack of books and supplies, talking out), and immature acting out (pushing,
shoving, running in the halls, inappropriate language).
The teacher’s ability and willingness to treat these problems will have a positive impact on
teaching and learning.
MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES
(Reviewed 01/09)
GENERAL CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT
The most important activity that regularly occurs in a school is the interaction between
students and teachers in classrooms. Students are required to report to their assigned seats
and be prepared to begin work when the tardy bell rings.
1. Students are expected to be regular and punctual in reporting to all class assignments and
prepared for the activities for each day. Each student is expected to behave in a manner that
is consistent with the expectations outlined by the teachers.
2. Classroom teachers shall keep records, provide instructions and supervise students in
accordance with the policies and procedures of Oak Park and River Forest High School and
the School Code of Illinois.
3. A valid pass shall be issued to EACH student who is permitted to leave the room during
the period of an assignment (class, lab, etc.). Issuance of passes shall only be for
EMERGENCY or EXTREMELY NECESSARY reasons and must be kept to an absolute
minimum. The standard multipurpose pass form must be completed and issued to each
student who is permitted to leave the room. Deviation from this procedure seriously erodes
the effectiveness of corridor supervision and IS UNACCEPTABLE.
4. Each teacher shall record and report accurate student attendance and shall prepare,
communicate and enforce rules that will maximize the effectiveness of his or her instruction.
The teacher should make every effort to handle tardiness, absenteeism and discipline. This
effort may include motivational talks, reprimands, detentions and parent contact. If a student
fails to respond, the teacher should confer with the Dean to discuss further appropriate action.
If the teacher has been unsuccessful in resolving the problem, then the matter should be
referred to the dean who shall handle the matter.
STUDENT DISCIPLINE REFERRAL PROCEDURES
(Reviewed 01/09)
Students who violate the Code of Conduct should be referred to the Discipline Center (Room
272) in accordance with the following plan:
1. A multi-purpose or electronic referral form must be completed with a detailed description
of the incident and sent to the Discipline Center.
2. A phone call should be made to the Discipline Center to report serious discipline issues
that require immediate attention.
3. The multipurpose referral form (See Appendix) or the electronic referral on Skyward
must be used to report all code of conduct violations. The appropriate Dean will investigate
and provide feedback.
SCHOOL LOCKERS
(Reviewed 01/09)
School lockers that are assigned to students shall be understood to be school property, owned
and controlled by the District, and subject to District regulations regarding their use, including
inspection during the time they are assigned to students. It is the intent of the Board of
Education that students shall have no expectation of privacy in their assigned locker or its
contents. Students and parents are to expect that assigned lockers will be periodically searched
by school officials. This policy shall be disseminated to parents and students in the student
handbook at the beginning of each school term.
If a search conducted in accordance with this policy produces evidence that a student has
violated or is violating either a local, state or federal law, or District rule or regulation, the
evidence may be seized and impounded by school authorities. When appropriate, the
evidence may be transferred to law enforcement authorities.
STUDENT ACTIVITIES
(Revised 02/09)
SUPERVISION
Faculty supervision is required whenever students participate in school-sponsored activities
(on and off campus). Faculty sponsors are expected to supervise their groups during all
activities (rehearsals, decorating for dances, preparing for parties, working on plays,
practicing for athletics, engaging in intramural competition, etc.). All student activities must
be pre-approved by the Assistant Principal for Student Activities before the sponsor makes
arrangements for using the school facilities. Fill out Facility Use Form. If necessary,
Buildings and Grounds should be notified. The sponsor must ensure that the room being
used is opened at the beginning of the activity and locked at its conclusion.
ADVERTISING SCHOOL SPONSORED EVENTS AND ACTIVITIES
All posters and flyers (large and small) must be approved by the office of the Director of
Student Activities (Room 174). Flyers and posters must include:
The name of the sponsoring organization;
The name of the activity or event; and
The date and location of the activity or event.
Note: The Assistant Principal for Student Activities must approve an activity or event before
it is advertised to the student body or opened to the public.
Process for having a flyer or poster approved:
1. Bring the flyer or poster design to Room 174 for approval (allow at least 24 hours for
design to be approved).
2. Once the flyer or poster design has been approved, the individual submitting the design
can make up to 20 copies of the flyer or poster.
3. After copies are made, each flyer and poster must be individually stamped in Room 174.
4. Approved flyers and posters may be posted on bulletin boards located above water
fountains and other designated areas. Masking tape is available in the Student Activities
Center (Room 174). Only one flyer may be posted in each area. Flyers may NOT be
posted in the washrooms, on doors, windows, posts, etc. Flyers that are posted
incorrectly will be removed and the organization may lose posting privileges.
Note:
Posters and flyers advertising non-school sponsored events must also be approved
in Room 174. If approved, one flyer or poster may be posted on the community
bulletin board, located across from the Bookstore.
STUDENT IDENTIFICATION CARDS
(Reviewed 01/09)
A student identification card (I.D. Card) will be issued to each student every year.
This card identifies the student as a member of the Oak Park and River Forest High School
student body and is required for attendance reporting and for checking out books and materials
in the media center. This card is also required for purchasing tickets and for attending all
school events and should be in the student's possession at all times. This card may be used
only by the student whose name is on it and must be presented upon the request of any staff
member.
DETENTIONS
(Reviewed 01/09)
Student suspension can take one of two forms, in-school or out-of-school. Generally the outof-school format is used in the more serious discipline situations. The decision as to whether
an in-school or out-of-school suspension is given is determined by the Deans.
AFTER SCHOOL PROGRAM (ASP)
For certain infractions of the Code of Conduct, classroom attendance will be maintained, and
consequences will be served outside the normal school day. The before school program is
held daily from 7:10 a.m. in Room 314. The after-school program runs from 3:10 p.m. to
6:00 p.m. in Room 201, Monday through Friday.
STUDENT SUSPENSIONS
In-School Suspension (ISS)
For certain infractions of the Code of Conduct, students will be assigned all or part of a day
in Room 201. The periods that are missed when a student is serving an in-school suspension
are classified as unexcused absences. However, unlike other unexcused absences, credit will
be given when the student successfully completes the work assigned by the teacher during
the period of the in-school suspension. Students are expected to work on classroom
assignments while serving their suspension.
Out-of-School Suspension (OSS)
This type of suspension is used in the more serious discipline situations. During the
suspension period, the student is not permitted on school property and may not attend or
participate in school-sponsored activities. The absences that occur while a student is
suspended out of school are considered unexcused. The teacher has the discretion to require
that work be made up and determine the credit value to work be given for that. Each teacher
will inform students of their rules regarding make-up work.
SUPERVISION OF STUDENT GROUPS
(Reviewed 01/09)
Faculty supervision is required whenever students are engaged in school-sponsored activities
after dismissal time, either in the building or beyond the limits of school property. Faculty
sponsors are requested to supervise adequately their groups when they are engaged in such
activities as rehearsals, decorating for dances, preparing for parties, working on plays,
practicing for athletics or engaging in intramural competition. Students may not be in the
school building after 4:00 p.m. unless they are under the direct supervision of a teacher or
activity sponsor.
Students may be released from classes for rehearsals or for make-up in preparation for a
performance only by special request. Only limited practices are to be scheduled in the
evenings or on Sundays. If there should need to be an exception to this policy, it is hoped
that it would be on a rare occasion. It is to be expected that an exception may be made for
the annual musical production. When using school facilities, the sponsor must be the person
who opens and closes the room.
Section 6
TEACHER ABSENCES
ABSENCE INVOLVING HONORARIA .......................................................................... 2
BIRTHING AND NON-BIRTHING PARENTAL LEAVE .............................................. 3
LEAVES OF ABSENCES—GENERAL ........................................................................... 4
SUBSTITUTE TEACHERS ............................................................................................... 6
Section 6-Page 1
ABSENCE INVOLVING HONORARIA
Those staff members who are allowed to be absent for duties which involve the payment of
honoraria for activities such as but not limited to test proctoring, serving as an election
judge, providing consultation services, and speaking appearances are expected to reimburse
the School District compensation received up to and including an amount equal to the per
diem rate of the employee.
Section 6-Page 2
BIRTHING AND NON-BIRTHING PARENTAL LEAVE
Birthing Parent – Sick leave time may be used by a faculty member, who is the birthing
parent of a newborn child, concurrently with leave time permitted under the Family
Medical Leave Act (FMLA) for up to six calendar weeks, for a normal delivery, from the
birth date of the newborn child, exclusive of holidays and vacations. However, births
that occur after May 1 or eight weeks prior to the first day of the new school year will
include non-contractual days.
Non-Birthing Parent – Sick leave time may be used by a faculty member, who is the nonbirthing parent of a newborn child, concurrently with leave time permitted under FMLA
for up to any four consecutive calendar weeks, for a normal delivery, from the birth of the
newborn child, exclusive of holidays and vacations during the first 90 days of birth.
Child Adoption – Sick leave time may be used by a faculty member, who has adopted a
child, concurrently with leave time permitted under FMLA for up to any four weeks from
the approval date of the adoption, exclusive of holidays and vacations. However, it is
recognized that adoptive procedures are often lengthy and imprecise relative to the actual
receipt of the child; consequently, the District will work collaboratively with an adopting
faculty member regarding the exact dates of the desired leave.
It is expected with all leaves under this procedure that the affected faculty member will
provide timely notice (three or more months) to the Office of Human Resources and the
immediate supervisor regarding the faculty member’s plans for a leave.
Section 6-Page 3
LEAVES OF ABSENCES—GENERAL
Leaves or absences from professional duties during the regular school year fall into various
categories as provided for in the Collective Bargaining Agreement (CBA) between the
Faculty Senate and the School District. The types of leaves are summarized below.
Absence request forms are available in division offices and the office of Human Resources.
Academic Scholarship—Administrative approval of academic scholarship leaves will be
considered for programs requiring a teacher's absence of five (5) consecutive days of
classroom time or less. While academic scholarship opportunities are beneficial to the
faculty and, in turn, to our students, they should be taken at times that will not deprive
students of the Faculty members’ talents. Faculty members are encouraged to seek such
opportunities during the summer months only.
Dock Days—Days in which a Faculty member are not paid for missed work or is required
to pay the current cost of a substitute teacher. The per diem calculation for a dock day for a
teacher with a full year contract is 1/184 of their regular salary. In some situations, the
Administration may direct that teachers not be paid for days missed or, under certain
circumstances, Faculty members can elect to take days without pay.
Fulbright Scholarships—Fulbright Scholarships requiring absences during the school
year in which the Faculty member is expected to miss more than five (5) consecutive days
of classroom time will not be approved. Faculty members are encouraged to seek summer
Fulbright Scholarship opportunities.
Jury Duty - Required service as a juror will not be counted against a Faculty member's
allocation of sick or personal days, and the individuals will receive their salary while
absent. Any compensation for jury service is to be submitted back to the District (Payroll
Office), less transportation expenses that were incurred while performing the service for
which reimbursement has not been received.
Personal Leave - Days to be used at the Faculty member's discretion, for responsibilities,
obligations or appointments, which cannot be scheduled during non-working hours. Up to
four (4) personal leave days may be taken per year. Personal leave days, which are taken
immediately before or after a holiday, will include the cost of a substitute teacher being
deducted from the salary of the Faculty member. Personal leave days in excess of four (4)
per year may be granted upon written request by the Faculty member and written approval
of the Administration. At the end of year school year, unused personal leave days shall
accumulate as sick leave. Article 17 of the CBA between the Faculty Senate and the Board
of Education covers the use of Personal Leave days and those situations involving three (3)
or more personal leave days taken consecutively. Faculty members should prearrange the
use of personal days in order to facilitate the scheduling of substitutes. At the end of the
school year, unused personal days shall accumulate as sick leave.
Professional Leave - Days when the Faculty member is absent due to attendance or
participation in school-sponsored or school-related events or when the teacher is
Section 6-Page 4
representing the school or attending a professional conference. Professional leave days are
granted with the approval of the supervisor and Administration. Requests for absence due
to professional leave should be submitted as early as possible in order to facilitate the
scheduling of substitutes. Approved expenses will be charged to the appropriate budget.
Sick Leave – Sick leave is defined as a Faculty member’s absence due to personal or
family illness. Article 16 of the CBA provides additional guidelines for the use of sick
leave. Faculty members are granted fifteen (15) sick leave days per year, which may
accumulate to a total of three hundred and seventy (370) days. After an absence of three
(3) consecutive sick leave days, the Administration may request a note from the Faculty
member's physician attesting to the nature of the illness. The notification of a Faculty
member's use of a sick day may be made on the same day as the sick day. However,
Faculty members must notify the Substitute Personnel Secretary by 6:30 A.M. of the day.
Faculty members should also notify their supervisor of their absence. Faculty members
may prearrange the use of sick days in order to facilitate the scheduling of substitute
teachers.
A record of a Faculty member's absences is maintained by the Substitute Personnel
Secretary. At the beginning of each semester, each Faculty member is provided with a
printout of his/her current accumulation of personal leave and sick leave and year-to-date
usage.
Section 6-Page 5
SUBSTITUTE TEACHERS
Arrangements for calling substitute teachers are the responsibility of the Human Resources
office. A list of qualified substitute teachers will be maintained in the Substitute Personnel
Secretary’s office. Substitute teachers will be paid on a daily rate schedule adopted by the
Board of Education.
Faculty members who are assigned or volunteer to substitute for a colleague during one of
their preparation periods will be paid according to the negotiated rate of the CBA. Those
staff members who wish to be considered for substitution opportunities should notify their
Division Head and Division Secretary as well as the Substitute Personnel Secretary.
If during a school day, you know you must be absent the following day, please report this to
your Division Head and fill out a Request for Absence form, and place it in the Substitute
Personnel Secretary's mailbox so that appropriate arrangements may be made for a
substitute.
If, between 3:00 p.m. and 6:30 a.m., an emergency arises necessitating your absence, you
should call the Substitute Secretary’s voicemail at 708/434-3514 to report this absence and
the reason. Between 6:30 a.m. and 3:00 p.m., the division head secretary should be called.
During this call it is necessary that you furnish the following:
1.
2.
3.
Your name
Your division
Reason for absence
It is of utmost importance in all absences, even in unanticipated ones, that the substitute
teacher be provided with appropriate plans and lesson assignments, as well as your grade
book and seating charts. Only with these records should the substitute be expected to
accomplish more than the very minimum needs for the class.
Please remember that the Substitute Personnel Secretary’s telephone number should be kept
confidential.
Section 6-Page 6
Section 7
PERSONNEL
ATHLETIC COACHING AND ACTIVITY ASSIGNMENTS .................................................... 1
BUSINESS OFFICE ....................................................................................................................... 2
CERTIFICATION .......................................................................................................................... 3
PERFORMANCE REVIEW FOR TENURED STAFF ................................................................. 4
STATEMENT OF PURPOSE ..................................................................................................... 4
PERFORMANCE REVIEW PROCEDURE.................................................................................. 5
PROFESSIONAL GROWTH GOALS .......................................................................................... 6
OBSERVATION REPORT ............................................................................................................ 7
SELF EVALUATION .................................................................................................................... 8
PROFESSIONAL DATA RECORD .............................................................................................. 9
STUDENT FEEDBACK .............................................................................................................. 10
COMPONENTS OF PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE................................................................... 11
PERFORMANCE SUMMARY STATEMENT........................................................................... 13
STAFF MEMBER RESPONSE TO PERFORMANCE SUMMARY STATEMENT ................ 14
PERFORMANCE REVIEW ADDENDUM FOR TENURED STAFF....................................... 15
APPEAL OF PERFORMANCE REVIEW .................................................................................. 16
TENURED STAFF ASSISTANCE PLAN .................................................................................. 17
REMEDIATION PLAN ............................................................................................................... 18
ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE REVIEW FOR TENURED STAFF RECEIVING A
RATING OF ACCOMPLISHED ................................................................................................. 20
STATEMENT OF PURPOSE ............................................................................................................ 20
ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE REVIEW FOR TENURED STAFF RECEIVING A
RATING OF DISTINGUISHED.................................................................................................. 22
Section 7 - Page 1
PROCEDURES .............................................................................................................................. 22
DIVISION HEAD GUIDELINES FOR EVALUATION OF PROBATIONARY TEACHERS 23
PERFORMANCE REVIEW FOR PROBATIONARY STAFF .................................................. 24
QUARTERLY PROBATIONARY TEACHER EVALUATION REPORT ............................... 25
GUIDELINES FOR AWARDING CREDIT ON THE SALARY SCHEDULE FOR
UNDERGRADUATE STUDY, WORK EXPERIENCE, TRAVEL AND OTHER
PROFESSIONAL GROWTH ACTIVITIES................................................................................ 27
HUMAN RESOURCES OFFICE................................................................................................. 29
WHO TO CALL FOR WHAT INFORMATION ........................................................................ 31
SECTION 504/ADA GRIEVANCE PROCEDURES .................................................................. 34
Section 7 - Page 2
ATHLETIC COACHING AND ACTIVITY ASSIGNMENTS
A teacher assigned to athletic and activity program responsibilities is expected to continue with
those responsibilities until a suitable replacement can be found. Those assignments are made
annually based upon positive evaluation. This policy applies to Physical Education and Driver
Education teachers employed after the 1973-74 school year and to all other teachers employed after
the 1985-86 school year.
Athletic and activity program responsibilities will be considered to be in addition to the normal
load for a teacher unless other arrangements are approved by the Principal.
Any teacher who has completed at least seven (7) years coaching in a particular athletic or activity
program assignment at Oak Park and River Forest High School will be eligible for a one-year leave
of absence from that assignment. The request for a leave must be made by March 1 of the school
year preceding the school year of leave and will be granted if the assignment can be adequately
covered. A teacher will be assured of a similar assignment the year following the leave if the
teacher indicates to the Assistant Superintendent for Human Resources by March 1 of the year of
leave of the teacher's desire to resume the assignment. Seven (7) years of experience in a particular
assignment must be completed between a leave and a request for another leave, unless otherwise
authorized by the Superintendent.
Assignments to an athletic or activity program are coordinated by the Athletic Director and
Assistant Principal for Student Activities, respectively, as supervised by the Principal. When
vacancies occur, staff members are notified through the Faculty/Staff Bulletin and/or vacancy
notices which are posted and distributed.
The evaluation of those individuals in athletic and activity assignments is performed on an annual
basis by the Assistant Principals.
Special Note: Faculty and Staff
Coaches and Activity sponsors, at the completion of their practice sessions, games or meetings,
must make certain that students under their care are safely escorted from the building. Students are
not permitted to go to their lockers unless the coach or the sponsor accompanies them. Students
cannot roam the building freely. Remember, these students are to remain under their coach or
sponsor’s care and supervision at all times. The coach or the activity sponsor should be the lat
person to leave the area.
Section 7 - Page 1
BUSINESS OFFICE
The following functions are services the Business Office offers to employees:
1.
Payroll associated services
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Payroll calendar
403b Deferred Compensation Plan
457 Deferred Compensation Plan
W-2 or other IRS information
Credit Union
2.
Pensions (TRS, IMRF, and Social Security)
3.
Reimbursement for authorized supply purchases
4.
Conference & Travel Reimbursement
5.
Stamps may be purchased in the mailroom.
6.
Notary service
7.
Providing change for school events
8.
Transportation:
A.
B.
C.
Activity Trips
Field Trips
Charter Trips
9.
Workers' compensation forms and information
10.
Liability insurance, theft insurance, student accident insurance, and personal property
vandalism
11.
Activity Club Accounts
12.
Report of Student Accident Form
(Reviewed 01/09)
Section 7 - Page 2
CERTIFICATION
Certified staff members must hold a State of Illinois certificate valid for their school assignment(s)
and must provide evidence of meeting the qualifications of the State of Illinois as listed in "the
Illinois Program for Evaluation, Supervisors, and Recognition of Schools." In addition, all
requirements set forth by the Illinois State Board of Education relative to recertification, which
pertains to certificate type and professional growth standards, must be followed. Questions
regarding certification should be directed to the Assistant Superintendent for Human Resources.
Section 7 - Page 3
PERFORMANCE REVIEW FOR TENURED STAFF
STATEMENT OF PURPOSE
This Professional Growth Plan is intended to provide tenured staff at Oak Park and River Forest
High School with an opportunity to consciously and continually enhance their professional
practice. While satisfying a need for accountability, the plan also seeks to strengthen our
professional environment by encouraging self-reflection and facilitating growth in each member
of the tenured staff.
The Evaluation Committee holds that an effective professional growth plan can improve the
performance of every teacher. This plan is designed to help teachers assume ownership of their
own professional growth with the support of their colleagues, immediate supervisor(s) and other
administrators. The proposed system emphasizes collaborative, collegial relationships between
and among teachers and administrators. Furthermore, it prizes the diversity of expertise,
experience, and interests in our individual staff members.
The plan outlined here is an indication of the commitment in District 200 to pursue excellence
for all students. This commitment demands that staff members possess or develop the skills
necessary to help our students realize their full potential as educated participants in our
democratic society.
To these ends, the members of the Evaluation Committee invite the staff and administration to
commit to this plan, which we believe promotes mutual respect, intellectual inquiry, and a
positive learning environment throughout the school community.
Section 7 - Page 4
DISTRICT 200
PERFORMANCE REVIEW PROCEDURE
1. The supervisor will evaluate all tenured staff members according to the contractual agreement.
All of the following deadlines may be set earlier by mutual agreement.
2. The staff members to be evaluated in each division will meet collectively with their supervisor
for an initial information session before September 15. They will discuss the purpose of the
evaluation process, review the protocols for collecting and presenting data, and clarify the
timetable for completing the components of the evaluation. The supervisor will also distribute
all documents to be completed by the staff member, both in hard copy, and as flexible email or
disc attachments.
3. By October 15, and before the first classroom observation, each staff member will meet
individually with his or her supervisor. They will discuss suitable professional growth goals, a
preferred means of student evaluation, and possible dates for the first observation, among other
things. If areas of continuing concern have been previously communicated to the staff member
and documented, these must also be identified in writing on the Performance Review
Addendum and shared with the staff member at this time. Within a week of this individual
conference, the staff member will submit the Professional Growth Goals form to the supervisor,
outlining the goals discussed and any additional goals.
4. The first observation will be made after October 15, unless an earlier date is agreed upon at the
individual conference. The supervisor will set up an informal pre-conference, as well as a postconference to be held within a week of the observation. The second observation will take place
on a mutually agreeable second semester date before April 15, to be determined later. The staff
member will have the option of requesting an additional observation from the regular
supervisor, or from another administrator. Within three weeks of each observation, the
supervisor will present the staff member with an observation report.
5. The staff member will submit his or her Professional Data Record, Self Evaluation, and Student
Feedback to the supervisor by March 1.
6. By April 30, and before the Performance Summary Statement is written, the supervisor and staff
member will hold a final conference to discuss the progress made toward the goals established
at the initial individual conference.
7. The Performance Summary Statement will be written by the supervisor, signed by both parties,
and filed in the personnel file of the staff member. The signature of the staff member does not
indicate agreement; it simply indicates receipt of the Statement. The staff member will receive a
copy of the completed Statement by May 15.
Section 7 - Page 5
District 200
PERFORMANCE REVIEW
PROFESSIONAL GROWTH GOALS
Name of Staff Member
Position
Years in Present Position
Years in District
Name of Supervisor
Date
(to be submitted to supervisor within a week of the individual conference)
At their individual conference, the staff member and supervisor will begin by reviewing the goals
developed during the previous evaluation. They will then collaboratively develop one or more goals
for the current cycle. The goals should reflect district, division, and/or personal goals for
professional growth. In the case of disagreement, the goals of both the staff member and the
supervisor will be included. The roles and responsibilities of each of them for addressing these
goals will be clarified.
1.
Progress made on goals set during previous evaluation cycle:
2.
New goals for professional growth:
3.
Relevance to current district, division, and/or personal goals:
4.
Actions the staff member will take to accomplish these goals, including target dates;
identified division and school-wide professional development opportunities; assistance
desired from supervisor or other persons:
Section 7 - Page 6
District 200
PERFORMANCE REVIEW
OBSERVATION REPORT
Name
Division
Supervisor
Observation Date
1. Lesson observation summary.
2. Lesson observation recommendations.
3. Lesson observation commendations.
4. Staff member response to observation report. (Optional)
Signature of Supervisor
Date
Signature of Staff Member
Copies: Personnel File - Supervisor - Staff Member
Section 7 - Page 7
Date
District 200
PERFORMANCE REVIEW
SELF EVALUATION
(to be submitted to supervisor by March 1)
Name ______________________________ Division _____________________ Year ________
No element of staff evaluation is more important than the staff member’s assessment of his or her
own work. Self-aware individuals know the areas in which they are lacking and those in which they
excel. They are often skilled at measuring their own improvement, and finding their own means to
further success. The staff member’s Self Evaluation will consider as many of the Components of
Professional Practice (see page 8) as is appropriate. Using these components, the staff member
should:
1. Describe the process used in working toward goals set for this evaluation cycle.
2. Report on progress toward accomplishment of these goals.
3. Develop goals for the future, considering all four domains.
Section 7 - Page 8
District 200
PERFORMANCE REVIEW
PROFESSIONAL DATA RECORD
(to be submitted with Self Evaluation, by March 1)
Name _______________________________ Division _____________________ Year _________
The staff member will provide to the supervisor a record of accomplishments achieved since the last
evaluation, including comments to clarify each item.
The following categories will serve as a guide:
A. Additional Related Coursework (degrees earned, courses taken, etc.)
B. Evidence of Additional Informal Study or Research (journals and books read,
conferences attended, etc.)
C. Contributions to School and District beyond the regular assignment (school-wide
committees, extra-curricular sponsorship, coaching, etc.)
D. Divisional Contributions (mentoring, presentations, curriculum, etc.)
E. Non-Academic Experiences (youth, civic, or community activities, work experience,
travel, etc.)
F. Awards and Recognition
G. Other
Section 7 - Page 9
District 200
PERFORMANCE REVIEW
STUDENT FEEDBACK
(to be submitted with Self Evaluation, by March 1)
Name ________________________________ Division _____________________Year_________
When assessing one’s professional growth, the perceptions of students can be valuable. Student
insights can help staff members identify both strengths and weaknesses. As part of the evaluation
process, the staff member will gather feedback from students in at least two classes, representing
two preparations.
The method of gathering that feedback, be it narrative, survey, or some other form, will be
discussed with and approved by the supervisor at the initial individual conference. The student
input will either be shared directly with the supervisor, or summarized by the staff member and then
forwarded to the supervisor. The significance of the feedback will be discussed at the final
conference.
Process: Explain the method used to gather and analyze student feedback.
Summary: Describe how the students’ assessments relate to the Components of Professional
Practice, and how they will influence your professional growth.
Section 7 - Page 10
District 200
PERFORMANCE REVIEW
COMPONENTS OF PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE
(adapted from “Components of Professional Practice,” © by ETS, and Charlotte Danielson)
The evaluation will include at least two formal observations, one each semester, unless otherwise
agreed. The supervisor should use the observations as a foundation upon which to develop the
following performance review. The supervisor should comment on the staff member’s performance
in each of the domains listed below. Strengths and/or weaknesses with supporting comments will
be noted.
DOMAIN 1: PLANNING AND PREPARATION
•
•
•
•
•
•
Demonstrating Knowledge of Content and Pedagogy
Demonstrating Knowledge of Students
Selecting Instructional Goals
Demonstrating Knowledge of Resources
Designing Coherent Instruction
Assessing Student Learning
DOMAIN 2: THE CLASSROOM ENVIRONMENT
•
•
•
•
•
•
Creating an Environment of Respect and Rapport
Establishing a Culture for Learning
Promoting Diversity
Managing Classroom Procedures
Managing Student Behavior
Organizing Physical Space
DOMAIN 3: INSTRUCTION
•
•
•
•
•
•
Communicating Clearly and Accurately
Using Questioning and Discussion Techniques
Engaging Students in Learning
Culturally Sensitive Teaching
Providing Feedback to Students
Demonstrating Flexibility and Responsiveness
Section 7 - Page 11
DOMAIN 4: PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES
•
•
•
•
•
•
Reflecting on Teaching
Maintaining Accurate Records
Communicating with Staff, Parents, and Students
Contributing to the School and District
Growing and Developing Professionally
Showing Professionalism
Section 7 - Page 12
District 200
PERFORMANCE REVIEW
PERFORMANCE SUMMARY STATEMENT
(to be completed by supervisor before May 15)
Name________________________________ Division _____________________ Year _________
RATING:
Unsatisfactory
Developmental
Accomplished
Distinguished
Supervisor’s signature
Position
Date
Staff member's signature
Position
Date
(Staff member’s signature does not necessarily indicate agreement;
it indicates only that the staff member has read the Performance Review.)
Section 7 - Page 13
District 200
PERFORMANCE REVIEW
STAFF MEMBER RESPONSE TO PERFORMANCE SUMMARY
STATEMENT
(Staff member response is optional; however, it is recommended that staff members view
this as an opportunity to reflect on and respond to the evaluation process.)
Name ________________________________Division _____________________ Year _________
Section 7 - Page 14
District 200
PERFORMANCE REVIEW ADDENDUM FOR TENURED STAFF
(to be presented to the staff member at or prior to the initial individual conference)
To:
Staff Member
Division
Date
Supervisor
Position
Date
From:
SPECIFIC AREAS OF CONCERN
The items listed below as areas of continuing concern have been previously communicated to the staff member and
documented. The continued concern indicates that the staff member is not meeting minimum expectations for
“Accomplished” performance. Prior to the end of the current evaluation cycle, the staff member must improve in
each area. A failure to show sufficient improvement may result in a rating of “Unsatisfactory.”
Areas of Concern
Recommendations for Improvement
Documentation of Progress
Signature of Supervisor
Date
Signature of Staff Member
Section 7 - Page 15
Date
District 200
APPEAL OF PERFORMANCE REVIEW
Procedure for Appeal of a Performance Rating
If a staff member disagrees with the rating assigned by his or her supervisor, the staff member may
appeal the rating to an Evaluation Review Committee within ten (10) school days of receiving the
written evaluation. The appeal should be made to the Assistant Superintendent for Human
Resources, who will chair a committee to include two additional individuals: a certified evaluator
chosen by the Assistant Superintendent of Human Resources, and a colleague chosen by the staff
member.
Within 10 school days of receiving the appeal, the three-person Review Committee will provide an
opportunity for both the supervisor and the staff member to present their respective views. Each
will have an opportunity to rebut the statements of the other, and the Review Committee may
question either or both participants. All statements must be made in the presence of both parties.
The Review Committee will then deliberate the issue in private and will, within ten (10) school
days of hearing the appeal, decide the final rating of the staff member. The decision of the
Evaluation Review Committee will be binding. A written rationale for the final rating must be
shared with the staff member and supervisor, and will become part of the staff member's personnel
file.
Section 7 - Page 16
District 200
TENURED STAFF ASSISTANCE PLAN
The purpose of this option is to provide a more structured and intensive mode of supervision for
tenured staff members who receive a performance rating of “Developmental.” It is intended to
provide opportunities for professional growth. The Tenured Staff Assistance Plan is not
considered to be a formal remediation plan, as defined in the Illinois School Code, but rather an
interim effort to eliminate the need for formal remediation. Unsuccessful participants in the
Assistance Plan, however, may be referred to a Remediation Plan.
While the decision to implement the plan should be mutual, it may be directive. Placement on the
Plan will be based on performance at a “Developmental” level, which has been documented and
presented to the staff member. After a meeting with the supervisor to discuss the specific
concerns, a letter will be sent to formally notify the staff member of placement on the Plan. A
copy of the notification letter will also be sent to the Human Resources Department.
A written Assistance Plan will be developed within forty-five (45) school days of the staff
member’s notification. The Plan will include goals that are specific, measurable, realistic, and
time specific. The immediate supervisor will be ultimately responsible for specifying the plan’s
objectives and timelines, but ideally, the supervisor and staff member will work collaboratively.
Consequently, the plan should maintain the supportive climate inherent in the supervisory
process. Ultimately, however, it will be necessary for summative judgments to occur.
If the staff member and supervisor agree that assistance from a mentor would be beneficial, a
willing, mutually agreeable mentor will be assigned. The role of the mentor is to provide support
and/or training toward the identified goals. Staff members who are placed on the Tenured Staff
Assistance Plan are also entitled to Faculty Senate representation at any formal meeting that
concerns the Assistance Plan.
By March 1, the staff member and the supervisor will conduct a formal conference to review the
staff member’s performance. The conference will result in an analysis of that performance and a
progress report on the achievement of the stated goals. These written reports should be
completed no later than April 1. While the duration of the Plan is intended to be one school year,
there may be adjustments, refocusing, and/or termination of the Plan at any time during the year,
in response to the staff member’s growth and improvement. At the completion of the plan, the
staff member will 1) return to the regular evaluation cycle, 2) continue for an additional year on
the Assistance Plan, or 3) be given a rating of “Unsatisfactory,” and be placed on the
Remediation Plan.
Section 7 - Page 17
District 200
REMEDIATION PLAN
Procedure to Address an UNSATISFACTORY Rating
A certified staff member whose performance receives a final rating of “UNSATISFACTORY" will
be advised in writing of that rating by his or her immediate supervisor at least 45 calendar days
before the end of the school year. Within 30 calendar days of such notification, the staff member
will be given a one-year Remediation Plan designed to correct those behaviors identified as
unsatisfactory, and deemed remediable.
The Remediation Plan will contain the following provisions:
1. The list of unsatisfactory behaviors that are the object of the remediation plan.
2. A clear definition of acceptable levels of performance.
3. The name of a consulting staff member who will assist the identified staff member in
remediating the unsatisfactory behaviors. The staff member identified for remediation
will select a consulting staff member from a list established by the Office of Human
Resources. The consulting staff member will provide advice to the identified staff
member on improving performance and complying with the Remediation Plan. A
qualified consulting staff member shall be one who has:
•
•
•
•
At least five years of professional experience
Received a rating of “Distinguished” on the most recently filed evaluation
Knowledge relevant to the assignment of the staff member under remediation
Not participated in any of the quarterly evaluations
4. The list of dates by which a qualified administrator must complete the quarterly
evaluations. After each quarterly evaluation, the Remediation Committee must meet to
review the progress of the identified staff member toward satisfying the goals of the
Remediation Plan. (Timelines for the required quarterly evaluations may be waived by
mutual agreement because of unforeseen events, without invalidating the results of the
Remediation Plan.)
5. The names of all four Remediation Committee members. The Committee will consist of
the Assistant Superintendent for Human Resources, the staff member’s supervisor, a
certified evaluator chosen by the staff member, and a colleague chosen by the staff
member.
Section 7 - Page 18
All members of the Remediation Committee will attend all scheduled meetings specified in the
Remediation Plan. The purpose of these meetings will be to evaluate the progress of the identified
staff member in remediation. At the conclusion of the remediation process, the Remediation
Committee must make a determination by majority vote. In order for the committee to recommend
to the Superintendent/Principal that the staff member be dismissed for failing to successfully meet
the expectations of the Remediation Plan, at least three committee members must vote accordingly.
In the absence of a majority vote, the identified staff member will be returned to the regular
evaluation cycle.
Section 7 - Page 19
DISTRICT 200
ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE REVIEW FOR TENURED STAFF
RECEIVING A RATING OF ACCOMPLISHED
Statement of Purpose
Tenured staff at Oak Park and River Forest High School who earn a rating of Accomplished in
any evaluation cycle may avail themselves of The Alternative Professional Growth Plan in the
following cycle. The alternative plan can be tailored to the staff member’s individual needs and
interests, allowing for greater creativity and innovation than is available in the traditional plan.
Accomplished teachers may use the alternative option to fully explore strategies and
methodologies that address their own unique professional challenges. Staff members who
choose the alternative plan will still be evaluated on the basis of the Components of Professional
Practice, though the focus may be narrowed by mutual agreement with the supervisor.
Participation in the Alternative Professional Growth Plan does not guarantee a final performance
rating of Accomplished.
Procedures
1.
By September 15 of the evaluation year, staff members who choose the
Alternative Performance Review option must notify their supervisors in writing.
The supervisor will be responsible for notifying the Office of Human Resources.
2.
By October 15, the staff member will have developed a written plan of action for
the year and will have met with his or her supervisor to discuss objectives and
planned activities.
3.
In accordance with the School Code of Illinois, the supervisor is required to
complete two performance observations (including pre- and post-observations),
one each semester, unless there is mutual agreement to conduct both observations
in a single semester. Non-classroom teachers will be observed outside of the
traditional classroom setting.
4.
By April 15, the staff member will submit a written statement to the supervisor,
reflecting on the process and outcomes of the alternative plan.
5.
By April 30, and before the Performance Summary is written, the supervisor and
staff member will hold a final conference to discuss the outcomes of the staff
members objectives for the year.
6.
The Performance Summary Statement will be written by the supervisor, and given
to the staff member by May 15. The staff member is expected to sign and return
the Performance Summary Statement to the supervisor. The signature of the staff
Section 7 - Page 20
member does not indicate agreement with the conclusions of the statement; it
simply indicates receipt of the statement.
Section 7 - Page 21
DISTRICT 200
ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE REVIEW FOR TENURED STAFF
RECEIVING A RATING OF DISTINGUISHED
Tenured staff at Oak Park and River Forest High School who earn a rating of Distinguished in
any evaluation cycle may avail themselves of The Alternative Professional Growth Plan in the
following cycle. For the staff members, the alternative plan will involve only the two classroom
observations required by the School Code of Illinois. Staff members who choose the alternative
plan will still be evaluated on the basis of the Components of Professional Practice, though the
focus may be narrowed by mutual agreement with the supervisor. Participation in the
Alternative Professional Growth Plan does not guarantee a final performance rating of
Distinguished.
Procedures
1. By September 15 of the evaluation year, Distinguished staff members who choose the
alternative performance review option must notify their supervisors in writing. The
supervisor will be responsible for notifying the Office of Human Resources.
2. The components of the observation process will include pre- and post-observation
conferences, and the actual observation. A single observation may involve one or
more periods.
3. An observation will occur during each semester, unless there is mutual agreement to
conduct both observations in a single semester.
4. By April 30, and before the Performance Summary is written, the supervisor and staff
member will hold a final conference to mutually share perspectives on the evaluation
year.
5. The Performance Summary Statement will be written by the supervisor, and given to
the staff member by May 15. The staff member is expected to sign and return the
Performance Summary Statement to the supervisor. The signature of the staff
member does not indicate agreement with the conclusions of the Statement; it simply
indicates receipt of the statement.
Section 7 - Page 22
DISTRICT 200
DIVISION HEAD GUIDELINES FOR EVALUATION OF
PROBATIONARY TEACHERS
I.
Quarterly observations on selected components of the Framework for Teaching for
teachers in their first and second years of probationary teaching during quarters 1-3.
Teachers in their third and fourth year will be observed on a semester basis.
A.
B.
II.
Quarterly classroom observations may be defined as one period, or they may
extend over several days. Class visits are recorded in the form of notations made
by the supervisor during the class period and subsequently typed on the standard
observation form. These notations focus primarily on observable behaviors.
In addition, brief, drop-in classroom visits of ten to fifteen (10-15) minutes will
also occur.
Evidence of Student Learning
A.
B.
C.
D.
Years 1-4: Require a Course Expectations/Course Syllabus sheet for each course,
submitted to the Division Head by the end of the first week of each semester.
Years 1-4: Require student evaluations/feedback; summary submitted to Division
Head by the end of first semester.
Years 1-2: Review grade book and lesson plan book by the end of the first nine
weeks.
Years 1-2: Require the compilation of a teachers’ portfolio with table of contents
to be reviewed at the end of the first semester, or earlier as is appropriate.
Contents may include: Copies of tests, quizzes, writing assignments, handouts,
sample student work, letters and/or notes of commendation, and any evidence of
success along the way.
III.
Division Head may also maintain a portfolio of notes, observations, and other pertinent
information derived from a variety of sources related to the components of Professional
Practice.
IV.
Schedule teachers to visit other classes: Year 1, Semester 2 and Year 2
V.
Division Heads make a recommendation to the Assistant Superintendent of Human
Resources regarding the issuance of a contract for the following year by March 1.
Section 7 - Page 23
DISTRICT 200
PERFORMANCE REVIEW FOR PROBATIONARY STAFF
This Professional Growth Plan is intended to provide probationary staff at Oak Park and River
Forest High School with an opportunity to consciously and continually enhance their
professional practice. While satisfying a need for accountability, the plan also seeks to strengthen
our professional environment by encouraging self-reflection and facilitating growth in each
member of the staff.
The Evaluation Committee holds that an effective professional growth plan can improve the
performance of every teacher. This plan is designed to help teachers assume ownership of their
own professional growth with the support of their colleagues, immediate supervisor(s) and other
administrators. The proposed system emphasizes collaborative, collegial relationships between
and among teachers and administrators. Furthermore, it prizes the diversity of expertise,
experience, and interests in our individual staff members.
The plan outlined here is an indication of the commitment in District 200 to pursue excellence
for all students. This commitment demands that staff members possess or develop the skills
necessary to help our students realize their full potential as educated participants in our
democratic society.
The plan for probationary teachers is based upon the model used for tenured staff based upon the
components of Professional Practice developed by Charlotte Danielson. Given the complex
nature of the art of teaching, each year will focus on a specific set of components as outlined
below. Teachers will work through each of the four identified domains during the first three
years of their probationary status. In the fourth year of probationary status a complete review of
all four domains will be completed prior to a staff member being recommended for tenure.
First Year:
Domain 1, items a, c, f, and Domain 2
Second Year: Domain 1, items b, d, e, and Domain 3
Third Year:
Domain 4
Fourth Year: Domains 1, 2, 3, & 4
Section 7 - Page 24
OAK PARK AND RIVER FOREST HIGH SCHOOL DISTRICT 200
QUARTERLY PROBATIONARY TEACHER EVALUATION REPORT
Teacher’s Name:
Division:
Date:
This report is prepared by the Division Head as part of the supervision and evaluation of nontenured certified staff members.
The plan for probationary teachers is based upon the model used for tenured staff; based upon
the components of Professional Practice developed by Charlotte Danielson. Given the complex
nature of the art of teaching, each year will focus on a specific set of components as outlined
below. Teachers will work through each of the four identified domains during the first three
years of their probationary status. In the fourth year of probationary status a complete review of
all four domains will be completed prior to a staff member being recommended for tenure.
Check the appropriate box below:
First Year:
Domain 1, items a, c, f, and Domain 2
Second Year: Domain 1, items b, d, e, and Domain 3
Third Year:
Domain 4
Fourth Year: Domains 1, 2, 3, & 4
I.
Observation
A.
Pre-conference re-cap and summary (for class visitations)
B.
Description of observed activities/behaviors
Section 7 - Page 25
C.
Analysis of observations with regards to responsibilities/expectations
D.
Recommendations/Commendations
II. Progress Towards Components of Professional Practice and Evidence of student
Learning.
I have read the above report and received a copy of it. I understand that my signature does not
necessarily indicate that I agree with the report’s contents. I know that a copy of this report will
be placed in my personnel file.
Date
Teacher’s Signature
Division Head’s Signature
Section 7 - Page 26
GUIDELINES FOR AWARDING CREDIT ON THE SALARY SCHEDULE
FOR UNDERGRADUATE STUDY, WORK EXPERIENCE, TRAVEL AND
OTHER PROFESSIONAL GROWTH ACTIVITIES
The following guidelines will be used in allowing such credit:
1.
General
Credit for activities listed below (except for undergraduate study) may be permitted only
after a teacher has earned the Master's Degree. Prior approval by the Assistant
Superintendent Human Resources must be secured. A maximum total of (10) semester
hours may be granted to any individual. Credit will not be granted for any of these activities
completed during a sabbatical leave.
Graduate hours earned subsequent to the attainment of the bachelor's degree but prior to the
Master's Degree which are not credited toward the Master's Degree will be credited towards
the thirty hours beyond the Master's Degree if, in the opinion of the Assistant
Superintendent of Human Resources, they relate directly to the staff member's current
assignment or they are designed to strengthen or initiate an area of additional qualification
for the staff member.
2.
Undergraduate Study
Credit may be granted for undergraduate courses taken after completion of the Bachelor's
Degree if such courses are directly related to a teacher's assignment or are approved by the
Assistant Superintendent of Human Resources. Such undergraduate credit may not exceed
ten (10) semester hours.
3.
Work Experience
Credit may be awarded for work experience in a job directly related to a teacher's
assignment. One semester hour may be granted for each eighty (80) hours of such work.
4.
Travel
Credit may be awarded for travel which can be shown to contribute to an individual's
understanding of one's professional assignment. Travel on behalf of, or as an employee of,
any organization sponsoring or conducting travel for groups will not be approved for credit.
One semester hour may be granted for each two consecutive weeks of travel.
5.
Workshops and Clinics
Credit may be awarded for attendance at workshops or clinics which are related to a
teacher's professional assignment. One semester hour may be granted for each twelve (12)
clock hours of instruction.
Section 7 - Page 27
Teachers working on approved summer curriculum projects for the District may elect to
receive credit in lieu of payment for the work. One undergraduate credit for each twelve
(12) clock hours may be awarded for such work, not to accumulate beyond three
undergraduate credits.
6.
Other Professional Activities
The Assistant Superintendent of Human Resources may grant credit for such professional
activities as college teaching, research, consultation and writing.
Section 7 - Page 28
HUMAN RESOURCES OFFICE
The Human Resources Office is located in Room 215. Staff members can receive information
and/or direction about the following obligations and/or opportunities in the Office of Human
Resources.
1.
Physical Examination - required for all new certified staff members;
2.
TB Test - certification of freedom from tuberculosis required every four (4) years
after first year of service;
3.
Medical, Dental, Life and Disability Insurance Programs;
Please see pages 33 and 34, Who to Call for What Information.
4.
Flexible Spending Program
On a calendar year basis, the Flexible Spending Program allows employees to
protect their income prior to taxes for unreimbursed medical, dental, and vision
costs/expenses, including premiums. Employees may designate up to $3,000 of
income for such reimbursements. In addition, employees may use the Flexible
Spending Program for day care expenses. Each employee may designate up to
$5,000 for day care expense reimbursement.
Employees should be aware that unused portions of any medical or day care
designations would not be returned to the employee, as prescribed by federal law.
4.
Retirement Information
The Collective Bargaining Agreement (CBA) between the District and the Faculty
Senate prescribes district retirement benefits. The Office of Human Resources will
provide an estimate of the Teachers Retirement System (TRS) retirement benefit for
faculty members who provide a copy of their recent Statement of Earnings from
TRS.
6.
Teacher Certification Issues
Questions should be directed to:
Suburban Cook County Regional Office of Education
10110 Gladstone
Westchester, Illinois 60154
708-865-9330
7.
Salary Schedule, Placement/Movement/Question
Section 7 - Page 29
Please see the Collective Bargaining Agreement for further information.
8.
Employee Assistance Program
For Information or Confidential Assistance, Call
Workplace Solutions, L.L.C. at 1-800-327-5071
Website:
9.
www.wseap.com
Personnel File
The personnel file includes employment application, resume, transcripts, letters of
recommendation, and evaluative documents of the employee. The employee may
request access to the documents in the personnel file at any time.
10.
Time Off
Please see Section 6, Teacher Absences.
11.
Employment Opportunities
The Office of Human Resources maintains information about employment
opportunities in and outside of the District. Outside opportunities may be found on
the bulletin board in the Mailroom.
Information regarding extra-curricular sponsorship and athletic coaching
opportunities are also available in the Office of Human Resources.
Section 7 - Page 30
District 200
WHO TO CALL FOR WHAT INFORMATION
This information is provided as a preference source for various contacts available to you.
Claim Administrator:
(MEDICAL PPO PLAN)
BlueCross/BlueShield
Telephone:
1-800-458-6024
Group No: P96714
Send Claims: Local BlueCross/BlueShield Plan
BlueCross/BlueShield Telephone:
Preferred Provider Organization
(PPO) Locator
1-800-810-2583
Medical Services Advisor (MSA)
Telephone:
1-800-826-8551
Insured required to contact MSA prior to
hospitalization or within two business days of an
admission for emergency or maternity care
otherwise, available benefits may be reduced.
Mental Health/Chemical Dependency:
Telephone:
1-800-851-7498
Insured must call prior to hospital admission or
within two days of emergency admission, otherwise
available benefits may be reduced.
Claim Administrator:
(Medical HMO Plan)
HMO Illinois
Telephone:
1-800-892-2803
Send Claims to:
HMO Illinois
300 E. Randolph
Chicago, IL 60601-5099
Group No. H96714
Retail Advance PCS/DrugCard Inc.
Katie Giffin, Manager, Client Services
55 Shuman Boulevard, Suite 700
Naperville, IL 60563
Telephone:
1-800-531-6351 (8:30 to 5:00 CST)
Fax:
1-630-420-3919
Your contact for eligibility, mail service and retail
problems, supplies, brochures, ID card.
Telephone:
1-800-364-6331
(24-hour availability)
Section 7 - Page 31
Mail Order Service Prescription:
AdvanceRX.Com
P. O. Box 961066
Fort Worth, TX 76161-0066
Telephone:
1-877-860-6415
Dental Plan Claim Address:
Delta Dental of Illinois
P. O. Box 5402
Lisle, IL 60532
Telephone:
1-630-964-2400
Group No. 8309-0001
Oak Park River Forest High School
Human Resource Department
Donna Sebestyen, Employee Benefit Coordinator
201 North Scoville Avenue
Oak Park, IL 60302-2296
Telephone:
1-708-434-3515
Fax:
1-708-434-3919
Contact for benefit questions/concerns
Plan Benefits Consultant:
Catherine Loney
Senior Employee Benefits Consultant
GCG Financial
Suite 200 South
3000 Lakeside Drive
Bannockburn, IL 60015
Telephone:
1-847-457-3000
Fax:
1-847-457-3146
Patty Wells
Telephone:
Fax:
1-847-457-3145
1-847-457-3146
Contact for benefit questions/concerns, complaints,
and suggestions.
Section 7 - Page 32
Section 7 - Page 33
SECTION 504/ADA GRIEVANCE PROCEDURES
Oak Park and River Forest High School District 200 (“OPRFHS”) does not discriminate on the basis of
disability with regard to admission, access to services, treatment, or employment in its program or
activities. Any qualified individual who wishes to complain about alleged discriminatory treatment
falling under Section 504 or Title II of the Americans Disabilities Act (“TITLE II”) shall be addressed
by the following Grievance Procedure.
This Grievance Procedure is established to meet the requirements of Section 504 of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973 and the Americans with Disabilities Act (“ADA”). The District strongly prohibits
retaliation on the basis of any grievance filed under this Policy.
Step 1: Informal Resolution
If a person believes that he or she has a valid basis for making a grievance under Section 504 or Title II,
he or she shall informally discuss the grievance with the District’s 504/Title II Compliance Coordinator.
Linda Cada, Director of Special Education
Oak Park & River Forest High School District No. 200
201 N. Scoville Avenue
Oak Park, IL 60302
708-434-3106
[email protected]
A grievant must notify the compliance coordinator of his or her informal section 504/Title II Grievance
within sixty (60) days of the occurrence. Unless the grievance can be resolved informally, the
compliance coordinator will investigate and document the grievance (including dates of meetings,
disposition, and dates of disposition). These rules contemplate informal but thorough and impartial
investigations, affording all interested persons and their representations, if any, an opportunity to submit
evidence relevant to a complaint.
A written determination as to the validity of the complaint and a description of the resolution, if any,
shall be issued by the Compliance Coordinator and a copy forwarded to the complainant no later than
ten (10) working days after its filing.
Step 2: Formal Resolution
If the grievance is not satisfactorily resolved by Step I, the grievant may file a formal, written grievance
with the Compliance Coordinator within five (5) working days of receiving the Compliance
Coordinator’s disposition from Step I. The grievant shall include his or her name, address, a brief
description of the alleged discriminatory action, the date of the occurrence, and the name(s) (if
applicable) of the persons responsible.
Within five (5) working days of receiving the written grievance, the District’s 504/Title II Coordinator
will appoint a hearing officer. The Hearing Officer will conduct an impartial hearing regarding the
grievance within fifteen (15) working days of being appointed. The hearing shall give the grievant full
and fair opportunity to present evidence relevant to the issues raised by the grievance. The grievant
may, at his or her own expense, be assisted or represented by an individual of his or her choice,
Section 7 - Page 34
including legal counsel. The Hearing Officer will issue a written decision to the District’s 504/Title II
Compliance Coordinator within ten (10) working days of the hearing.
Step 3: Appeal to the Board of Education
If the grievance is not satisfactorily resolved during Step 3, the grievant may file a written appeal with
the Board of Education. Written appeals should be sent to the superintendent’s office within thirty (30)
days of the disposition at Step 2 and at least one week prior to the next scheduled Board of Education
meeting.
Provided that the appeal is filed with the superintendent’s office within one week’s of the Board of
Education’s regularly scheduled meeting, the Board of Education will consider the appeal at its next
meeting.
Within ten (10) working days of addressing the grievance, the Board of Education will issue a written
decision to the grievant.
Step 4: Appeal to the Department of Education
If the grievance is not satisfactorily resolved during Step 3, the grievant may file an appeal with
the United States Office of Civil Rights, Department of Education, Washington, D.C. 20201.
Section 7 - Page 35
SECTION 8
SAFETY INFORMATION
CRITICAL INCIDENT RESPONSE PLAN ........................................................................ 3
CODE RED ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE .............................................................. 4
CODE RED ........................................................................................................................... 5
INDIVIDUAL ADMINISTRATIVE ASSIGNMENTS/RESPONSIBILITIES ...................................... 5
CODE GREEN (POST-CODE RED) ................................................................................... 8
CODE YELLOW .................................................................................................................. 9
INDIVIDUAL ASSIGNMENTS/RESPONSIBILITIES ................................................................... 9
SAFETY AND SUPPORT OFFICER RESPONSIBILITIES: ......................................................... 10
CODE GREEN (POST-CODE YELLOW) ........................................................................ 11
GUIDELINES FOR FACULTY & STAFF IN CRITICAL SITUATIONS....................... 12
POWER FAILURE DURING SCHOOL HOURS........................................................................ 12
HOSTAGE SITUATION ON A SCHOOL BUS/FIELD TRIP ....................................................... 12
WEAPONS REPORTED/OBSERVED AT OR NEAR THE BUS ON A FIELDTRIP ........................... 12
ATTEMPTED CHILD ABDUCTION ...................................................................................... 13
DEATH WHILE AT SCHOOL .............................................................................................. 13
MEDICAL EMERGENCY PROCEDURES DURING NON-SCHOOL HOURS ............ 14
STEPS OF ACTION ............................................................................................................. 14
AFTER MEDICAL ASSISTANCE ARRIVES ........................................................................... 14
ADMINISTRATOR RESPONSIBILITIES ................................................................................. 14
ACCIDENTS ...................................................................................................................... 15
AED LOCATIONS ............................................................................................................. 16
FIRST AID IN THE CLASSROOM .................................................................................. 17
ACCIDENTS ...................................................................................................................... 18
BLOODBORNE PATHOGENS EXPOSURE CONTROL PLAN .................................... 19
MANAGEMENT OF BODY SPILL PROCEDURES ....................................................... 20
MANAGEMENT OF BODY SPILL PROCEDURES ....................................................... 20
PROTECTIVE EYE COVERING ...................................................................................... 21
FIRE DRILL/EVACUATION PROCEDURES ................................................................. 22
AND SUPERVISORY ASSIGNMENTS ........................................................................... 22
2009-2010............................................................................................................................ 22
TEACHER AND STAFF RESPONSIBILITIES ............................................................ 22
EVACUATION PROCEDURES .................................................................................... 23
EVACUATION OF ORTHOPEDIC AND/OR MEDICALLY FRAGILE STUDENTS 23
ADVANCED PREPARATION ...................................................................................... 23
FIRE MARSHAL ASSIGNMENTS ................................................................................... 25
DESIGNATED AREAS OF REFUGE ...................................................................................... 26
TORNADO ALERT AND DISASTER DRILL PROCEDURES ...................................... 27
AND SUPERVISORY ASSIGNMENTS ........................................................................... 27
2009-2010............................................................................................................................ 27
CRITICAL INCIDENT RESPONSE PLAN
Definition of a Critical Incident: a substantial conflict/disturbance of an emergency nature that
poses a threat to the high school.
Mission:
•
To ensure the safety of all students, faculty, staff and visitors on the Oak Park and
River Forest High School campus in the event of a critical incident.
•
To bring swift and orderly resolution to the incident.
•
To provide follow-up services and information to the school and Oak Park and River
Forest communities.
•
To return the students, faculty, staff and visitors to a safe and secure learning
environment.
Definitions of Codes
CODE RED: A substantial conflict/disturbance has begun or is imminent,
i.e., hostage, gunman or an explosive device.
CODE YELLOW: There is a possibility of a major disturbance, i.e. mob action, refusal to attend
class, tension between groups, gangs, unidentified persons loitering around the school, walkouts,
demonstrators on or near campus trying to disrupt or enter the building.
CODE GREEN: The conflict/disturbance or possibility of a conflict/disturbance has ceased and
no longer poses a threat to the safety of the students, faculty, staff, and visitors.
Reviewed 01/09
Code Red Organizational Structure
* SUPERINTENDENT
* PRINCIPAL
* Assistant Principal for Student Health & Safety
*Asst.
Supt.
Human
Resources
*Chief
Financial
Officer
*Asst.
Supt.
for
Curr/
Instr
School
Resource
Officer
*Asst.
Princ.
for Student
Services
*Director of
Assessment
& Research
*Dean
*Director
of
Security
*Director
of
Health Services
Communications/
Community
Relations
Director
* Report to the command center (Room 272- Safety & Discipline Office) in a crisis situation
(code red and code yellow).
Alternate Command Centers: In the event that Room 272 is in the affected area, two other
alternate command centers are located in the building.
1st alternate site – Room 213 (Board Room)
2nd alternate site – Room 373 (Instruction Center)
Once a command center location has been established, a designated administrator will notify
security, switchboard and police.
Reviewed 01/09
*Asst. Supt.
for Operatio
Code Red
INDIVIDUAL ADMINISTRATIVE ASSIGNMENTS/RESPONSIBILITIES
The goal is to secure the area and lend assistance, not to confront the intruder. Upon hearing the
all-school announcement, the designated Administrative Staff, and Deans will report to the
Command Center. Each District and Building Administrative Team member is equipped with
the appropriate area keys and two-way radio in order to assist students and staff. All other
faculty and staff members will report to their assigned areas and direct students and others to the
nearest classroom or office before assuming the lockdown position.
A.
Superintendent or designated administrator has the overall decision-making authority in
the event of a critical incident. The Superintendent will:
1. Report to Command Center – Room 272, if possible;
2. Confer with DLT and BLT at Command Center;
3. Call 911 and give Police the information;
4. Notify Board President, when appropriate;
5. Wait for further directions from the Police and/or Fire Department;
6. Assist Community Relations Director and Police with preparation of a press release.
B.
Principal
1. Notify School Resource Officer;
2. Make an all-school announcement concerning a Code Red;
3. Report to Command Center
4. Assume responsibility of Superintendent in his/her absence.
C.
Assistant Principal for Student Health & Safety will be the liaison and chief
administrator for the implementation of the Critical Incident Response Plan Guidelines at
OPRF High School. He/She will:
1. Report to Command Center – Room 272, if possible;
2. Verify the crisis and acquire any additional information;
3. Notify Superintendent;
4. Alert Safety and Support Team;
5. Notify the Crisis Team Leaders and assist in determining the level of post-crisis
management plan to be implemented – The Asst. Principal for Student Services will
be the lead in providing post-crisis counseling;
6. Assume responsibilities of the Principal in his/her absence.
D.
Assistant Superintendent for Operations
Turn bell system off;
Gather the following equipment and report to the Command Center – Room 272, if
possible;
1. Laptop computer
2. Radios
3. Phone access
4. Diagrams of school layout
5. Student Emergency Information
Await further instructions;
Assume responsibilities of the Asst. Principal for Student Health & Safety in his/her
absence.
E.
Assistant Superintendent for Curriculum and Instruction
1. Report to the Command Center- Room 272, if possible;
2. Act as the designated historian and complete the “Critical Incident Response Drill
Feedback Form” and/or the “Command Center Log”;
3. Await further instructions;
4. Assume responsibilities of the Assistant Superintendent for Operations in his/her
absence.
F.
Assistant Superintendent for Human Resources
1. Report to the Command Center – Room 272, if possible,
2. Assume responsibilities of the Assistant Superintendent for Curriculum in his/her
absence.
Chief Financial Officer
Director of Assessment & Research
Dean
All Administrators listed above will:
Report to the Command Center – Room 272, if possible;
Await further instructions.
G.
The Director of Security will:
1.
Establish communication with the Principal (Channel #3);
2.
Provide assistance as needed;
3.
Assist police with directions and building conditions;
4.
Keep records of situation as warranted;
5.
Provide leadership;
6.
Direct Safety and Support Team as needed.
H.
The Health Services Director will:
1.
Report to the Command Center – Room 272, if possible, and provide medical
assistance when appropriate.
I.
The Buildings & Grounds Department
1.
Staff members that are on school grounds but outside the building should go to
the stadium. Staff members that are away from the building should not return
until a code green is announced.
2.
All Buildings & Grounds personnel should find the closest safe place and assume
a lockdown position. Lend assistance to and take attendance for any students or
visitors who might be in your immediate area.
3.
Maintenance Staff:
a. Go to boiler room if possible or secure location.
b. Maintenance channel on radio should remain monitored because of elevator
phones.
c. Head engineer or his designate need to be at fire alarm panel.
d. Electricians or carpenters close door on ramp.
e. Call freight elevator to basement and open door.
f. If possible, Rm. 105 personnel or an electrician should silence class bells
during code red
.
Code Green (Post-Code Red)
Reviewed 01/09
Once the police give the “all clear” to the Superintendent, this indicates a Code Green Condition.
A.
The Superintendent will:
• Prepare a letter for parents/guardians that will be sent home with students at the end
of the day. The letter will explain the code red incident that occurred and its
resolution. This information will also be shared with staff.
• Respond to questions from staff members.
B.
The Principal will:
• Make a “Code Green” announcement to the school. This announcement will include
instructions to staff, faculty, students, and visitors. (There may or may not be an
explanation of the situation at the time);
• If necessary, arrange for a modification of the school schedule;
C.
The Assistant Principal for Student Health and Safety will:
• Assist the Superintendent in notifying the staff about the incident;
• Provide involved staff members with support;
• Refer questions from the staff to the Superintendent;
• Share information and provide support for students (This is done in conjunction with
School Crisis Team.);
• In the event of a death, acquire additional information regarding services and the
family’s wishes.
D.
The Director of Building and Grounds will ensure that the bell system is
operational.
E.
School Crisis Team (SCT) will provide counseling assistance to staff and students and
may initiate the Crisis Management Plan.
F.
Counselors will assist with necessary family member notifications in the aftermath of a
crisis.
Media:
All media contact will be made through the Superintendent/Principal and the Community
Relations Director. A press release will be prepared jointly by Oak Park and River Forest High
School and The Oak Park Police Department.
Code Yellow
INDIVIDUAL ASSIGNMENTS/RESPONSIBILITIES
Reviewed 01/09
A Code Yellow Condition means that events have occurred that indicate the possibility of a
major disturbance.
All Staff will be notified by either the PA system, a written notice, or in person.
Students will:
• Remain with faculty in their assigned “safe” areas.
Note: Leaving a “safe” area before the “all clear” Code Green Condition has been communicated
can place the student at risk. Any student that leaves a “safe” area during a code yellow
condition should be referred to their Dean after a Code Green has been announced.
Teachers and All Other Adults in the Building will:
• Check the hallways for students. Any students should be instructed to go into the
closest classroom or safe area. Those students’ names should be recorded.
• Lock all doors and windows and continue with the planned activity.
• Take attendance.
• Remain calm and provide leadership.
• Refrain from issuing passes for the duration of the Code Yellow Condition;
• Keep students in your classroom. Students should not change classes during a Code
Yellow Condition (Students and staff will not be released until an “all clear” Code
Green Condition has been determined by the Superintendent or Administrative
designee).
NOTE: Do NOT pull the fire alarm; ignore all bells and tones (except fire alarm).
Please Note: In the event that the building must be evacuated, the Police Department will direct
the procedures.
Deans and counselors will report to assigned area of the building:
Counselor #25 and Counselor# 51
4th floor (old building)
Counselor #23 and Counselor #27
3rd floor (old building)
3rd floor (new wing)
2nd floor
Counseling Office – Room 207
Counseling Office – Room 208
Dean #99 and Dean #97
272
Safety & Discipline Office – Room
1st Floor Welcome Center
Dean #90 and Dean #91
Director of Safety & Support Team - Unit #1 will report to the 105 to assist police with
directions and building conditions
SAFETY AND SUPPORT OFFICER RESPONSIBILITIES:
Unit #K
South field house door in Field House
Unit #3
Exit 3
Mall Corridor/Scoville side
Unit #10
Exit 4
Student Center/Scoville side
Unit #4
Exit 5
By Room 109 areas/Scoville side
Unit #M
Exit 6
By the Room 117 area/Scoville side
Unit #9
Exit 7
North door to Erie Street by the 193 area
Unit #6
Exit 8
West door from Loading Dock to the Student Center
Unit #B
Exit 9
West door from North Cafeteria to the Mall area
Unit #8
Exit 11
Athletic entrance to Mall area
All Safety and Support Team monitors will await further instructions
Code Green (Post-Code Yellow)
Reviewed 01/09
The Superintendent will:
• Meet with DLT and BLT in Board Room;
• Prepare a letter for students’ parents that will be sent home with students at the end of
the day. This letter will explain the code yellow incident that occurred and its
resolution. This information will also be shared with staff.
The Principal will:
• Make a “Code Green” announcement to the school. This announcement will include
instructions to staff, faculty, students, and visitors. (There may or may not be an
explanation of the situation at this time);
Guidelines for Faculty & Staff in Critical Situations
Reviewed 01/09
POWER FAILURE DURING SCHOOL HOURS
• Faculty and staff should ensure that students are calm and safe.
• The Director of Building and Grounds will contact the Utility companies and alert
them of the power failure.
• The Assistant Superintendent for Operations will alert the Police Department of the
power failure.
• Faculty and Staff should await further instructions.
If lights are going to be off for an undetermined amount of time, the Superintendent or
another designated administrator will contact the following people:
• Communications/Community Relations Director
• Food Services Director
• Special Education Division Head
Note: Under certain circumstances, it may be necessary to close the school. The decision to
close the school will be determined by the Superintendent or another designated administrator.
HOSTAGE SITUATION ON A SCHOOL BUS/FIELD TRIP
• Follow the instructions of the hostage-taker.
• DO NOT TRY TO DISARM THE HOSTAGE-TAKER!
• DO NOT TRY TO NEGOTIATE WITH THE HOSTAGE-TAKER!
• Remain calm and try to keep students calm. Provide as much comfort to students as
possible.
• Mentally document what is happening so that you can assist the police after the
incident is resolved.
• Trust the Hostage Negotiators once they arrive and follow their lead.
WEAPONS REPORTED/OBSERVED AT OR NEAR THE BUS ON A FIELDTRIP
• Bus driver should notify transportation office.
• Incident must be reported to
1. Police
2. Assistant Principal for Student Health & Safety or another administrator
• Students must remain on the bus until the incident has been discussed with an
administrator.
• Upon returning to the school, a “Staff Incident Report” should be completed.
ATTEMPTED CHILD ABDUCTION
• Notify Assistant Principal for Student Health & Safety or another administrator.
• Police should be notified and given all relevant information (who, what, where, when,
etc.)
• Parents will be contacted in conjunction with the police and administration.
DEATH WHILE AT SCHOOL
• Call 911 immediately.
• The Crisis Management Team (CMT) will meet as soon as possible.
• CMT will recommend a plan of action to the Assistant Principal for Student Services.
• Once the family (including members in the building) has been notified, the faculty,
staff, and the student body will be informed of the incident.
• Department Heads should go to rooms being taught by substitute teachers to assist
them in handling the crisis.
• The normal school schedule may be altered. If this happens, faculty and staff
members will receive a revised bell schedule.
• If appropriate, make arrangements for:
1. Individual counseling
2. Group counseling for faculty, staff and students
3. Relief for disturbed staff members
4. A private room for private reflection for staff and students
Note: If a death occurs when school is not in session, faculty and staff will be notified via the
emergency School Closing-Phone Tree.
Reviewed 01/09
MEDICAL EMERGENCY PROCEDURES DURING NON-SCHOOL
HOURS
In the event that a medical emergency should occur in or around the school building at a time
when the school nurse is not available, the procedures outlined below should be followed. This
document covers the step-by-step procedures that need to be followed to attend to the medical
emergency as well as the steps for notifying school officials and family. (Note: Athletic trainers
may be available to attend to medical emergencies. In general, the athletic trainers arrive at
school at 2:00 and are here until 6:30. If there is an athletic contest in the evening the trainer
may be here much later.)
STEPS OF ACTION
Note: If the injured individual is unresponsive the Automatic External Defibrillator should be
obtained (see AED locations on following page) and used on the individual at the same time the
paramedics are called.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Call 911. Request immediate paramedic assistance.
a. Identify the problem.
b. Identify the location of the accident.
c. Identify which entrance to access upon arrival.
Remain with injured individuals.
Aid the injured or sick individual to the best of your ability
Block off the impacted area and insist that onlookers leave the area.
AFTER MEDICAL ASSISTANCE ARRIVES
Medical emergency cards are located in Health Services and may provide critical information
regarding the health history of the injured individual. All administrators should have a key to
unlock the room and be familiar with the location of the emergency cards. If you do not have a
key contact Steve Doble on the maintenance radio channel (channel 3) or call extension 3007, or
contact the engineer at extension 3930.
1.
2.
Provide necessary information to the paramedic team.
Notify the Superintendent or Principal. If they are unavailable notify an Assistant
Principal.
ADMINISTRATOR RESPONSIBILITIES
1.
2.
3.
4.
Notify Business Department and complete accident/injury report.
Notify DLT and BLT.
Notify Board of Education.
Prepare a written communication to staff.
Reviewed 01/09
ACCIDENTS
Accidents to any person under the supervision or direction of a teacher, whether in the
classroom, corridor, or on a school trip, may result in legal suit to a teacher unless “reasonable
care” is used by the teacher to prevent such accidents.
Any accident or sudden illness on school property should be referred to the Health Services
office, Room 234 at extension 3234.
Each classroom will be provided with a first aid kit. This kit will also contain some instructions
for administering first aid. Replacement supplies for the kit may be obtained from Health
Services.
Accidents to any employee of the school while working for the school should be promptly
reported to the Business Office in compliance with provisions of the Workers’ Compensation
Act.
AED LOCATIONS
Outside:
Stadium – East Entrance
1st Floor:
Corridor Outside of East Pool
West Pool Area
Field House Corridor North Wall
2nd Floor
Adaptive Gym Corridor
3rd Floor
3 East Dance Studio Area
Outside of 3rd floor Library Entrance
(Rev. 01/09)
FIRST AID IN THE CLASSROOM
Priority of Action for all Emergencies:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Keep Calm
Call Health Services at Ext. 3234 or Ext. 3534 and state injury or condition
Keep student calm
Remain with student and follow steps below
Back Injuries:
Do not move the student.
Bleeding (severe):
Put on gloves. Apply direct pressure.
Breathing Difficulty: Stop activity. Have student sit.
Burns:
Immerse burned area in cold water immediately.
Choking:
If student CANNOT breathe, cough, or speak, perform Heimlich
maneuver.
Diabetes:
See Medic Alert list provided by the School Nurse.
Drug Ingestion:
Notify nurse immediately.
Electrical Shock:
DO NOT touch student until electrical contact is broken. Break electrical
contact with non-conducting article. (e.g. book, wooden stick)
Eye Injury:
Send student to Health Services—Room 234.
Fainting:
Lay student on floor.
Foreign Body:
DO NOT attempt to remove from ANY body part.
Fractures/Dislocations: DO NOT move student.
Head Injuries:
Watch for any change in emotions or behavior. Always notify school
nurse and contact immediately if changes are observed, especially
drowsiness.
Seizures:
Place on floor, do not interfere, give space. DO NOT put anything in
mouth. Turn on side if vomiting.
IF ANY OF THE ABOVE INJURIES OCCUR, NOTIFY HEALTH SERVICES AT
EXTENSION 3234 OR 3534.
Reviewed 01/09
ACCIDENTS
Reviewed 01/09
Accidents to any person under the supervision or direction of a teacher, whether in the
classroom, corridor, or on a school trip, may result in legal suit to a teacher unless “reasonable
care” is used by the teacher to prevent such accidents.
Any accident or sudden illness on school property should be referred to the Health Services
office, Room 234 at extension 3234.
Each classroom will be provided with a first aid kid. This kit will also contain some instructions
for administering first aid. Replacement supplies for the kit may be obtained from Health
Services.
Accidents to any employee of the school while working for the school should be promptly
reported to the Business Office in compliance with provisions of the Workers’ Compensation
Act.
BLOODBORNE PATHOGENS EXPOSURE CONTROL PLAN
Oak Park and River Forest High School has a Bloodborne Pathogen exposure control plan,
approved March 30, 1993, by the Board of Education. The copies of the plan are available in the
Human Resources office, Room 215. The plan applies to all employees who have reasonable
anticipated exposure to bloodborne pathogens, either occupationally as a result of their
profession or by tasks that may result in exposure to bloodborne pathogens. The plan entails
exposure determination, compliance methods, housekeeping and regulated waste disposal, postexposure procedure, and record keeping.
Bloodborne pathogens are microorganisms present in human blood that can cause disease in
humans. The pathogens include, but are not limited to the Hepatitis B Virus (HBV) and human
immunodeficiency fluid that is visibly contaminated with blood, an unfixed human tissue or
organ, semen, and vaginal secretions. Tears, sweat, saliva, vomit, urine and feces are not
included as infectious material unless tinged with blood. The purpose of this document is to
provide for an exposure control plan with respect to such bloodborne pathogens. This plan is
premised on the application of universal precautions. This approach assumes all human blood
and certain body fluids are treated as if known to be infectious for HIV, HBV, or other
bloodborne pathogens.
The Exposure Control Coordinator designated to serve the District is the Assistant
Superintendent for Human Resources and may be reached in the Human Resource Office, Room
215 at extension 3215.
MANAGEMENT OF BODY SPILL PROCEDURES
Remember, in general, frequent hand washing is the most important technique for prevention of
disease. Proper hand washing requires the use of soap under a stream of running water for 10 to
20 seconds. There is no substitute for soap and running water.
Body Spills:
Gloves should be worn when dealing with all body spills. Send
student to Health Services for any bleeding (e.g., cuts or bloody
nose).
Tooth Care:
Send student and tooth to Health Services.
Drooling:
Wipe with tissue and dispose of tissue. Wash hands.
Human Bites:
Send student to Health Services.
Scraped Skin:
Pencil Stabs:
Sharp Instrument Cuts
(e.g., scissors, knives,
saw blades, tweezers,
needles):
Object should be removed from classroom (handle with
paper towel), wrapped in paper towel, and disinfected in
Health Services. Security should escort student and deliver
the object to Health Services.
Furniture and Floors:
Custodians have been instructed for cleanup.
Contaminated by Body
Spills:
Call Buildings and Grounds (extension 3100)
(revised 12/11/01)
Reviewed 01/09
PROTECTIVE EYE COVERING
During the 1965 session of the Illinois State Legislature, Senate bill 1990 was passed requiring
the use of eye protective devices by all students, teachers and visitors when participating in or
observing certain vocational industrial arts and chemical-physical science courses or
laboratories, and providing minimum standards for such devices.
A committee composed of Division Heads, the school nurse, and a member of the administrative
staff was formed to evaluate and select equipment and to develop the procedures necessary to
insure compliance with this act. The committee’s recommendations are as follows:
1.
2.
Students enrolled in chemistry and industrial arts courses where consistent use of eye
protective devices is indicated will be required to purchase appropriate equipment.
Students who normally wear glasses will use monogoggles over their glasses; all
other students will use industrial-type safety glasses.
Students enrolled in certain art, biology and physical science courses where only
occasional use of eye protective equipment is indicated will use division equipment
on a loan basis.
These recommendations have been adopted and this equipment is available in the Bookstore for
students to purchase.
Arrangements have been made for faculty members who are subject to the provisions of this act
to obtain safety goggles without personal expense. Teachers who wear glasses may obtain a
specific type of prescription industrial safety goggles at an optical provider designated by the
school. The school will pay for the purchase of such safety goggles but not for the preliminary
eye examination. Authorization to obtain goggles must be secured from the Business Office.
Teachers who do not normally wear glasses may obtain a pair of standard safety glasses from the
Bookstore without charge.
Reviewed 01/09
FIRE DRILL/EVACUATION PROCEDURES
AND SUPERVISORY ASSIGNMENTS
2009-2010
(Specific Assignments are subject to change on an annual basis.)
ALL RADIO COMMUNICATION WILL BE ON CHANNEL 3 (MAINTENANCE CHANNEL)
TEACHER AND STAFF RESPONSIBILITIES
Teachers are responsible for providing explicit instruction in advance to students in each class, study
hall, or other assignment and for serving as positive role models for the building evacuation.
Instructions should be reviewed periodically throughout the school year. The evacuation information
includes procedures for leaving the room and the building and specific instructions regarding the
route to be followed and the location of the assembly area outside the building. Whenever the fire
alarm sounds, EVERYONE (students, faculty, staff, administrators, etc.) MUST EVACUATE THE
BUILDING IMMEDIATELY!
It is inappropriate and illegal for anyone to delay the evacuation process by
getting coats or other forms of outerwear before leaving the building. School
personnel are compelled to report to a fire marshal any individual who delays
evacuation or fails to leave the building.
DO NOT PERMIT STUDENTS TO GO TO LOCKERS FOR ANY REASON.
Exits for leaving the building are posted in each room. It is extremely important that these
specific routes are followed and that groups assemble far enough away from the building so as
not to restrict fire department access at any location.
SPECIAL NOTE:
If an alarm sounds any time and students are not in designated classes,
i.e., passing periods, assemblies, etc., please pay special attention to assisting special needs
students to the nearest designated area of refuge. Faculty and staff are requested to assist all
students with evacuating the building in an orderly fashion and to supervise the nearest group of
students while outside the building and during the re-entry process.
ADVANCED PREPARATION: Each teacher should appoint two pupils in each class or study
hall to serve as leaders. These leaders will be responsible for ensuring that all windows are
closed.
IMPORTANT: Please review the special evacuation plans for orthopedic and/or medically
fragile students.
School Nurse: One school nurse will be located in Room 105.
EVACUATION PROCEDURES
1. Students should leave the classrooms immediately and form a double line close to the
wall outside of the classroom. They should remain in the hall briefly until everyone has
vacated the room and all windows and doors have been closed.
2. The teacher or supervisor should lead the students along the designated route to the
designated area outside of the building. The teacher or supervisor must insist that
students proceed at the same rate until the designated area is reached so as not to delay
the exit of students who are still in the building. Groups must be taken far enough away
from the building to permit easy access by the fire department. All persons evacuating
to the mall (rear of building) must proceed all the way onto the fields. Standing on
the mall prohibits the passage of emergency personnel vehicles.
3. The teacher or supervisor should continue supervision outside of the building to ensure
that private property of school neighbors is protected and that all school rules are
respected (all school rules are in effect during a fire drill as are applicable in the
classroom or study hall). All streets, alleys and drives must be kept clear so that fire
department equipment can move around the building.
4. Take attendance upon arriving to the designated are outside of the building. Discuss
with students who fail to adhere to the rules the need to account for everyone. In case of
a Code of Conduct violation (smoking, leaving the area, etc.), report the student to the
Dean.
5. When the signal is given to re-enter the building, return to classes via the reverse route
used to exit the building and wait for instructions regarding the schedule for the
remainder of the day. Any change in bell schedule will be announced immediately over
PA system.
Please do not call the switchboard during evacuation procedures unless it is an emergency.
STATE LAW PROHIBITS SMOKING DURING A FIRE ALARM/DRILL/EVACUATION
EVACUATION OF ORTHOPEDIC AND/OR MEDICALLY FRAGILE STUDENTS
Faculty members who are in the presence of non-ambulatory and medically fragile students
should remain with these students during an evacuation and escort the students to areas of refuge.
ADVANCED PREPARATION
1. If you have a non-ambulatory student who utilizes a wheelchair or a medically fragile
student enrolled in your class, pre-arrange with your nearest teaching colleague to escort
both their class and your class out of the building. (This pre-arrangement will serve to
give your colleague prior notice.) Please remain in the area of refuge with your students.
2. When the mainstream evacuation flow has cleared the hall, move quickly to the
designated area of refuge.
3. Each teacher should appoint two pupils in each class or study hall as leaders. These
leaders should be responsible for ensuring that all windows are closed.
4. Any physically disabled person in the building must be accompanied by a faculty
member to one of the designated areas for the physically disabled.
5. It is imperative that these procedures be placed in each faculty members’ substitute
packet.
FIRE MARSHAL ASSIGNMENTS
(Specific Assignments are subject to change on an annual basis)
This task is one of coordinating the movement of students in the areas indicated below and
seeing that the appropriate classes use the designated stairwells and exits. Special effort should
be made to ensure that classes move away from the doorways and a reasonable distance from the
building. Names and assignments are subject to change.
Exit #
Main
Athletic
Office
4
4
5
6
8
7
8
9
10
11
3
5
6
7
8
9
First Floor
Individual
Foran/Hayes
Stelzer
Boznos
Cada
Fuentes
Lenoir
TBD
Collins, Pattie
Gerwig/McNichols
Spain
Stachurski
Organ
Third Floor
Houston
Howie
Asbury, K.
Le Fevre, J.
Hasso
McGinnis
Room
No.
105
Athletic
Office
101
106
111
117
127
191
134
129
Mall
Corridor
Exit #
Second Floor
Individual
Room
No.
3
4
5
6
7
8
Collins, D.
Bluminberg
Hanson
Sebestyen
Sandoval
Segal
204
207
207
218
298
298
9
Rice
225
Fourth Floor
301
311
315
392
335
378
5
6
Kotas/Geselbracht
Gerena
410
418
8
9
Brennock
Hughes
423
430
DESIGNATED AREAS OF REFUGE
(Names and assignments are subject to change)
Floor
Room
1st
109
Phone
Ext.
3808
nd
2
3rd
208
308
3510
3509
4th
422
3422
1st
193
3193
Assigned Emergency Supervisors
Alternate
Location
107
Phone
Ext.
3070
Sarah VenHorst/Kris Johnson
Carolyn Ojikutu/Fred Galluzzo
228
328
3228
3328
Joel Runyon/Tom Tarrant
423
3623
Evon Mucek/Sandy Hurt
Day Care Center
Stadium
Carolina Schoenbeck/Peggy Markey
Teachers should familiarize themselves with the most direct route from their classroom to the
areas of refuge.
All orthopedic or medically impaired students on the first floor should exit the building
immediately utilizing the designated evacuation route. TEAM students or other medically
fragile students should report to 109.
Leaders in areas of refuge should report during a drill or evacuation to their designated locations
(Rooms 109, 208, 308, and 422) until a call from Room 105 is received.
Marilyn Thivel and Leah Carlin will be located in Room 105 and will phone each of the four
designated areas of refuge within three minutes to obtain the names of all students/faculty
present at each location (Rooms 109, 208, 308 and 422).
TORNADO ALERT AND DISASTER DRILL PROCEDURES
AND SUPERVISORY ASSIGNMENTS
2009-2010
ALL RADIO COMMUNICATION WILL BE ON CHANNEL 3 (MAINTENANCE
Whenever an emergency arises, it is necessary to have persons take charge of specific areas to
ensure that “high risk” areas are cleared and to check that the “safety zones” are orderly. Names
and assignments are subject to change.
Administrators, Counselors, Deans, Division Heads, Department Heads, and Safety and Support
Team Members have been designated as marshals for this purpose. Division heads that have
teaching assignments should arrange in advance to have a neighboring teacher supervise
their classes while they assume their general supervisory duties. The class roster should be
turned over to this teacher.
4th Floor (old building) – evacuate all rooms, assist in relocating students
North and East area – P. Erickson and K. Vandermeulen
West, south and center hall areas – T. Brennock and Tom Tarrant
Safety and Support Staff: Clear 4th floor – A. Moore and one Safety and Support Team Monitor
3rd Floor (new wing) – evacuate all rooms, assist in relocating students
West and north center hall – R. Mertz, F. Galluzzo
East and south center hall – E. Crawford and one Safety and Support Team Monitor
Safety and Support Staff: Clear new wing of 3rd floor – J. Wraggs and one Safety and Support
Team Monitor
3rd Floor (old building) – coordinate placement of classes, keep order
East and north halls – S. Gevinson and B. Boulware
West and center halls – C. Sahagun and J. Goodfellow
Library (clear and evacuate both floors) – All librarians
Safety and Support Staff: Assist on 3rd floor (old building) – A. Strong
2nd Floor – coordinate placement of classes, keep order
North and center corridor (old building) – B. Grosser, V. Martinek
Industrial Arts room (2nd and 1st fl.) – R. VenHorst, N. Michalek
South Hall (stairs, old building) – A. Walton
East corridor (old building) – T. Marr
Central corridor (old building) – J. Dennis
West corridor (old building) – K. Johnson
East corridor (new building) – J. Herbst
West corridor (new building) – B. Cherry, C. Ojikutu
Music and speech area (new building) – C. Marshall and E. Hlavach
East and west corridors – south of auditorium (vacate area) – D. Bluminberg and Safety &
Support Staff
Adaptive Gym/Wrestling Gym/Monogram Room – D. Craft
Counselors’ offices and corridor – S. VenHorst
Additional Areas of Responsibility for Staff:
1st Floor/Student Center
Outside Athletic Field
Girls’ Pool/1st Floor Gyms
Boys’ Pool/Fieldhouse/Locker Rooms
Girls’ Gym (3 floors) and locker rooms
West and center halls (old building)
East and north halls (old building)
Cafeterias
East hall and Field house corridor (new building)
S. Carson
J. Stelzer
C. Sakellaris, Lori Heidloff
R. Lawrence
P. Littleton
J. Fuentes, B. Ambrose
C. Milojevic
Safety and Support Staff
D. Kleinfeldt
East hall toward science rooms
Auditorium and associated rooms
All music rooms
TEAM Program
Outside – Mall
Drivers’ Ed staff
J. Hallissey, J. Fisher
P. Pearson
TEAM staff
Safety & Support Staff – Ask all
persons to enter building
Safety & Support Staff – Ask all
persons to enter building
L. Cada, P. Markey
Outside – Scoville Avenue
Contact bus transportation company and families of
students taking bus transportation
PROCEDURES FOR PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Directions for Teachers
1.
Teachers are to remain with their classes. Students on your roster are your
responsibility.
3.
If you have a special-needs student, pre-arrange that two or three students in your class
will assist you in an emergency. Stay together as a class. Only use the elevators for an
impaired student if it is the only safe and expedient way to ensure the student’s safety.
West Side Locations
Wrestling Gym and
Gym,
2 South Gym:
Move all students to the PE ramp. Walk through the Adapted
Adapted Gym and
Monogram Room:
office.
Move all students to the area by the PE main office. Walk down
the ramp and against the south wall in the area by the PE main
West Pool:
Move all students to the sophomore locker room.
Fieldhouse:
Move students to the north-south hallway, outside of the cafeteria
between the double doors on the south and the water fountains on
the north.
1 West Gym:
Move all students to the Field house hallway as far away from the
glass at the east and west entrance doors as possible.
Boy’s Locker
Rooms:
Remain in locker rooms.
11
down the ramp by the PE main office, and against the wall
between the Driver’s Ed offices and the PE ramp.
East Side Locations
3rd Floor Dance
Studio:
Move all students to the north side of the hallway near the PE
office on the second floor. Walk down the stairwell near Jane
Graham’s office. On the second floor, move the class down the
corridor towards the PE main office, away from windows at the
east end of the hallway. Line class up on the north side of the
hallway.
3rd Floor South and
East Gyms:
Move all students to the second floor and line them up near the
wall in the hallway from the ramp to the double doors.
Multi-Purpose Room:
Exit down the back stairwell to the first floor. Have the students
sit in the stairwell on the lower set of stairs leading to the first
floor.
2 East Gym:
area.
Move students to the alcove near the second floor towel booth
Fitness Center:
Students should remain in the alcove between the fitness center
and the towel booth. If there are two classes, one class must move
down the hallway near the 1 East Gym entrance.
1 East Gym:
Move students to the area near the music rooms (Room 100).
Walk down the corridor heading north from the 1 East Gym, near
the music rooms.
1 East Classroom
Move students to the 1 East Gym. Walk down the hallway from
the towel booth to the 1 East Gym.
East Pool:
Move students to the girl’s swim locker room.
Girl’s Locker Room:
Students should remain in locker room.
Outside Athletic Fields
South Field and
and
Football Field:
Enter the building through the field house doors or garage door
Baseball Diamonds:
Enter the building through the mall entrance and remain in the
Field House corridor, away from the west mall doors.
Softball Diamonds and
Tennis Courts:
Enter the building through the entrance near the North Cafeteria
and proceed to the corridor near the Bookstore.
move to the corridor near the South Cafeteria.
TORNADO ALERT/DISASTER DRILL ROOM RELOCATION AREAS
ROOM #
SHELTER AREA
100 Hallway outside room
100C
100E
101
102
103
104
104B
Remain in rooms
105
106
Hallway near rooms
107 and 108
107
Remain in room
108
109
Hallway near rooms
107 and 108
110
111
Hallway directly in
front of classrooms
112
114
Remain in room
115
Hallway directly in
front of classroom
116
Remain in room
117
117B
118
118A
119
120
121
126
126A
127
128
129
131
Hallway
directly
in front
of classrooms
Remain
in
rooms
ROOM #
132
134
SHELTER AREA
Remain in rooms
135
137
Hallway in front
of classrooms
139
140
Remain in
rooms
141
Corridor adjoining
Bookstore and room
174
145
147
West side of corridor
near the Crest
150
152
Boys' PE
locker room
158
160
170
Corridor on East
side of
Auditorium
Remain in rooms
191
192
193
194
Move to room 197
Hallway in front
of classrooms
Hallway directly
in front of
rooms
201
202
204
204A
205
Remain
207
208
208A
West wall of
corridor
outside rooms
198
199
Remain in rooms
All P.E.
Boys'
and
Girls'
Locker
Rooms
Classes
Should follow
P.E. Tornado Drill
Procedures
Remain in
locker rooms
in
rooms
210
Remain in room
211
West wall of corridor
outside room
212
Remain in room
213
outside room
214
214A
172
173
174
183
184
185
185B
195
195A
196
196A
ROOM #
SHELTER AREA
200 Hallway outside rooms
Remain in room
217
218
219
220
221
South wall outsie
room 221
226-228
229
230
231
233
outside room
West wall
of corridor
outside rooms
234
Remain in room
235
West wall of
corridor outside room
236
237
239
240
241
243
244
245
246
247
Westside
of corridor
outside
rooms
250
253
256
257
258
260
261
262
270
270A
271
272
273
274
275
275A
275B
276
277
278
280
282
283
284
284B
285
286
287
290
290A
291
292
2nd Floor
Library
298
Remain
in
300
300B Second floor hallways
301
302
303 directly below (near
304
305
rooms 200 - 204)
306
306A
307
308
309
Hallway outside rooms
310
311
313
314
Remain in room
rooms
316
Remain in room
341
342
2nd floor outside
room 272
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
2nd floor outside
350
351
351A
352
252A
353
354
2nd floor
North/South hall
towards girls' P.E.
355
356
357
358
2nd floor
North/South hall
360
361
362
363
364
2nd floor halls
between
Business Office
and rooms
207 and 208
365
366
2nd floor Center hall
hallway outside
staff cafeteria
368
371
between
rooms 207 & 208
near room 200
318
319
West wall of
corridor
outside rooms
Hallway near 211,
freight elevator &
room 230
Remain in room
299 West wall of corridor
299A outside rooms 291-293
West wall outside
rooms 311-313
320
323
325
Third floor Library
325A (348-387)(Center hall
326 near World Language
Division Offices)
327
328
329
Hallway near
freight
elevator
330
Hallway outside rooms
331
332
Remain in room
335
337
339
340
372
372A
373
374
375
376
377
377 A-D
378
378A
379
379A
Remain
in
Rooms
Second Floor
hallway outside
of room
241
380
381
382
382A
383
383B
384
384B
385
385A
386
387
390
391
392
396
Second floor
hallway
outside
of room
412
412A
412B
Second floor
434
3rd floor corridor
outside room 384 - 387
corridor near
rooms
211, 213 & 216
435
3rd floor East/West
corridor near rooms
321 - 323
Third floor hallway
near rooms
384-387
436
Third floor corridor
outside rooms
384 - 387
437
438
439
440
3rd floor East/West
corridor near
rooms
321 - 323
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
3rd floor corridor
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
3rd floor corridor
241
West wall
outside
rooms
311-313
Library
Hallway outside
Third
384-387 (center
Floor corridor in World Lang
Division)
397
398
407
408
409
410
411
Remain in
rooms
413
2nd floor hallway near
rooms 211, 213 & 216
414
3rd floor hallway near
rooms 384 - 387
415
2nd floor corridor near
room 211, 213 & 216
416
3rd floor hallway near
rooms 384 - 387
417 2nd floor corridor near
room 211, 213 & 216
418
418A
419
419A
421
422
423
434
425
425A
426
427
427A
428
3rd floor corridor
directly
below
3rd floor corridor
near rooms 384 - 387
3rd floor corridor
directly
below
429
430
431
3rd floor East/West
west corridor near
room 321 - 323
432
3rd floor corridor
outside room 384 - 387
433
3rd floor East/West
corridor near rooms
321 - 323
directly
below
outside
rooms
384 - 387
Section 9
BOARD OF EDUCATION
POLICIES OF PARTICULAR INTEREST TO
FACULTY MEMBERS
POLICY 100, STATEMENT OF PHILOSOPHY ............................................................. 3
POLICY 101, HUMAN DIGNITY AND DIVERSITY..................................................... 5
POLICY 101-A, GENDER EQUITY ................................................................................. 6
GENDER EQUITY PROCEDURES, POLICY 101-A ............................................................... 7
GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE FOR POLICY 101-A, GENDER EQUITY..................................... 12
POLICY 104, PHILOSOPHY OF GRADING................................................................. 13
DEFINITION OF TERMS ................................................................................................... 14
COMMUNICATION RESPONSIBILITIES ............................................................................. 14
POLICY 1150, STUDENTS, PUBLICITY AND MEDIA RELATIONS ....................... 16
POLICY 1150, STUDENTS, PUBLICITY AND MEDIA RELATIONS –
PROCEDURES................................................................................................................. 17
POLICY 1230, SCHOOL ATTENDANCE ON DAYS OF RELIGIOUS
OBSERVANCES .............................................................................................................. 19
POLICY 3310, CONTRACTS/PURCHASING............................................................... 20
SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS FOR POLICY 3310 .......................................... 23
POLICY 3510, ADVERTISING AND SOLICITATIONS.............................................. 27
GUIDELINES FOR POLICY 3510, ADVERTISING AND SOLICITATIONS ......... 28
POLICY 3600, ETHICS ................................................................................................... 29
POLICY 3610, AUTOMATED EXTERNAL DEFIBRILLATOR USE ......................... 35
PROCEDURES FOR PUBLIC ACCESS DEFIBRILLATION PROGRAM, POLICY
3610................................................................................................................................... 36
POLICY 3700, WELLNESS ............................................................................................ 41
NUTRITION EDUCATION ................................................................................................. 41
PHYSICAL ACTIVITY ...................................................................................................... 41
NUTRITION OF FOOD AVAILABLE IN BUILDING .............................................................. 42
POLICY 4120, SUSPENSION OF CERTIFIED STAFF MEMBERS ............................ 43
POLICY 4130, RESOLUTION OF CONTROVERSIES BETWEEN FACULTY
MEMBERS ....................................................................................................................... 44
PROCEDURES FOR RESOLVING CONTROVERSIES BETWEEN FACULTY
MEMBERS FOR BOARD POLICY 4130.................................................................... 45
POLICY 4150, STAFF ATTENDANCE AT CONFERENCES AND WORKSHOPS .. 46
POLICY 4310, SEXUAL OR OTHER HARASSMENT OF EMPLOYEES .................. 47
PROCEDURES FOR POLICY 4310 ............................................................................ 50
POLICY 4300, EMPLOYEE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM .............................................. 53
POLICY 4320, EMPLOYEE COMMUNICABLE DISEASES ...................................... 54
POLICY 4360, ACCEPTABLE USE OF TECHNOLOGY - PERSONNEL .................. 56
PERSONNEL ACCEPTABLE USE OF TECHNOLOGY AGREEMENT ................. 59
POLICY 4370, MANDATORY REPORTING RESPONSIBILITIES............................ 60
PROCEDURES FOR POLICY 4370, MANDATORY REPORTING RESPONSIBILITIES ....... 62
POLICY 5114-4, PROHIBITION AGAINST BULLYING, HAZING, HARASSMENT,
AND CYBERBULLYING ............................................................................................... 65
POLICY 5132, CO-CURRICULAR PROGRAMS ......................................................... 69
POLICY 5136, STUDENT TRAVEL .............................................................................. 77
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
APPROVAL ............................................................................................................. 79
SUPERVISION ......................................................................................................... 79
COSTS .................................................................................................................... 79
INSURANCE ............................................................................................................ 80
TRANSPORTATION .................................................................................................. 80
GENERAL FIELD TRIP PROCEDURES ....................................................................... 80
GENERAL ACTIVITY TRIP PROCEDURES ................................................................. 81
GENERAL EXCHANGE/EXCURSION TRIP PROCEDURES ........................................... 81
POLICY 5143, ADMINISTRATION OF MEDICATIONS ............................................ 83
POLICY 5320, STUDENT SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL DEVELOPMENT .............. 88
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES FOR POLICY 5320 AND RESPONDING TO STUDENTS WITH
SOCIAL, EMOTIONAL, OR MENTAL HEALTH PROBLEMS................................................. 90
PUPIL SUPPORT SERVICES TEAM.................................................................................... 90
REFERRALS .................................................................................................................... 90
SCHOOL COUNSELING, SOCIAL WORK, AND PSYCHOLOGICAL SERVICES ...................... 90
PSYCHO-EDUCATIONAL GROUPS 2 ................................................................................ 91
SCHOOL AND COMMUNITY LINKAGES ........................................................................... 91
POLICY 6160, ACADEMIC HONESTY ........................................................................ 92
POLICY 6220, TUTORING AND THERAPY................................................................ 95
POLICY 100, STATEMENT OF PHILOSOPHY
“Those Things That Are Best"
We believe that -Human beings want to learn and can derive their most gratifying and certainly
their unique human fulfillment from the process of satisfying their intellectual
curiosity. While some educational endeavors are justified by what they enable a
student to do later in life, it is also true that learning has intrinsic worth. It is the
source of mankind's loftiest and most enduring pleasure: the exercise of the
mind.
The task given by society to the school is the formal education of its youth.
This education must include general humanistic studies, must aim for
competence in communication and computational skills, and must nurture
healthful living. In a world of rapid change, the ability to recognize change, to
adapt and to learn new approaches and techniques is in itself an essential skill.
The needs of each student must be the primary concern. Learning can take
place in many ways, but it is enhanced when it is self-motivated. The
interaction between teacher and student is the center of the school's learning
process in all aspects of the school program. The curriculum, the substance of
the learning process, should draw selectively upon subject areas, both as
traditionally understood and as newly emerging. Concentration should be upon
relating essential ideas from various disciplines through differing methods of
inquiry.
The objective of quality education is to inspire and to equip each student to find
a constructive and responsible role as a caring citizen in the world and in this
nation and community. Quality education readies students for the world of work
and for valuing the non-occupational aspects of living. The school should build
upon each student's aptitudes, past experiences, achievements, traits, interests,
and worthy goals in life. The school should help students become aware of
personal capabilities, problems, strengths and weaknesses, self-worth, and ability
to improve the world in which they live as they mature and fulfill themselves.
Our students will take their place in a larger society characterized by
competition and cooperation. The competitive spirit induces effort to
overcome challenges and requires learning how to handle both success and
failure in self and others. The cooperative spirit leads to valuing and
Series 100 – Page 3
strengthening others and learning to meld into a working group. The school
should help the students learn to achieve in both situations.
In a society characterized by diversity of cultural heritage, it is important that
persons in the school community learn to respect and understand both their own
roots and the roots of others. Awareness of ethnic, religious, racial, economic
and political backgrounds, ours and others', assists the development of
empathy, communication, and the constructive interaction necessary to our
developing society.
Moral concern and the behavior issuing from it make life in community
possible and enriching. The school shares responsibility with the larger
community to foster a type of reflection, conscious decision making and
behavior that looks beyond individual perception to a larger sense of the right,
the good, the better, the best, the ideal as criteria for behavior for both the
individual and society. The task of the school is to encourage students in their
own moral reflection and action rather than to recommend or impose any
particular value system or judgment.
The high school is a partner in a much larger, continuing process of learning that
includes the home, elementary and post secondary education, leisure activities,
employment, and community life. In determining responsibility to be assumed,
the high school should accept those educational tasks in which it can function
best; it should not accept non-educational tasks unless they are clearly required
to fulfill its primary educational role or they cannot be cared for with reasonable
facility by other appropriate agencies. The school must rely upon the good will,
active support, and faithful performance by others of their own contribution to
the educational effort.
Amended:
February 21, 1985, March 15, 1979, October 21, 1976
Adopted Date:
Review Date:
Law Reference:
Related Policies:
Related Instructions:
And Guidelines
Cross Ref.:
POLICY 101, HUMAN DIGNITY AND DIVERSITY
The Board of Education recognizes that the diverse character of the Villages of
Oak Park and River Forest adds value to the educational experience of its
students and asserts that in a society characterized by such diversity, it is
important that students, faculty and staff persons in the school community
understand, respect, and value both their own heritage and the heritage of others.
Respect for the rights of others encourages understanding and promotes the
kinds of interactions necessary for good citizenship. Each individual shall be
considered as unique with individual strengths, talents, and skills; shall have
equal access to all school-related opportunities; shall be regarded with the same
high esteem; and shall be encouraged to fulfill his or her potential as a human
being.
There shall be no discrimination against any individual because of age, ancestry,
color, disability, gender, marital status, military status, nationality, race, religion,
or sexual orientation. Negative or discriminatory behavior in violation of this
policy wherever it occurs will be dealt with appropriately.
Amended:
Adopted Date:
Review Date:
Law Reference:
Related Policies:
Related Instructions
And Guidelines:
Cross Ref:
March 25, 2004; April 22, 1993; December 13, 1989;
October 19, 1978,
June 19, 1975
POLICY 101-A, GENDER EQUITY
No student or employee shall, on the basis of his or her gender, be denied equal
access to courses of instruction, programs, activities, services, employment
opportunity, or employment benefits of Oak Park and River Forest High School
District No. 200, subject to applicable state and federal laws and regulations. The
Superintendent/Principal or designee shall promulgate administrative procedures
implementing this policy, including the appointment of a Gender Equity
Coordinator and the establishment of a procedure to resolve or process a
grievance or complaint under this policy.
Amended Date(s):
Adopted Date:
May 27, 1993
Review Date:
Law Reference:
Related Policies:
And Guidelines:
Cross Ref.:
GENDER EQUITY PROCEDURES, POLICY 101-A
I.
Equal Access to Programs and Activities
District policy provides that no student shall, on the basis of his or her
gender, be denied equal access to the District's programs, activities,
services or benefits, as required by state and federal laws and regulations.
Specific applications of this policy are discussed below:
A.
Education Programs
1.
2.
Course Offerings. The Gender Equity policy applies to all
course offerings. This policy, however, does not prohibit:
a.
grouping of students in physical education classes
and activities by ability as assessed by objective
standard of individual performance developed and
applied without regard to gender;
b.
separation of students by gender within physical
education classes or activities during participation in
wrestling, boxing, rugby, ice hockey, football,
basketball and other bodily contact sports;
c.
separation of students by gender in classes dealing
exclusively with human sexuality; and,
d.
separation of persons based on vocal range or
quality even though such separation may result in
chorus or choruses of one or predominately one
gender.
Athletics. The Gender Equity policy applies to all athletic
programs or activities, except that separate teams for
members of each gender may be operated:
a.
When the sport involved is a contact sport or where
selection for the separate teams is based upon
competitive skill; and
b.
Provided that where there is no such team for the
excluded gender, members of the excluded gender
may be allowed to try out for the team. Eligibility to
try out and/or participate on the team shall be
determined by the District on a case-by-case basis.
Moreover, equal athletic opportunity shall be
provided for members of both genders, including equal
provision for equipment, supplies, coaching,
facilities, services and publicity, except that unequal
aggregate expenditure of funds for members of each
gender or male and female teams will not in and of
itself constitute a violation of this policy.
B.
3.
Counseling. Applies to all counseling and guidance
activities, including all appraisal and counseling materials.
4.
Textbooks. Nothing in this policy shall be interpreted as
requiring or prohibiting or abridging in any way the use of
particular textbooks or curricular materials.
Other Activities or Facilities
1.
Financial Assistance. Applies to offering scholarships or
other aid or assisting non-school organizations in the
offering of scholarships or other aid to students of this
district.
2.
Employment Assistance. Applies to all efforts to place students
in employment. The district shall, as part of any employment
assistance program for students, ensure that all employment
opportunities are made available without discrimination on the
basis of gender and refuse participation in its student employment
program to employers who would practice such discrimination.
3.
Health and Insurance. Applies to all health or insurance
policies offered to students but does not prohibit providing
benefits or services which may be used by a different
proportion of students of one gender than of the other,
including family planning. If full coverage is provided,
such coverage must include gynecological care.
4.
Housing. Nothing in this policy shall be interpreted as
prohibiting the separation of students by gender in housing
for field trips or other reasons. Such separate housing must
be comparable in quality and availability.
C.
5.
Toilet, Locker and Shower Facilities. Separate toilet,
locker, and shower facilities shall be provided on the basis
of gender. Such facilities shall be comparable to similar
facilities provided for students of the other gender.
6.
Marital, Family or Parental Status. No rule on marital,
family or parental status that treats one gender differently
from the other gender shall be applied or enforced.
7.
No agency or organization which discriminates on the basis
of gender in the provision of any aid, benefit, or service to
students shall be assisted by the school district in the
provision of facilities or the distribution of promotional and
recruiting literature as exempted under Sections (b), Financial
Aid Established by Certain Legal Instruments, and (c),
Athletic Scholarships, of 86.37 of Title IX: (b-1) "A
recipient may administer or assist in the administration of
scholarships, fellowships, or other forms of financial
assistance established pursuant to domestic or foreign wills,
trusts, bequests, or similar legal instruments or by acts of a
foreign government which requires that awards be made to
members of particular sex specified therein; provided, that
the overall effect of the award of such sex-restricted
scholarships, fellowships, and other forms of financial
assistance does not discriminate on the basis of sex" and (c1) "To the extent that a recipient awards athletic
scholarships or grants-in-aid, it must provide reasonable
opportunities for such awards for members of each sex in
proportion to the number of students of each sex
participating in interscholastic or intercollegiate athletics ."
District Employment Activities
Applies to all aspects of the district's employment programs,
including but not limited to, recruitment, advertising, process of
application for employment, promotion, granting of tenure,
termination, layoffs, wages, job assignments, leaves of absence of all
types, fringe benefits, training programs, employer-sponsored
programs, including social or recreational programs and any other
term, condition or privilege of employment. Specifically, the
following personnel employment practices are prohibited:
II.
1.
Tests. Administration of any test or other criterion which
has a disproportionately adverse effect on persons on the basis
of gender unless it is a valid predictor of job success and
alternative tests or criterion are unavailable;
2.
Recruitment. Recruitment of employees from entities,
which furnish as applicants only or predominately members
of one gender, if such action has the effect of
discriminating on the basis of gender;
3.
Compensation. Establishment of rates of pay on the basis
of gender;
4.
Job Classification. Classification of jobs as being for males
or females;
5.
Fringe Benefits. Provision of fringe benefits on basis of
gender; all fringe benefit plans must treat males and
females equally;
6.
Marital and Parental Status. Any action based on marital or
parental status; pregnancies are considered temporary
disabilities for all job-related purposes and shall be
accorded the same treatment by the District, as are all other
temporary disabilities. No inquiry shall be made by the
district in job applications as to the marriage status of the
applicant, including whether such applicant is "Miss or Mrs."
But, inquiry may be made as to the gender of a job
applicant for employment if made of all applicants and is
not a basis for discrimination.
7.
Employment Advertising. Any expression of preference,
limitation, or specification based on gender, unless gender
is a bona fide occupational qualification for the particular
job in question.
Policy Enforcement
To ensure compliance with this policy, the Superintendent/ Principal shall:
A.
Designate a member of the administrative staff
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
to coordinate efforts of the district to comply with this
policy;
to develop, and ensure the maintenance of a filing system
to keep all records required under this policy;
to investigate any complaints of violations of this policy;
to administer the grievance procedure established in this
policy; and
to monitor employment practices and to develop affirmative
action programs, as appropriate where necessary to comply
with the policy.
B.
Provide for the publication of this policy on an ongoing basis to
students, parents, employees, prospective employees and district
employee unions or organizations, such publication to include the
name, office address and telephone number of the gender equity
coordinator designated pursuant to this policy in paragraph B.1.
C.
Provide inservice training implementing the gender equity policy to
school district administrators and to certificated and noncertificated personnel as needed.
GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE FOR POLICY 101-A, GENDER EQUITY
Grievance Procedure
No person in the United States shall, on the basis of gender, be excluded from employment,
participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any education
program or activity receiving federal financial assistance.
In accordance with Title IX, the Board of Education has adopted the following grievance
procedure providing for the resolution of student, parent, and employee complaints alleging
violation, misinterpretation, or misapplication of any of the terms of Title IX as applicable to
School District 200.
I.
Procedure
The purpose of this procedure is to secure, at the lowest possible administrative level,
equitable solutions to the alleged complaints of gender discrimination. Since it is
important that a grievance be processed as rapidly as possible, the number of days
indicated at each step should be considered as maximum and an effort should be made to
expedite the process.
II.
Definitions
A.
"Days" means working days, for grievances filed by employees, and school
attendance days, for grievances filed by students or parents.
B.
"District" means Oak Park and River Forest High School District 200.
C.
"Employee" means a person who is, on a permanent basis as opposed to a
temporary basis, on the payroll of the district.
"Grievance" is a complaint alleging action by the district in violation of Title IX
or the implementing regulations.
D.
E.
"Gender Equity Coordinator" means the employee designated by the district
Superintendent/Principal to coordinate its District efforts to comply with and
carry out its responsibilities under Title IX and the implementing regulations.
The Gender Equity Coordinator is not responsible to make judgments. The
Coordinator is solely responsible to monitor and document compliance with this
policy.
F.
"Student" means a person enrolled in the school operated by the district.
POLICY 104, PHILOSOPHY OF GRADING
The philosophy of grading at Oak Park and River Forest High School strongly affirms and
supports the school's philosophy of education "to provide all students a superior education so
that they may achieve their full human potential.” We believe that:
•
Grading is a complex process that serves multiple roles; chief among these are evaluation,
motivation, and communication.
•
Grades, which range from A to F, are primarily indicators of the degree to which students
have achieved the goals of a course.
•
In accordance with the school's mission statement that "a partnership (exists) between the
student, family, school and community," the responsibility for communication about
grades should be shared at all times by teachers, students and parents.
Each teacher will provide and explain a Teacher Course Profile for each course that
outlines expectations and the components to be used in determining a grade.
Attached is a definition of terms and communication responsibilities.
Amended:
June 26, 1999
Adopted Date:
October 18, 1979
Review Date:
Law Reference:
Related Policies:
And Guidelines:
Cross Ref:
DEFINITION OF TERMS
Curriculum:
a set of courses constituting an area of specialization.
Curriculum Guides:
the specific delineation of course content including course
description, materials, as appropriate.
Course:
a class for which a student receives a grade.
Course Offerings:
the listing of the courses as they appear in
the OPRFHS General Catalog that includes Course
Descriptions,
brief narrative summaries of course content.
Teacher Course Profile:
a one- to two-page document which contains the following:
1. Course Description
2. A list of required textbook and materials
3. A course outline which gives the
concepts and content to be taught
4. A listing of teacher expectations for homework, makeup work, grading factors and weights and office hours.
Other information as deemed necessary by the teacher
such as attendance, classroom rules, extra credit, etc.
COMMUNICATION RESPONSIBILITIES
Student
1. Be aware of his/her standing in a class at all times in relation to assignments, homework,
tests and quizzes, and seek clarification from the teacher as necessary.
2. Seek extra help as needed.
3. Confer with the teacher following any absence from class about missing assignments and
review the content covered during the student's absence.
4. Notify the teacher in advance of any planned absence to review what material will be
covered and to obtain assignments.
5. Share Teacher Course Profiles with parents.
Teacher
1. Complete interim progress, eligibility and tracking reports as required by school policy.
2. Return parent phone calls in a timely fashion.
3. Notify parents when a student has the possibility of failing.
4. Complete grade sheets as required by district policy.
5. Return all assignments in a timely fashion.
6. Provide Teacher Course Profiles at the Open House and Parent/Teacher Conferences and
upon request.
Parent
1. Contact the dean if progress reports or grade reports are not received.
2. Contact the teacher if the progress of a student is in question.
3. Attend parent/teacher conferences.
4. Attend Open House
5. Call the appropriate division head if a teacher fails to contact the parent as requested.
6. Review the Teacher Course Profile for all classes in which his/her child is enrolled.
POLICY 1150, STUDENTS, PUBLICITY AND MEDIA RELATIONS
The Board of Education and school administration accept responsibility for accurately
communicating with their communities about the decision-making processes and activities of the
school. On behalf of the District, the Superintendent (or his/her designee) shall be the official
channel for communications with media representatives. Representatives of the media shall be
encouraged to be in attendance at public meetings of the Board of Education and school events
of general interest to parents and the larger community. Meeting announcements and other
pertinent information shall be made available to the media in accordance with the Illinois Open
Meetings Act.
District 200 students may be photographed, videotaped, and/or interviewed by District 200 staff
members, other students, District 200 parents or other authorized District-affiliated groups for
informational and publicity purposes. The names, works, photographs, videos, and/or interviews
of students may be used in various District or District related publications, including, but not
limited to school yearbooks, school newspapers and newsletters, District 200 news releases,
presentations at professional conferences and Board of Education meetings, District television
productions, and the District websites. Such uses will be consistent with the Illinois School
Student Records Act and the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act.
Representatives of non-District media shall have access to students age 17 and under on campus
only with the approval of the Superintendent (or his/her designee) and with the written consent
of parents or guardians of record given through a signed District Publicity Consent Form which
is valid for one year. Students age 18 or over, without an appointed guardian, may provide their
own consent. Such access shall be for purposes consistent with the District’s mission and
objectives. Publicity must not be for commercial purposes or gain. A staff member designated
by the Superintendent (or his/her designee) shall be present during all interviews or photography
sessions with students involving non-District media.
Employees of the District have the right to speak with media representatives; however,
comments by District employees other than the Superintendent (or his/her designee) shall not be
deemed to be official statements or positions of the District.
The Superintendent (or his/her designee) will develop written procedures to implement this
policy.
Amended Date(s):
September 25, 2008
Adopted Date:
December 22, 2005
Review Date:
Law Reference:
105 ILCS 10/1 et seq. and 20 U.S.C. 1232g
Related Policies:
And Guidelines:
POLICY 1150, STUDENTS, PUBLICITY AND MEDIA RELATIONS –
PROCEDURES
The procedures provided below are intended to govern District and student interactions with the
media that occur on Oak Park and River Forest High School property or at school events in
which District students are participants.
A. Information provided to media representatives should be given in a timely manner; be
consistent with the District’s mission and objectives; must not violate the confidentiality
of students or their families or District staff; or be disruptive to the educational
environment. Publicity must not be for commercial purposes or gain.
B. Media representatives seeking information regarding District-wide activities should
contact the Superintendent (or his/her designee’s) office. The Communications and
Community Relations Coordinator is generally the preferred District contact person for
facilitating matters related to media relations and school publicity.
C. The Superintendent (or his/her designee) is authorized to speak to members of the media
on behalf of District-wide issues.
D. Staff members choosing to respond to media inquiries should make it clear to what extent
they are authorized to speak on behalf of the District and to what extent they are
expressing personal opinions.
E. Staff members are encouraged to participate in in-District and out-of-District publicity
events regarding educational and co-curricular related activities.
F. Except in circumstances exempted below in I., students age 17 and under, or age 18 or
older with an appointed guardian, must have the written consent of the student’s parent,
appointed guardian or guardian of record prior to any interview, photograph, or publicity
session with members of the media that includes identifiable student information.
Parents, appointed guardians or guardians of record will annually be asked to provide
such consent. Completion of the District’s Publicity Consent Form will be considered an
obligation of the registration process. Students, who are age 18 or older, without an
appointed guardian, may provide their own consent; however, a designated school
representative must be present.
G. A master list of students who do not have permission to be interviewed or photographed
by media will be updated annually. It is the responsibility of District representative(s)
who are facilitating such contacts to ensure appropriate consent has been granted prior to
providing student access to the media, except as exempted below in I.
H. Representatives from the media must obtain permission from the Superintendent (or
his/her designee) prior to speaking to any student on school grounds or at school
activities, except as noted in I. below. Students with the consent of their parent,
appointed guardian or guardian of record, or of an age to provide their own consent, will
be permitted to be interviewed or photographed by the media or other entities in the
presence of school representatives. Under no circumstances will representatives from the
media be permitted to interview or photograph a student during scheduled academic
periods or at any other time when such interview or photograph will cause a disruption to
the educational environment.
I. If publicity is related to participation in or attendance at public events such as athletic or
performing arts events, student awards or honors ceremonies, or Board of Education
meetings, parent or guardian of record permission will not be required.
Accepted September 25, 2008
POLICY 1230, SCHOOL ATTENDANCE ON DAYS OF RELIGIOUS
OBSERVANCES
A.
GENERALLY
Students whose religious practice dictates that they be absent from school to observe a
religious day or days shall be excused from attending school and from participating in
their usual curricular and co-curricular activities on the day of the religious observance.
B.
PARENTAL NOTICE
The parents or guardians of students whose religious practice dictates that they be absent
from school to observe a religious day should notify the school prior to the absence.
Such notice should be given directly to the involved student's dean. Since generally
none of the major Christian holidays occurs when school is in session, absence for
Christian observance days is generally not an issue. Two major Jewish observance days,
Rosh Hashanah and Yom Kippur, occur frequently when school is in session, and notice
by the parent or guardian should be given to excuse students for these holidays. Excusal
for major religious observance days in religions other than Christianity or Judaism will
be granted if parents or guardians follow this notice procedure.
C.
GUIDELINES
The Superintendent/Principal, as the designee of the Board, shall establish guidelines
relating to the make-up of classwork, quizzes, examinations, projects, or other work that
was to be completed during the absence for a religious observance. Teachers cannot
assign any penalty or deduction from the value of make-up work resulting from an
excused absence for a religious observance. Since some students may not be able to
prepare for tests, projects, or quizzes during the religious observance day or days,
teachers must give a reasonable amount of time for make-up work after students return
to school.
Amended:
March 25, 1993
Adopted Date:
November 18, 1982
Review Date:
Law Reference:
Ill. Rev. Stat. Ch. 122, pars. 26-1(5) and 26-2b
Related Policies:
And Guidelines:
Cross Ref:
POLICY 3310, CONTRACTS/PURCHASING
The Board of Education is responsible for meeting the purchasing needs of the District, including
those relating to materials, supplies, equipment, and services, of the quality and quantity required
to operate Oak Park and River Forest High School. The Board finds that in order to maximize the
interests of the District’s residents and taxpayers, as well as suppliers and contractors, and to best
protect those interests, a consistently applied policy is required.
All District funds shall be spent prudently and all expenditures of funds shall be made in
compliance with the requirements of the School Code of Illinois (“School Code”) and other
relevant state laws. To this end, the Board of Education directs the Superintendent or a designee
and the Chief Financial Officer to establish procedures necessary to achieve fiscal controls and
price advantages through the implementation of the following policy of the Board of Education.
A.
Application of School Code. All purchasing, including leasing, shall comply with
applicable provisions of the School Code. The Board authorizes the Superintendent or a
designee to supervise the purchasing or leasing of all materials, goods, supplies and
services for the District in accordance with budget allocations, state laws and sound
purchasing practices.
B.
Approval by Board. In accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 10-20.21 of
the School Code, the Board of Education will approve all contracts and purchases for
supplies, materials or work involving an expenditure in excess of $25,000, unless
specifically exempted by the School Code, or unless specifically authorized to be
approved in another manner in accordance with this policy.
C.
Revenue-Generating Contracts. All contracts and purchases for goods or services and that
are intended to generate revenue or other remuneration for the District in excess of
$1,000, including without limitation, contracts for vending machines, sports and other
attire, class rings, and photographic services, shall be approved by the School Board. The
Superintendent or a designee shall ensure that, in accordance with Section 10-20.21(b-5)
of the School Code, an attachment is included to the District’s annual budget, in the form
determined by the Illinois State Board of Education, indicating the names of vendors, the
services or products provided, and the actual net revenue and non-monetary remuneration
from each of the contracts and agreements identified by this paragraph. In addition, the
report will indicate how the revenue was used, and to whom the non-monetary
remuneration was distributed.
D.
Quotations
1.
For purchases subject to dollar limitations to be awarded through quotations , the
Superintendent or a designee shall be authorized to purchase, including by lease,
any goods, work or service specifically budgeted which has a sale price within the
parameters of the budget.
E.
2.
For purchases from $2500 to $4999, the Superintendent or a designee shall seek a
minimum of two (2) competitive quotations.
3.
For purchases from $5,000 to $25,000, the Superintendent or a designee shall
seek a minimum of three (3) competitive quotations.
4.
The Superintendent or a designee may accept or reject any or all quotations
obtained through the procedures above.
Competitive Bidding
1.
For purchases in excess of $25,000 the Superintendent or a designee shall
advertise for sealed bids. Bids shall be awarded by the Board of Education in
accordance with the requirements of Section 10-20.21 of the School Code, as well
as the Prevailing Wage Act, best business practices as outlined in the
Supplemental Regulations to this Policy, and all other applicable law or
regulations, as amended from time to time.
2.
Contractors, subcontractors, and vendors furnishing goods and services to the
District shall be in compliance with all local, state, and federal laws and
regulations applicable to persons and entities doing business with a School
District. The Superintendent or a designee shall develop administrative rules
setting forth these requirements.
3.
In every solicitation for bids, the school district will state that firms owned by
minorities and women would be encouraged to bid.
F.
Approval of Lease. Any lease of equipment or machinery shall not exceed five (5) years
and shall be approved by affirmative vote of two-thirds (2/3) of the members of the
Board, in accordance with Section 10-23.4a of the School Code.
G.
Cooperative Purchasing. The District may participate in cooperative purchasing with
other school districts and/or other units of government to take advantage of lower prices
for bulk purchasing and to reduce the administrative costs involved in purchasing.
H.
Approval by Chief Financial Officer. All purchases of goods and services with District
funds shall be made on a purchase order or contract duly executed by the Chief Financial
Officer.
I.
Conflict of Interest. In accordance with the School Code, the Gift Ban Act, 5 ILCS
430/10-10 and the Public Officer Prohibited Practice Act, 50 ILCS 105/0.01 et seq., no
Board of Education member or District employee shall be directly or indirectly involved
or own an interest in any contract, work, or business of the District, or in the purchase or
sale of any real or personal property by or to the District.
Amended Date(s):
August 27, 2009; October 26, 2006; March 24, 2005; August 25, 1994;
May 28, 1992; October 17, 1985; December 19, 1984; November 18, 1982
Adopted Date:
Review Date:
Law References:
105 ILCS 5/10-20.21
Related Policies:
And Guidelines:
Cross Ref.:
SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS FOR POLICY 3310
I.
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY REQUIREMENTS
Contractors, subcontractors and vendors furnishing goods and services to the District
shall comply with the Illinois Human Rights Commission's Equal Opportunity Clause, 44
Ill. Adm.Code 750.10. The following shall be incorporated by reference in every
individual contract or in contract specification:
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY - In the event of the contractors noncompliance with the provisions of this Equal Employment Opportunity Clause, the
Illinois Human Rights Act or the Rules and Regulations of the Illinois Department of
Human Rights ("Department”), the contractor may be declared ineligible for future
contracts or subcontracts with the State of Illinois or any of its political subdivisions or
municipal corporations, and the contract may be canceled or voided in whole or in part,
and such other sanctions or penalties may be imposed or remedies invoked as provided
by statute or regulation. During the performance of this contract the contractor agrees as
follows:
A.
That it will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment
because of race, color, religion, sex, marital status, sexual orientation, national
origin or ancestry, age, physical or mental disability unrelated to ability, an
unfavorable discharge from military service, or citizenship status; and further that
it will examine all job classifications to determine if minority persons or women
are underutilized and will take appropriate affirmative action to rectify any such
underutilization.
B.
That, if it hires additional employees in order to perform this contract or any
portion thereof, it will determine the availability (in accordance with the
Department's Rules and Regulations) of minorities and women in the area(s) from
which it may reasonably recruit and it will hire for each job classification for
which employees are hired in such a way that minorities and women are not
underutilized.
C.
That, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by it on its behalf
it will state that all applicants will be afforded equal opportunity without
discrimination because of race, color, religion, sex, marital status, national origin
or ancestry age, physical or mental disability unrelated to ability, or an
unfavorable discharge from military service, or citizenship laws.
D.
That it will send to each labor organization or representative of workers with
which it has or is bound by a collective bargaining or other agreement or
understanding, a notice advising such labor organization or representative of the
contractor's obligations under the Illinois Human Rights Act and the Department's
Rules and Regulations. If any such labor organization or representative fails or
refuses to cooperate with the contractor in its efforts to comply with such Act and
Rules and Regulations, the contractor will promptly so notify the Department and
the contracting agency and will recruit employees from other sources when
necessary to fulfill its obligations thereunder.
II.
E.
That it will submit reports as required by the Department's Rules and Regulations,
furnish all relevant information as may from time to time be requested by the
Department or the contracting agency, and in all respects comply with the Illinois
Human Rights Act and the Department's Rules and Regulations.
F.
That it will permit access to all relevant books, records, accounts and work sites
by personnel or the contracting agency and the department for purposes of
investigation to ascertain compliance with the Illinois Human Rights Act and the
Department's Rules and Regulations.
G.
That it will include verbatim or by reference the provisions of this clause in every
subcontract it awards under which any portion of the contract obligations are
undertaken or assumed, so that such provisions will be binding upon such
subcontractor. In the same manner as with other provisions of this contract, the
contractor will be liable for compliance with applicable provisions of this clause
by such subcontractors; and further it will promptly notify the contracting agency
and the department in the event any subcontractor fails or refuses to comply
therewith. In addition, the Contractor will not utilize any subcontractor declared
by the Illinois Human Rights Commission to be ineligible for contracts or
subcontracts with the State of Illinois or any of its political subdivisions or
municipal corporations.
WAGES OF EMPLOYEES ON PUBLIC WORKS
Each bidder shall be required to comply with all applicable provisions of the “Wages of
Employees on Public Works Act” (Prevailing Wage Act, 820 ILCS 130/0.01 et seq.) The
following stipulation required under law are deemed inserted by reference in all contracts
with the school district:
•
Not less than the prevailing rate of wages as found by the school district or
Department of Labor or determined by the court on review shall be paid to all
laborers, workers, and mechanics performing work under the contract.
•
If, during the course of work under this contract, the Department of Labor revises
the prevailing rate of hourly wages to be paid under this contract for any trade or
occupation, owner will notify contractor and each subcontractor of the change in
the prevailing rate of hourly wages. Contractor shall have the sole responsibility
and duty to ensure that the revised prevailing rate of hourly wages is paid by
contractor and all subcontractors to each worker to whom a revised rate is
applicable. Revisions of the prevailing wage as set forth above shall not result in
an increase in the contract sum.
III.
EMPLOYMENT OF ILLINOIS WORKERS ON PUBLIC WORK PROJECTS
Each bidder shall be required to comply with all applicable provisions of the Employment of Illinois Workers on Public Works Projects.” 30 ILCS 570/0.01 et seq.
The following provision shall be included in all contracts whenever there is a period of
excessive unemployment in Illinois, as defined by statute:
The contractor shall employ only Illinois laborers on the public works project or
improvement or for the cleaning up and on-site disposal of hazardous waste for
school district as required by 30 ILCS 570/0.01 et seq.
IV.
SEXUAL HARASSMENT POLICY
Every eligible bidder and every party to a contract shall have written sexual harassment
policy that includes the following:
V.
•
the illegality of sexual harassment;
•
the definition of sexual harassment under state law;
•
a description of sexual harassment, utilizing examples;
•
contractors internal complaint process including penalties:
•
the legal recourse, investigative, and complaint process available through the Illinois
Department of Human Rights and the Human Rights Commission; directions on how
to contact the Department and Commission; and protection against retaliation as
provided by Section 6-101 of the Human Rights Act.
CHARTER BUS SERVICE CONTRACTS
Pursuant to Section 10-20.21(a) of The School Code of Illinois, all contracts for providing
charter bus services for the sole purpose of transporting students regularly enrolled in
grade 12 or below to or from interscholastic athletic or interscholastic or schoolsponsored activities must contain clause (A) as set forth below, except that a contract
with an out-of-state company may contain clause (B), as set forth below or clause (A).
The clause must be set forth in the body of the contract in typeface of at least 12 points
and all upper case letters:
(A)
ALL OF THE CHARTER BUS DRIVERS WHO WILL BE PROVIDING
SERVICES UNDER THIS CONTRACT HAVE OR WILL HAVE BEFORE
ANY SERVICES ARE PROVIDED:
(1)
SUBMITTED THEIR FINGERPRINTS TO THE DEPARTMENT OF
STATE POLICE IN THE FORM AND MANNER PRESCRIBED BY
(2)
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE POLICE. THESE FINGERPRINTS
SHALL BE CHECKED AGAINST THE FINGERPRINT RECORDS
NOW AND HEREAFTER FILED IN THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
POLICE AND FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION CRIMINAL
HISTORY RECORDS DATABASES. THE FINGERPRINT CHECK
HAS RESULTED IN A DETERMINATION THAT THEY HAVE NOT
BEEN CONVICTED OF COMMITTING ANY OF THE OFFENSES
SET FORTH IN SUBDIVISION (C-1)(4) OF SECTION 6-508 OF THE
ILLINOIS VEHICLE CODE; AND
DEMONSTRATED PHYSICAL FITNESS TO OPERATE SCHOOL
BUSES BY SUBMITTING THE RESULTS OF A MEDICAL
EXAMINATION, INCLUDING TESTS FOR DRUG USE, TO A STATE
REGULATORY AGENCY.”
Amended Date(s):
October 26, 2006; August 25, 1994
Adopted Date:
May 28, 1992
Review Date:
Law Reference:
Related Policies:
And Guidelines:
Cross Ref.:
POLICY 3510, ADVERTISING AND SOLICITATIONS
1.
Advertising on school property of activities, goods, or services by non-school-related
individuals is prohibited except by permission of the Superintendent/Principal or
delegate. This is not to prohibit advertising in school-related publications or advertising
at school-related events or in connection with ongoing school programs where financial
support of the event or program, in cash or in kind, is provided by the advertiser.
2.
Solicitation on school property of students, faculty, or staff members for funds to support
non-school-related organizations or individuals is prohibited except by permission of the
Superintendent/Principal or delegate.
3.
Lists of students, faculty, or staff members are not to be provided for use outside the
school except by permission of the Board of Education. Compliance with provisions of
the Federal and State laws on such disclosure will be maintained (cross reference: Policy
5157).
4.
Solicitation of gifts from the community by students to support specific school
organizations or activities is prohibited. Solicitation of gifts from the community by
school personnel is permitted if the following conditions have been satisfied:
a.
the nature of the gifts and their use in the involved program has
been established, and
b.
the Superintendent/Principal has granted approval in writing for the solicitation to
occur and for the proposed use of the gifts in the involved program.
Gifts become the property of the District.
5.
Gifts of money or equipment accepted by the Board from non-school groups or
individuals become the property of the District and may be used at the discretion of the
Board.
6.
Representatives of the school are prohibited from soliciting or accepting personal gifts or
favors from vendors seeking to do business with the school.
Amended:
Adopted Date:
Review Date:
Law Reference:
Related Policies:
And Guidelines:
Cross Ref:
October 24, 1996, November 18, 1982, November 18, 1976, January 23,
1975, May 21, 1970, April 16, 1970, November 21, 1968
September 23, 1968
GUIDELINES FOR POLICY 3510, ADVERTISING AND SOLICITATIONS
Provision 1 of Policy 3510 "Advertising and Solicitation" prohibits advertising on school
property except in these cases:
1.
Advertising in school-related publications.
2.
Advertising at school-related events or in connection with ongoing school programs where
financial support of the event or program, in cash or in kind, is provided by the advertiser.
To qualify under these exceptions, the involved advertising must satisfy these criteria:
1.
It cannot advertise or advocate use of a product or service not permitted for sale to
or use by minors under the law.
2.
It cannot violate any of the Illinois High School Association (IHSA) rules governing the
use of brand names or logos on athletic uniforms or equipment.
3.
It cannot violate any Village of Oak Park ordinance governing advertising on property
located in a residential community.
4.
It must be approved by the Superintendent/Principal if it is to appear anywhere on the
exterior or interior of the school building, on the school athletic facilities, or on the
school grounds. Preserving the architectural character of the residential community in
which the school is set will be fundamental among other considerations in awarding
approval.
POLICY 3600, ETHICS
This policy has been adopted pursuant to the requirements of the State Officials and Employees
Ethics Act. All terms contained within this Policy shall be interpreted consistent with the Act.
Section I addresses prohibited political activity. Section II sets forth restrictions on the
acceptance of gifts by members and employees of the Board of Education. Section III addresses
the implementation of this Policy.
I.
Prohibited Political Activities
A.
Employees shall not intentionally perform any prohibited political activity during
any compensated time (other than vacation, personal, or compensatory time off).
Employees shall not intentionally misappropriate any District property or
resources by engaging in any prohibited political activity for the benefit of any
campaign for elective office or any political organization.
B.
At no time shall any member or employee intentionally misappropriate the
services of any employee by requiring that employee to perform any prohibited
political activity (i) as part of that employee's duties, (ii) as a condition of
employment, or (iii) during any time off that is compensated by the Board (such
as vacation, personal, or compensatory time off).
C.
An employee shall not be required at any time to participate in any prohibited
political activity in consideration for that employee being awarded any additional
compensation or employee benefit, in the form of a salary adjustment, bonus,
compensatory time off, continued employment, or otherwise.
D.
An employee shall not be awarded any additional compensation or employee
benefit, in the form of a salary adjustment, bonus, compensatory time off,
continued employment, or otherwise, in consideration for the employee's
participation in any prohibited political activity.
E.
Nothing in this section prohibits activities that are otherwise appropriate for an
employee to engage in as a part of his or her official employment duties or
activities that are undertaken by an employee on a voluntary basis as permitted by
law.
F.
No person in a position that is subject to recognized merit principles of public
employment shall be denied or deprived of Board employment or tenure solely
because he or she is a member or an officer of a political committee, of a political
party, or of a political organization or club.
For the purposes of this policy, “prohibited political activity” means:
1.
Preparing for, organizing, or participating in any political meeting,
political rally, political demonstration, or other political event.
2.
Soliciting contributions, including but not limited to the purchase of,
selling, distributing, or receiving payment for tickets for any political
fundraiser, political meeting, or other political event.
3.
Soliciting, planning the solicitation of, or preparing any document or
report regarding anything of value intended as a campaign contribution.
4.
Planning, conducting, or participating in a public opinion poll in
connection with a campaign for elective office or on behalf of a political
organization for political purposes or for or against any referendum
question.
5.
Surveying or gathering information from potential or actual voters in an
election to determine probable vote outcome in connection with a
campaign for elective office or on behalf of a political organization for
political purposes or for or against any referendum question.
6.
Assisting at the polls on election day on behalf of any political
organization or candidate for elective office or for or against any
referendum question.
7.
Soliciting votes on behalf of a candidate for elective office or a political
organization or for or against any referendum question or helping in an
effort to get voters to the polls.
8.
Initiating for circulation, preparing, circulating, reviewing, or filing any
petition on behalf of a candidate for elective office or for or against any
referendum question.
Making contributions on behalf of any candidate for elective office in that
capacity or in connection with a campaign for elective office.
9.
10.
Preparing or reviewing responses to candidate questionnaires in
connection with a campaign for elective office or on behalf of a political
organization for political purposes.
11.
Distributing, preparing for distribution, or mailing campaign literature,
campaign signs, or other campaign material on behalf of any candidate for
elective office or for or against any referendum question.
12.
Campaigning for any elective office or for or against any referendum
question.
II.
13.
Managing or working on a campaign for elective office or for or against
any referendum question.
14.
Serving as a delegate, alternate, or proxy to a political party convention.
15.
Participating in any recount or challenge to the outcome of any election.
Gift Ban
A.
Prohibition
Except as otherwise provided in this Policy, no member or employee shall
intentionally solicit or accept any gift from any prohibited source or in violation
of any federal or State statute, rule, or regulation. This ban applies to and
includes the spouse of and immediate family living with the member or employee.
No prohibited source shall intentionally offer or make a gift that violates this
Policy.
For the purposes of this policy, “prohibited source” means any person or entity
who:
B.
1.
is seeking official action (i) by the member or (ii) in the case of an
employee, by the employee or by the member or other employee directing
the employee;
2.
does business or seeks to do business (i) with the member or (ii) in the
case of an employee, with the employee or with a member or other
employee directing the employee;
3.
conducts activities regulated (i) by the member or (ii) in the case of an
employee, by the employee or by a member or other employee directing
the employee;
4.
has interests that may be substantially affected by the performance or nonperformance of the official duties of the member or employee; or
5.
is registered or required to be registered with the Secretary of State under
the Lobbyist Registration Act, except that an entity not otherwise a
prohibited source does not become a prohibited source merely because a
registered lobbyist is one of its members.
Exceptions
The restrictions set forth in the “Gift Ban” section of this Policy do not apply to
the following:
1.
Opportunities, benefits, and services that are available on the same
conditions as for the general public.
2.
Anything for which the member or employee pays the market value.
3.
Any (i) contribution that is lawfully made under the Election Code, or (ii)
activities associated with a fundraising event in support of a political
organization or candidate.
4.
Educational materials and missions.
5.
Travel expenses for a meeting to discuss Board business that is not
otherwise covered or reimbursed by the Board, when attendance at the
meeting is approved by the Board or the Superintendent.
6.
A gift from a relative, meaning those people related to the individual as
father, mother, son, daughter, brother, sister, uncle, aunt, great aunt, great
uncle, first cousin, nephew, niece, husband, wife, grandfather,
grandmother, grandson, granddaughter, father-in-law, mother-in-law, sonin-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, stepfather,
stepmother, stepson, stepdaughter, stepbrother, stepsister, half brother,
half sister, and including the father, mother, grandfather, or grandmother
of the individual's spouse and the individual's fiancé or fiancée.
7.
Anything provided by an individual on the basis of a personal friendship,
unless the member or employee has reason to believe that, under the
circumstances, the gift was provided because of the official position or
employment of the member or employee and not because of the personal
friendship. In determining whether a gift is provided on the basis of
personal friendship, the member or employee shall consider the
circumstances under which the gift was offered, including:
a.
the history of the relationship between the individual giving the
gift and the recipient of the gift, including any previous exchange
of gifts between those individuals;
b.
whether to the actual knowledge of the member or employee the
individual who gave the gift personally paid for the gift or sought a
tax deduction or business reimbursement for the gift; and
c.
whether to the actual knowledge of the member or employee the
individual who gave the gift also at the same time gave the same or
similar gifts to other members or employees.
8.
Food or refreshments not exceeding $75 per person in value on a single
calendar day, provided that the food or refreshments are (i) consumed on
the premises from which they were purchased or prepared, or (ii) catered.
9.
Food, refreshments, lodging, transportation, and other benefits resulting
from the outside business or employment activities (or outside activities
that are not connected to the duties of the member or employee as an
office holder or employee) of the member or employee, or the spouse of
the member or employee, if the benefits have not been offered or
enhanced because of the official position or employment of the member or
employee, and are customarily provided to others in similar
circumstances.
10.
Any gift given to a member or employee of the Board by another member
or employee of the Board, and any gift given to a member or employee of
the Board by a member, officer, or employee of another State agency,
federal agency or governmental entity.
11.
Bequests, inheritances, and other transfers at death.
12.
Any item or items from any one prohibited source during any calendar
year having a cumulative total value of less than $100.
Each exception listed in this Section is mutually exclusive and independent of any
other.
C.
Disposition of Gift
A member or employee does not violate this Policy if the member or employee
promptly takes reasonable action to return the prohibited gift to its source or gives
the gift or an amount equal to its value to a charitable organization that is exempt
from income taxation under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as now or hereafter amended, renumbered, or succeeded.
III.
Implementation
A.
Procedures and Guidelines
1.
The Superintendent, consistent with the terms and provisions of the Act
and this Policy, shall prepare rules, procedures and guidelines for
implementation of this Policy.
2.
The Superintendent/Principal shall be responsible for disseminating this
Policy and any implementing rules, procedures, and guidelines and
making them available to all employees within ten (10) business days after
its adoption. The Superintendent/Principal is also responsible for making
all new employees and board members aware of this Policy and its
implementing rules, procedures and guidelines on or at the time of the
assumption of their positions.
B.
Ethics Advisor
The Board may appoint an Ethics Advisor for the School District. The Ethics
Advisor shall provide guidance to members and employees concerning the
interpretation of, and compliance with, this Policy. If no Ethics Advisor is
appointed, the regularly retained attorney of the School District shall serve as the
Ethics Advisor.
C.
Filing of Complaints
Complaints regarding the violation of this policy shall be filed with the
Superintendent/Principal or the Board President pursuant to the rules, procedures
and guidelines established by the Superintendent. Properly filed complaints shall
be reviewed in accordance with the procedures established by the Superintendent.
Such procedures may allow the Board itself to determine whether a violation has
occurred or allow for the appointment of a three person Ethics Commission to
review complaints.
If it is determined that a violation has occurred, the Board may impose a penalty
consistent with State law and this Policy and as deemed appropriate under a
totality of the circumstances.
Amended Date(s):
June 24, 2004
Adopted Date:
October 28, 1999
Review Date:
Law Reference:
5 ILCS 430/5-10, 5 ILCS 430/10-10, 5 ILCS 430/10-15, 5 ILCS 430/70-5
Related Policies:
And Guidelines:
Cross Ref.:
POLICY 3610, AUTOMATED EXTERNAL DEFIBRILLATOR USE
The Board of Education shall provide automated external defibrillators (AED) in designated
areas of the building for use in emergency situations. Further, in accordance with the
requirements of the Physical Fitness Medical Emergency Act and the Automated External
Defibrillator Act, the Superintendent (or his/her designee) shall establish procedures for
responding to emergencies that may occur at the facility, as well as procedures for the use and
maintenance of the District AED’s.
Amended Date(s):
Adopted Date:
Review Date:
Law Reference:
September 25, 2008
May 26, 2005
Automated External Defibrillator Act, 410 ILCS 4/1 et seq.
Physical Fitness Facility Medical Emergency Preparedness
Act, P.A. 93-0910
Related Policies:
And Guidelines:
Cross Ref.:
PROCEDURES FOR PUBLIC ACCESS DEFIBRILLATION PROGRAM,
POLICY 3610
I.
Background
Consistent with the District’s policy on Automated External Defibrillators (AEDs) and
for the health and wellness of the District’s staff, students, parents and visitors, Oak Park
and River Forest High School hereby institutes procedures for a Public Access
Defibrillation (PAD) program. AEDs are being provided through the PAD program for
the treatment of Sudden Cardiac Arrest (SCA) on District property.
The PDA program stems from studies showing that successful early defibrillation
programs can ensure delivery of defibrillation therapy during the first critical few minutes
of SCA and that surviving SCA is largely dependent on how quickly the victim is
defibrillated. These studies indicate that use of AEDs in providing a first shock delivery,
by trained laypersons, within 3 to 4 minutes of SCA can save lives.
In light of the District’s at-risk population, which includes staff, students, parents and
visitors with known and undiagnosed cardiac disease, students participating in physical
education and athletics, and aging adults, the PDA program has the real potential to save
lives.
The procedures set forth herein have been developed consistent with the Illinois
Automated External Defibrillator Act, 410 ILCS 4/1 et seq., rules and regulations
promulgated by the Illinois Department of Public Health in accordance with said Act, 77
Ill. Adm. Code 525.100 et seq., the School Board’s AED policy and the procedures
developed with the Oak Park Fire Department. These procedures are intended to govern
the use of AEDs and provide appropriate AED training for District personnel, and they
are designed to govern the use of AEDs during normal business/school hours. The
procedures establish reasonable measures, protocols, and procedures to ensure that AEDs
are used only by trained AED users, maintained and tested according to manufacture
guidelines and registered with the local EMS System. While the District assumes no
responsibility for the use of an AED by non-District personnel, these procedures are not
intended to prohibit someone properly trained in the use of an AED from using a District
AED in an emergency situation.
II.
Use, Number and Location of AEDs
AEDs may be used in medical emergencies by trained responders (as defined in Section
III) and shall be used in accordance with the guidelines taught to trained responders
during their training. Use of an AED should coincide with a request for an ambulance
via the 911 system. Any person, whether a District trained responder or not, who uses a
District AED shall report the incident to the School Nurse, (or his/her designee), as soon
as practicable after the use and shall assist the School Nurse in complying with the
reporting requirements contained in Section V.
The District shall initially install five (5) AEDs. Additional AEDs may be acquired as
needed. The initial AEDs shall be distributed within the District as set forth below, and
the distribution of any subsequently acquired AEDs or the relocation of an existing AED
shall be determined by the Superintendent (or his/her designee), with the advice of the
Committee (as defined in Section VI).
Outside:
1st Floor:
West Pool Area
2nd Floor:
3rd Floor:
The Superintendent, (or his/her designee), in consultation with the manufacturers of the
AEDs and the Committee, shall determine the placement of the AEDs, so as to maximize
availability to all areas of a building and to minimize defibrillation response time. The
initial five (5) AEDs shall be installed at the locations set forth in Exhibit A. As new
AEDs are acquired and installed or existing AEDs relocated, Exhibit A shall be timely
amended to reflect the new AED locations. Failure to so amend Exhibit A shall not in
any way invalidate or limit these procedures. AEDs shall be stored as to be highly visible
and otherwise compliant with the manufacturer’s guideline and relevant law. Each AED
shall be stored in a wall cabinet with an alarm system sufficient to indicate device
removal, and each cabinet shall be stocked with the customary supplies necessary (i) to
assist a trained responder in placement for maximum contact and (ii) to provide universal
precaution for the trained responder.
III.
Trained Responders
The District shall have trained responders. A person shall be deemed a trained responder
once the person has successfully completed the American Heart Association Heartsavers
course taught by the Oak Park Fire Department or upon the approval of the Committee,
such similar, State-sanctioned course that may be offered by the Fire Department or other
authorized entity. The School Nurse shall devise a plan for training Health Service
personnel, Physical Education teachers, coaches, athletic trainers, Buildings and Grounds
personnel, Safety and Support Team personnel, and other District employees as
appropriate.
The Office of Human Resources shall ensure that all trained responders are provided with
timely opportunities for re-certification as required by the Illinois Department of Public
Health’s Automated External Defibrillator Code. Currently re-certification is required
every two years.
IV.
Maintenance of AEDs
The School Nurse and/or an employee of Buildings and Grounds shall conduct regular
checks of the equipment and supplies of each AED. The Business Office shall contract
with the manufacturer for annual maintenance of each AED. All documentation related
to the maintenance and testing of the AEDs shall be maintained by the School Nurse at
designated locations. At a minimum, the documentation shall include the date and type
of maintenance/testing and the signature of the person performing the
maintenance/testing.
The PAD program shall be registered with Loyola University Medical Center. The
School Nurse shall serve as the District’s liaison to the Oak Park Fire Department. The
District shall provide the Oak Park Fire Department’s Deputy Chief (i) a list of trained
users at each site, (ii) a copy of the manufacturer’s guidelines for the maintenance and
training and documentation confirming that these guidelines are being met and (iii) any
other information required by law. The District shall ensure that the Deputy Fire Chief
has the most recent contact information for all relevant District personnel.
V.
Reporting of Use
The District shall notify, by either fax or mail, the Oak Park Fire Department’s Deputy
Chief as soon as practicable, but in no event later than the end of the month in which the
use of an AED occurred, of any event, incident or situation that results in the use of an
AED, and the District shall comply with all reasonable, follow-up procedures established
by the Oak Park Fire Department. In so notifying the Oak Park Fire Department, the
District shall provide the following information related to each use of an AED:
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
date and time of the incident;
name of the person who determined a patient’s unresponsiveness;
time that 911 was called;
initial heart rhythm;
number of times a patient was defibrillated;
name of the person who was defibrillated the patient; and
final rhythm at the time or arrival of the first response vehicle:
1.
2.
breathing, Yes or No; and
pulse, Yes or No.
The School Nurses shall conduct a critical incident debriefing session, to the extent
practicable, within one week of any event, incident, or situation that results in the use of
an AED for all trained responders.
VI.
Committee
The District shall establish and maintain a committee, comprised of both building and
department/division representatives. The committee shall be known as the Oak Park and
River Forest High School District 200 CPR/AED Committee, and it shall have the
following responsibilities:
A.
B.
C.
D.
to review, at least annually, the District’s PAD program procedures;
to review, as needed, the sufficiency and placement of AEDs;
to identify, on an annual basis, all staff to be certified or re-certified and, in
consultation with the School Nurses schedule the placement of certification
classes on the school calendar; and
prepare an annual report for the School Board on the PAD program.
The Committee shall consist of seven members appointed by the Superintendent, and
shall include the School Nurse, the Athletic Director (or his/her designee), the Physical
Education Division Head, and one member from Safety and Support Team, Buildings and
Grounds, Faculty Senate, and the Classified Personnel Association. The School Nurse
will serve as the chair of the Committee.
Exhibit A
AEDs shall be placed at the following locations:
Outside:
1st Floor:
West Pool Area
2nd Floor
3rd Floor
POLICY 3700, WELLNESS
Oak Park and River Forest High School (O.P.R.F.H.S.) believes that an authentic educational
experience places equal emphasis on the body as well as the mind. We must care as intimately
about the physical wellness of all members of our school community as we do about the
intellectual preparedness we provide our students in the classroom.
As parents, Board members, administrators, and teachers, we strive to provide students with the
knowledge and critical-thinking skills to make intelligent choices concerning their health. We
also strive to provide everyone in our school building with numerous opportunities to maintain
an active and healthy lifestyle. To this end and in accordance with Section 204 of the Child
Nutrition and WIC Reauthorization Act of 2004, we look to the following specific goals to guide
us:
NUTRITION EDUCATION
•
The school will raise awareness among students about the nutritional value of all food
and beverages
•
The school will ensure that students understand how to make healthy eating choices and
how healthy eating is an essential part of a personal wellness plan
•
The school will give students the evaluative tools to analyze critically the ways in which
foods are marketed to them
•
The school will provide ongoing professional development and curricular support for the
implementation of nutrition education across the curriculum
•
The school will strive to integrate its approach vertically with elementary and middle
feeder schools
•
The school will share its approach to nutrition education with the broader Oak Park and
River Forest communities and solicit their support and resources
PHYSICAL ACTIVITY
•
The school will ensure that all students participate in daily physical education classes
throughout their four years at OPRFHS except as permitted by The School Code of
Illinois.
•
The school will ensure that physical education promotes lifelong habits of physical
activity as well as an understanding of how daily exercise is an essential part of a
personal wellness plan
•
The school will offer a variety of extracurricular opportunities that will encourage
students to be physically active on a regular basis
•
The school will promote and support forms of transportation to and from campus – such
as walking and biking – that encourage physical activity
NUTRITION OF FOOD AVAILABLE IN BUILDING
•
The school will serve only food and beverages that have significant nutritional value and
that meets or exceeds, where appropriate, the current Dietary Guidelines for Americans
and Food Guidance System published jointly by the U.S. Department of Health and
Human Services and the Department of Agriculture.
•
The school will strive to provide food and beverages that are not only nutritious but
appealing and affordable and that accommodate the religious, ethnic and cultural
diversity of the student body.
•
The school will maintain consistent guidelines for all food that is available in the building
– whether it is located in the cafeteria, vending machines or distributed as part of a
fundraising or curricular activity.
•
The school will make every effort, when available and affordable, to choose locallygrown and organic foods and beverages.
•
The school will provide a clean, safe, and pleasant setting and adequate time for students
to eat.
Amended Date(s):
Adopted Date:
Review Date:
Law Reference:
June 22, 2006
Child Nutrition and WIC Reauthorization Act of 2004, PL 108-265, Sec.
204.
Child Nutrition Act of 1966, 42 U.S.C. §1771 et seq.
National School Lunch Act, 42 U.S.C. §1758.
42 U.S.C. §1779, as implemented by 7 C.F.R. §210.11.
105 ILCS 5/2-3.137.
23 Ill. Admin. Code Part 305, Food Program.
Related Policies:
And Guidelines:
Cross Ref.:
POLICY 4120, SUSPENSION OF CERTIFIED STAFF MEMBERS
The Superintendent is authorized to suspend immediately, with or without pay, for up to five (5)
working days, any employee of the District who has been charged with serious misconduct. If
the Superintendent determines that the best interests of the school require a longer suspension
than the five (5) working days authorized by this policy, Board of Education action is required.
The suspension by the Superintendent may precede suspension action by the Board.
Prior to any suspension and forfeiture of pay under this policy, the employee shall be notified of
the charges by the Superintendent or his designee and shall have the right to explain or rebut the
charges at a meeting with the Superintendent or his designee. The Superintendent or his
designee shall orally advise the employee of the determination made and shall follow up with a
written decision.
After receipt of a written decision, the employee shall have the right to file, within five (5)
working days, a written request with the Superintendent for a hearing before the Board of
Education. The Board shall hold such a hearing no later than the next regularly scheduled Board
meeting. At the hearing, the employee may be represented by counsel and may present
witnesses and proof relative to the allegations of misconduct. The Board shall issue a written
decision within twenty (20) days of the date of hearing. This decision shall be final.
If the Board, upon review, determines that the suspension was not properly invoked, the
suspension references shall be deleted from the employee's records and the lost pay shall be
paid.
Serious misconduct includes cruelty, negligence, immorality, or other sufficient reason. Other
sufficient reasons include, but are not limited to, insubordination, presence at the work place
while impaired due to the use of controlled substances and/or intoxicants, unauthorized
absences, failure to perform assigned duties, failure to comply with written District policies and
rules, and criminal activity related to the performance of employment duties.
This policy does not preclude action by the Superintendent to temporarily reassign any
employee with pay pending investigation of any potential disciplinary matter, or by the Board
to dismiss or suspend with or without pay, any employee.
Amended:
March 20, 1997
Adopted Date:
March 19, 1981
Review Date:
Law Reference:
Ill. Rev. Stat. Ch. 122, par. 10-22.4
Related Policies:
And Guidelines:
Cross Ref:
POLICY 4130, RESOLUTION OF CONTROVERSIES BETWEEN FACULTY
MEMBERS
When a controversy arises between faculty members, the Board expects that the involved faculty
members will attempt to resolve the controversy themselves in an atmosphere of mutual respect
and cooperation.
When informal attempts at resolution have brought no resolution or when the behavior of one
faculty member toward another is of such an egregious nature that immediate relief is necessary,
either or both of the faculty members involved should report the controversy to the chief Human
Resources officer who will follow the procedures for administering this policy as detailed in the
section of the Faculty Handbook titled "Administrative Procedures for Resolving Controversies
Between Faculty Members."
Amended Date(s):
October 23, 2003
Adopted Date:
September 23, 1993
Review Date:
Law Reference:
Related Policies:
And Guidelines:
PROCEDURES FOR RESOLVING CONTROVERSIES BETWEEN FACULTY MEMBERS
FOR BOARD POLICY 4130
The procedures for resolving controversies between faculty members will be implemented when
informal efforts at resolution have been unsuccessful. At this stage, appropriate steps will be taken
to provide support of the parties involved, and as necessary, to re-establish a harmonious
atmosphere within the department(s) or division(s). Once the controversy has been reported to the
chief Human Resources officer, resolution will be sought in a more formal manner by following the
procedures detailed in the list below:
1.
The chief Human Resources officer will arrange a meeting involving the two faculty
members in the controversy, the Chair of the Faculty Senate Executive Committee or the
Chair's designee, and the chief Human Resources officer who will serve as facilitator. This
meeting will occur as soon as possible but not later than ten days after receiving the report of
the controversy.
2.
If the meeting results in a mutually agreeable definition of the controversy and a mutually
agreeable resolution to it, there will be no further involvement in the controversy by the two
faculty members and there will be no further consideration of the controversy by the chief
Human Resources officer or the Chair of the Executive Committee of the Faculty Senate.
3.
If the meeting does not result in a mutually agreeable definition of the controversy or a
mutually agreeable resolution to it, the chief Human Resources officer will arrange a hearing
to bring the controversy to a satisfactory resolution consistent with Board Policy and
professional expectations.
4.
Should a Hearing Committee be necessary, the committee’s composition will include a
faculty member chosen by each of the disputants, an administrator chosen by the chief
Human Resources officer and the chief Human Resources.
5.
If it is established that one or both of the faculty member violated a school policy or rule,
appropriate disciplinary action will be taken. This disciplinary action includes, but is not
limited to one or more of the following actions:
A.
B.
C.
D.
a letter of reprimand
a suspension according to the provisions of Board Policy 4120
a request to the Superintendent/Principal to recommend that the Board of
Education issue a Notice to Remedy
a request to the Superintendent/Principal to recommend that the Board of
Education dismiss the offending employee.
POLICY 4150, STAFF ATTENDANCE AT CONFERENCES AND
WORKSHOPS
The Superintendent (or his/her designee) will consider for approval requests of certified and noncertified staff members to be absent from work for attendance at conferences, workshops or any
other meeting related to District business. Such requests must be approved prior to attending a
conference, workshop or any other meeting related to District or High School business.
The District shall reimburse staff members engaged in approved travel on behalf of the District
for any costs which are reimbursable under Illinois State law. Staff members seeking
reimbursement for approved travel shall submit an itemized expense voucher with receipts
showing the amount of actual expenses.
At the District’s option, funds may be advanced to staff members for anticipated actual and
necessary expenses necessary to engage in approved travel. After such travel has been
completed, staff members receiving advances must account for used funds through the
submission of an itemized expense voucher with receipts reflecting the amount of actual
expenses and return funds for which there is no accounting.
Amended Date(s):
Adopted Date:
Review Date:
Law Reference:
Related Policies:
And Guidelines
August 27, 2009; November 20, 2003
November 16, 1988
105 ILCS 5/10-22.32
POLICY 4310, SEXUAL OR OTHER HARASSMENT OF EMPLOYEES
Sexual or other types of prohibited harassment, which may include, but are not limited to, race,
color, national origin, ethnicity, religion, gender, sexual orientation or disability, derogates the
dignity and privacy of the recipient employee, is disruptive of the work environment, and
violates state and federal law. Therefore, District policy expressly prohibits such harassment of
employees and employment applicants, and encourages reporting of offenses against this policy.
Retaliation is prohibited against individuals who oppose that which they reasonably and in good
faith believe to be prohibited harassment, or because they have made a charge, filed a complaint,
testified, assisted, or participated in an investigation, proceeding, or hearing under this policy or
before any federal or state agency. Violation of this policy may result in the offender's discipline
or discharge. Since false and irresponsible allegations of harassment can be extremely harmful
to the alleged offender, such allegations are not protected under this policy and may subject the
complainant to adverse employment action.
Employees who observe or become aware of prohibited harassment of fellow employees are
encouraged to assist in the enforcement of this policy by intervening, where appropriate, to halt
such harassment and/or by reporting such harassment to appropriate authorities and cooperating
with any investigations.
Definitions
Sexual harassment includes unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, and other
verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature when:
1.
submitting or refusing to submit to that conduct is used as a basis for any decision
affecting an individual's employment or status, or
2.
that conduct has the purpose or effect of creating or contributing to the creation of
an intimidating, hostile, or offensive working environment.
Examples of conduct which may constitute sexual harassment include:
1.
sexual advances
2.
coercing, forcing, or attempting to coerce or force the touching of anyone's
intimate parts, sexual intercourse, or other sexual conduct
3.
graffiti of a sexual nature
4.
sexual gestures
5.
sexual or dirty jokes
6.
touching oneself sexually or talking about one's sexual activity in front of others
7.
spreading rumors about or rating other employees as to sexual activity or
performance
8.
unwelcome, sexually motivated, or inappropriate patting, pinching or physical
contact
9.
other unwelcome sexual behavior or words, including demands for sexual favors,
when accompanied by implied or overt threats concerning an individual's
employment status or implied or overt promises of preferential treatment
Other harassment includes unwelcome verbal or physical conduct that is motivated by bias
toward an employee because of a legally protected characteristic (under Title VII or any other
applicable law, rule or regulation) when such conduct has the purpose or effect of creating or
contributing to the creation of an intimidating, hostile or offensive working environment.
Examples of conduct that may constitute other harassment include:
1.
graffiti containing offensive language about people in protected classifications
2.
name calling, slurs, jokes or rumors toward or about individuals in protected
classifications
3.
posting or circulation of written or graphic material that is intended to degrade
individuals in protected classifications
4.
threatening or intimidating conduct directed at another because of the other's
protected classification
5.
conduct that is hostile or critical toward an individual because of his/her protected
classifications except to the extent that such criticism occurs without hostile intent
and constitutes an activity protected by exercise of free speech rights
6.
physical acts of aggression or assault upon another because of a protected
classification
7.
theft, damage to property or others forms of aggression motivated by a protected
classification
Offenders may include other employees, students, or third parties, such as parents or vendors.
Individuals who believe that they have suffered a violation under this policy shall use the District
complaint procedure and bring any concerns to the attention of the District Human Rights
Officers. The District will, to the fullest extent possible, encourage individuals who have been
victims of harassment to report and bring such harassment to the attention of District officials so
that appropriate remedial action may be instituted. However, legal recourse is also available
through the investigative and complaint procedures of the Illinois Department of Human Rights
and Human Rights Commission. Any complaint to the Department or the Commission must be
filed within 180 days of the alleged incident of harassment or unlawful retaliation
The Department or the Commission should be contacted for information and their rules and
regulations at the following addresses and phone numbers:
Illinois Department of Human Rights
100 West Randolph St., Suite 10-100
Chicago, IL 60601
(312) 814-6145
Illinois Human Rights Commission
100 West Randolph St, Suite 5-100
Chicago, IL 60601
(312)814-6269
For the purposes of administering this policy, the Superintendent/Principal shall designate a
District Human Rights Officer. The Superintendent/Principal shall also implement appropriate
complaint procedures to ensure that the goals of this policy are accomplished. This policy shall
be posted and distributed to employees through effective channels and appropriate training shall
be provided to employees.
Amended Date(s):
December 21, 2000; May 26, 1994
Adopted Date:
August 26, 1993
Review Date:
Law Reference:
Related Policies:
And Guidelines:
Cross Ref.:
PROCEDURES FOR POLICY 4310
The following procedure is to be followed to process a complaint:
I.
Original complaint document: send to the Human Rights Officers to be held in a
confidential file.
II.
Copy: send to the Dean(s) of Discipline if complaint is by student(s). Dean(s) of
Discipline will investigate complaint between students. If complaint is between
student(s), the Dean(s) of Discipline will discuss the issue with students and attempt to
resolve the issue. It may result in disciplinary action. If the complaint involves student
and an adult, the Dean(s) of Discipline will discuss the issue with student(s) and parent(s)
if appropriate. If the complaint involves an adult, the Dean(s) of Discipline will be
contacted by the division head after the investigation with the faculty member is
complete, or by the supervisor if a non-certified staff member is involved after the
investigation is complete. If the complaint is not resolved satisfactorily, the Dean(s) of
Discipline should refer the complaint to the Human Rights Officers. When resolved
satisfactorily, the Dean(s) of Discipline should submit notes/findings regarding the
incident to the Human Rights Officers to be held in a confidential file with the original
complaint form.
III.
Copy: send to the division head of the certified staff member if a faculty member is
involved. The division head will investigate the complaint with the faculty member and
will follow-up with the student's dean counselor. If the division head is not able to
resolve the issue satisfactorily, he or she should refer the complaint to the Human Rights
Officers. When resolved satisfactorily, the division head should submit notes/findings
regarding the incident to the Human Rights Officers to be held in a confidential file with
the original complaint form.
IV.
Copy: send to the supervisor if a non-certified staff' member is involved. The supervisor
will investigate the complaint with the non-certified staff member and follow-up with the
student's dean counselor. If the supervisor is not able to resolve the issue satisfactorily,
he or she should refer the complaint to the Human Rights Officers. When resolved
satisfactorily, the supervisor should submit notes/findings regarding the incident to the
Human Rights Officers to be held in a confidential file with the original complaint form.
Revised December 21, 2000
DO NOT tell the alleged perpetrator anything. He or she will be informed during a preliminary
investigation.
Sexual or Other Harassment of Employee or Student Complaint Form and Process
INSTRUCTIONS
I.
A complaint form must be completed whenever there has been a verbal report
of sexual or other harassment. If the student or adult reporting to you does not
want to file a written report, you must record in writing all the information
given to you verbally. Keep in mind it may have been very difficult for the
complainant to discuss this with you and he/she must have trust in you to
confide what may be embarrassing or sensitive issues with you.
II.
If the complaint involves YOU as a possible witness or part of the alleged
problem, STOP. Have someone else interview the complainant.
III.
Assume the complaint is valid. Do not be influenced by the complainant's
reputation.
IV.
Thank the complainant for coming to you with this matter. Reassure the
complainant that the matter will be investigated promptly by the
appropriate individuals and will be kept confidential.
V.
Immediately distribute the written report to the individuals listed on the
Complaint Form. Do not discuss the complaint with anyone else.
DO NOT discourage the complaint or tell the complaint that the claim is frivolous.
Sexual or Other Harassment of Employee or Student Complaint Form
DATE OF COMPLAINT___________________________________________________
NAME OF EMPLOYEE/STUDENT__________________________________________
IF EMPLOYEE, NAME OF SUPERVISOR____________________________________
IF STUDENT, NAME OF PARENT/GUARDIAN_______________________________
IF STUDENT, NAME OF DEAN COUNSELOR________________________________
DESCRIPTION OF INCIDENT______________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
LIST ANY WITNESSES___________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
SUBMITTED BY_________________________________________________________
DATE__________________________________________________________________
Revised December 21, 2000
POLICY 4300, EMPLOYEE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM
The District recognizes that a wide range of problems can affect an employee’s performance
and is interested in making services available to help overcome personal difficulties. Problems
may include the following: alcohol abuse, drug abuse, physical and emotional disorders, marital
and financial concerns.
An important goal of the Employee Assistance Program is to improve job performance where
necessary and to assist troubled employees to regain good mental and physical health and well
being.
It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to recommend to the Board procedures to
implement an employee assistance program for all faculty and staff members employed one-half
time or more and their eligible dependents. (Eligibility of dependents is based on the same
criteria used in the health insurance plan.) The District commits itself to provide payment to the
designated employee assistance program agency for initial intake counseling services. Payment
of treatment fees and other charges will be the responsibility of the employee.
The Employee Assistance Program is not a protective policy allowing for purposeful violation
of District 200 standards and agreements, nor is it intended to exempt employees from the
standards of performance established for their positions by their supervisors or to compromise
the normal operations of the school district. The District may, at its discretion, require an
employee who has violated the District’s Employee Substance Abuse Policy (No. 4330) to
participate in the Employee Assistance Program as a disciplinary measure.
Amended:
Adopted Date:
Review Date:
Law Reference:
April 24, 1997
July 26, 1984
Ill.Rev.Stat.ch. 127, par.132.311 et seq.; 20 U.S.C. 3172 et seq.; 41 U.S.C.
701 et seq.
Related Policies:
And Guidelines:
Cross Ref:
POLICY 4320, EMPLOYEE COMMUNICABLE DISEASES
A.
General Statement of Purpose and Procedures
The purposes of this policy are (1) to address potentially severe community health
problems, and (2) to balance the interest of an employee with a communicable disease
in continuing to work and the interest of other students and employees not to be
subjected to an unreasonable risk of contracting a communicable disease from the
employee.
For purposes of this policy, "communicable diseases" diseases so designated as
communicable by the Illinois Department of Public Health in its Rules and Regulations
for the Control of Communicable Diseases (IDPH Rules), as amended from time to
time.
It is generally the intention of the Board of Education that:
1.
Each case of an employee with a communicable disease be handled on an
individualized basis;
2.
The confidentiality interests of the employee with the communicable disease be
protected to the extent consistent with efforts to minimize the health risks to other
employees and students and with any applicable legal requirements.
3.
Absence from work be minimized;
4.
An employee who is reasonably believed to have a communicable disease for
which isolation is required by the Illinois Department of Public Health, be
removed from work or be placed in a restricted setting until such time as:
a)
agreement between the Superintendent/ Principal and the employee
is reached for continued presence in the regular work setting with
appropriate protective measures; or
b)
if agreement is not reached, an appropriate medical evaluation of the
individual in question has been made and the conditions, if any,
established by the Superintendent/Principal under which the
employee may return to, or remain at, work.
However, removal or a more restrictive placement need not be required, in
the discretion of the Superintendent/Principal, if the health risks to other
employees and students are insignificant, the risk of loss of confidentiality
due to exclusion or a more restrictive setting is substantial, and appropriate
interim protective health measures are instituted;
5.
The use of sick leave and other benefits in connection with the communicable
disease be permitted on the same basis as any other employee illness; and
6.
In all cases, a reasonable accommodation of an employee with a communicable
disease will be explored, and, where feasible, will be implemented. However, this
policy shall not be construed so as to require the District to create a position or job
which would not otherwise exist absent the need to accommodate an employee
with a communicable disease.
The duties of the Superintendent/Principal under this policy may be delegated to a
supervisor of the employee or other administrator.
B.
Educational Activities
The Superintendent/Principal shall periodically provide for educational activities and
information for employees with respect to communicable diseases, including hygienic
practices for handling body fluids.
C.
Additional Rules
The Superintendent/Principal may establish additional rules to implement this policy,
provide for the protection of the health of students and employees, and recognize any
due process of employees who have, or are suspected of having, a communicable
disease.
Amended:
Adopted Date:
Review Date:
Law Reference:
August 26, 1993
111.Rev.Stat. ch. 122,par.10-21.11, 10-22.39, 27-9.1, 27-9.1, 27-9.2; 863;
29 U.S.C. section 793 et seq.; 42 U.S.C. Section 12101 et seq.; Ill Rev.
Stat. Ch. 111 ½, par. 7301 et seq.
Related Policies:
And Guidelines:
Cross Ref:
POLICY 4360, ACCEPTABLE USE OF TECHNOLOGY - PERSONNEL
It is the policy of the Board of Education of Oak Park and River Forest High School District 200
to encourage technology use which facilitates communication and the exchange of ideas and
information in pursuit of the District’s curricular, instructional, technological, and research goals.
The District also supports the use of technology as a tool for the efficient and effective
management of the District’s resources and affairs. District 200’s computing, networking, and
telecommunication resources are for the use of authorized district employees.
District 200 is not liable or responsible for: any information that may be lost, damaged, or
unavailable due to technical or other difficulties; the accuracy or suitability of any information
that is retrieved through technology; breaches of confidentiality; or defamatory material.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF USE
Curriculum and Instruction
I.
The use of the District’s technology and telecommunication resources shall (1) be
consistent with the curriculum adopted by the District, as well as the varied instructional
needs, learning styles, abilities, and developmental levels of the students, and (2) comply
with the selection criteria for instructional materials and library-media center materials.
Staff members may, consistent with the District’s goals and guidelines, use the Internet
and technology resources throughout the curriculum.
Staff will provide developmentally appropriate guidance to students as they make use of
telecommunications and electronic information resources to conduct research and other
studies related to the District curriculum. All students will be informed by staff of their
rights and responsibilities as users of the District network prior to gaining access to that
network, either as an individual user or as a member of a class or group.
The District’s electronic and telecommunication resources are part of the curriculum and
are not a public forum for general use.
II.
Internet Safety
In accordance with the Children’s Internet Protection Act, the District installs and
operates filtering software to limit users’ Internet access to materials that are obscene,
pornographic, harmful to children, or otherwise inappropriate, or disruptive to the
educational process, notwithstanding that such software may in certain cases block access
to other materials as well. At the same time, the District cannot guarantee that filtering
software will in all instances successfully block access to materials deemed harmful,
indecent, offensive, pornographic or otherwise inappropriate. The use of filtering
software, as explained in the Internet Safety Policy 1250, does not negate or otherwise
affect the obligations of users to abide by the terms of this policy and to refrain from
accessing such materials.
III.
Acceptable Use
The actions of users accessing networks locations through the District reflect on the
School District; therefore, users must conduct themselves accordingly by exercising good
judgment and complying with this policy and any accompanying administrative
regulations and guidelines.
Personnel who use or access District technology and/or telecommunication resources
shall:
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
Use or access District technology primarily for educational and administrative
purposes; limited and incidental personal use is permitted;
Comply with copyright laws and software licensing agreements;
Understand that email, voicemail, and network files are not private. Network
administrators and other school officials as authorized by the
Superintendent/Principal have access to all email messages and may review all
computer files and communications to maintain system integrity and monitor
responsible use;
Be responsible at all times for the proper use of their access privileges and avoid
impersonations, anonymity, or unauthorized sharing of security measures;
Maintain the integrity of technological and telecommunication resources from
potentially damaging messages, physical abuse, or viruses;
Respect the right of others to use equipment;
Abide by the policies and procedures of networks and systems linked by
technology;
Acknowledge and protect the privacy of other users and the integrity of the
system by avoiding misuse of passwords, files, equipment, and programs;
Maintain the confidentiality of all personnel records and student records stored or
accessible by means of District technology, in accordance with Illinois and federal
law.
Personnel who use or access District technology shall not:
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
Use District technology or resources for non-school purposes (other than
incidental personal use), personal financial gain or to gain access to attempt to
access restricted websites or other information unrelated to the curriculum or
educational purposes of the school;
Access, download, distribute, display or create harmful, indecent, offensive,
pornographic, or otherwise inappropriate messages, pictures or materials;
Use telecommunication resources to access harmful, indecent, offensive,
pornographic, or otherwise offensive sites or locations;
Engage in harassing, offensive, obscene or defamatory speech;
Harass or attack others
Loan technology to others, or violate copyright laws or software licensing
agreements;
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.
M.
IV.
Trespass in others’ folders, work, or files, or gain unauthorized access to
resources or entities;
Use the account or password of another user;
Misrepresent themselves or others;
Transmit email or other electronic materials anonymously;
Damage or vandalize computer equipment, systems, networks, hardware,
software, data or programs;
Knowingly spread computer viruses; and
Use technology for any illegal purpose or activity.
No Expectation of Privacy
The District’s electronic and telecommunication resources are part of the curriculum and
are not a public forum for general use. Users should not expect that email, voicemail, or
files stored or transmitted on District servers will be private. District 200, at its
discretion, reserves the right to log technology use, to monitor fileserver space utilization
by users, to examine users’ files and materials, and to block and delete materials. There
is no assurance of confidentiality with respect to access to transmissions and files by
persons outside, or from persons inside, the District.
V.
User Compliance
Users of District equipment, networks and technology must submit a signed Acceptable
Use of Technology Agreement Form. Failure to comply with this policy, or any
administrative regulations and guidelines governing the use of technology and
telecommunication resources, may result in disciplinary action by the administration
and/or the Board of Education, including but not limited to reprimand, loss of technology
use privileges, suspension, notice to remedy, and dismissal.
Activities that violate local, state or federal law may be subject to prosecution.
The Superintendent/Principal or his/her designee may establish regulations, guidelines, and
procedures and shall take appropriate action, consistent with the terms of any applicable
collective bargaining agreement provisions, to implement this policy.
Amended Date(s):
May 25, 2006; January 22, 2004, October 24, 2002, August 22, 2002
Adopted Date:
August 22, 1996
Review Date:
Law Reference:
Related Policies:
And Guidelines:
Cross Ref:
Oak Park and River Forest High School District 200
PERSONNEL ACCEPTABLE USE OF TECHNOLOGY AGREEMENT
I have read and agree to abide by the District’s Acceptable Use of Technology policy and
regulations. I understand that my use of District telecommunication resources, computers,
networks, and technology is for work-related purposes and to further the educational goals of the
District. I further understand that my use of any District technology is not private and may be
monitored.
I understand that violations of the District’s policies and procedures regarding the use of
technology may result in disciplinary and/or legal action against me.
Employee Signature_____________________________
Print Name____________________________________
Position_______________________________________
School________________________________________
Date_______________
POLICY 4370, MANDATORY REPORTING RESPONSIBILITIES
Any school official or employee having reasonable cause to believe a child known to them in
their professional or official capacity may be an abused or neglected child shall confidentially
report or cause a confidential report to immediately be made to the Department of Children and
Family Services by phone [1-800-25-ABUSE] or in person.
State law defines abused and neglected children as follows:
An abused child is one whose parent or immediate family member, or any person responsible for
the child's welfare, or any individual residing in the same home as the child, or a paramour of the
child's parent:
1.
Inflicts, causes to be inflicted or allows to be inflicted, physical injury by other
than accidental means, which causes death, disfigurement, impairment of physical
or emotional health, or loss or impairment of any bodily function;
2.
Creates a substantial risk of physical injury to the child by other than accidental
means, which would be likely to cause death, disfigurement, impairment of
physical or emotional health, or loss or impairment of any bodily function;
3.
Commits or allows to be committed any sexual offense against such child;
4.
Commits or allows to be committed an act or acts of torture upon such child;
5.
Inflicts excessive corporal punishment.
A neglected child is any child who is not receiving the proper or necessary nourishment or
medically indicated treatment including food or care, or otherwise is not receiving the necessary
support or medical or other remedial care necessary for his well being, including adequate food,
clothing, and shelter; or who is abandoned by his or her parents or other person responsible for
his welfare.
The responsibility for reporting child abuse or neglect rests with the individual identifying the
suspected abuse or neglect. The individual making the report shall also notify the building
principal or other appropriate administrator that such a report is being made. State law provides
that any person who, in good faith, participates in making such reports or in any judicial
proceeding resulting from such report will be immune from civil or criminal liability.
Each new employee, prior to the commencement of his or her employment with the District,
shall be required to sign a statement on a form prescribed by the Department of Children and
Family Services and provided by the District stating that he or she has knowledge and
understanding of these reporting requirements. The signed statement will be retained in the
employee’s personnel file.
The Superintendent/Principal may prepare and implement guidelines necessary to accomplish the
intent of this policy and comply with the relevant law.
Amended Date(s):
Adopted Date:
September 23, 2004
Review Date:
Law Reference:
325 ILCS 5/9, 105 ILCS 5/10-22.6b
Related Policies:
And Guidelines:
Cross Ref:
PROCEDURES FOR POLICY 4370, MANDATORY REPORTING RESPONSIBILITIES
Employees who have reasonable cause to suspect that a student may be abused or neglected shall
report or cause a report to be made to the child abuse hotline number (1-800-25A-BUSE; 1-800252-2873).
Definitions:
"Abused child": a minor under age 18 who is being harmed by any person responsible for a
child's welfare, including the following: a parent, family member, any person who resides in the
home, a boyfriend or girlfriend of the parent, a babysitter or day care provider. Harm to the child
may be physical or emotional injury (or serious risk of injury), excessive punishment, sexual
offenses, or child torture.
"Neglected child": any child whose parent or person responsible for the child's welfare does not
provide necessary support, as required by law, medical or other care for the well-being of the
child, or such necessities as adequate clothing, food, and shelter. A child who has been left with
a relative as their plan of care, is not considered neglected.
To make an oral report:
Call the child abuse hotline number and include the following information in the report:
1. Name, address, and home telephone number of the student;
2. Name, address, home and work telephone numbers of the parent(s)/guardian(s);
3. Age of the student;
4. Names and ages of siblings living in the student’s home;
5. Details of the suspected abuse, including the student’s present condition;
6. Previous reports from District personnel made to DCFS about suspected abuse;
7. Other information to help establish suspected cause of abuse;
8. Notification of parent(s)/guardian(s) and District personnel should occur as soon as
practicable unless it is deemed inappropriate.
Within 48 hours of the oral report, the employee shall complete the required DCFS form
(Written Confirmation of Suspected Child Abuse/Neglect Report: Mandated Reporters),
available on the DCFS web sit at www.state.il.us./dcfs/index.shtml. The employee shall
retain the original of this confidential report and send a copy to the Assistant Superintendent
for Pupil Support Services, the Assistant Superintendent for Human Resources, the School
Nurse, and DCFS.
Emergency Situations
If an abused or neglected student has a life-threatening condition, the employee shall notify the
local law enforcement agency as well as DCFS. The employee shall request that DCFS or the
local law enforcement agency take temporary protective custody of the child without the consent
of the parent(s)/guardian(s).
Confidentiality
All reports concerning cases of suspected child abuse or neglect must be held in the strictest
confidence. No such report shall be included in the child's student record, nor may any
employee or agent of the District disclose any information concerning reports of suspected child
abuse or neglect to any person other than an authorized representative of the District, the Illinois
Department of Children and Family Services, or the local law enforcement agency.
Immunity from Liability
Any person participating in good faith in the making of a report or in the investigation of such a
report shall have immunity from any civil, criminal, or other liability that might result by reason
of such reporting. For the purpose of any proceedings, civil or criminal, the good faith of any
persons required to report cases of suspected child abuse or neglect shall be presumed (325 ILCS
5/9, 105 ILCS 5/10-22.6b).
Sanctions
Any certified employee or non-certified employee who willfully fails to report an incidence of
suspected child abuse or neglect as required by the Abused and Neglected Child Reporting Act
may be subject to sanctions under State of Illinois and School Code of Illinois regulations.
Notification to Parent(s)/Guardian(s)
School officials in keeping with “in loco parentis” responsibilities may interview students as part
of an investigation without first notifying parents. Parents will be notified as soon as it is
practical when interviews occur under such circumstances, unless it is deemed inappropriate.
However, should representatives of law enforcement agencies or DCFS request to interview a
student regarding an allegation of abuse, good faith efforts will be made to notify
parents/guardians prior to the interview taking place. In the absence of parent contact, school
officials will make the determination about the appropriateness of the request. Granted
interviews with non-school officials will occur during the school day and/or on school premises
and in the presence of a school official. If parent/guardian notification is delayed/withheld, the
specific reasons for doing so shall be indicated on the DCFS form (Written Confirmation of
Suspected Child Abuse/Neglect Report: Mandated Reporters).
Amended Date(s):
Accepted Date:
Review Date:
Law Reference:
Related Policies:
And Guidelines:
Cross Ref.:
June 20, 2005
POLICY 5114-4, PROHIBITION AGAINST BULLYING, HAZING,
HARASSMENT, AND CYBERBULLYING
It is the policy of Oak Park and River Forest High School, District 200 to provide an educational
environment free from bullying, hazing, harassment, and cyberbullying. The School District is
committed to protecting its students from any form of physical, verbal, or mental abuse.
Definitions
1.
Bullying
Bullying is defined to include, but is not limited to, any aggressive or negative gesture,
electronic communication, or written, verbal or physical act that places another student in
reasonable fear of harm to his/her person or property, or that has the effect of insulting or
demeaning any student in such a way as to disrupt or interfere with the school’s
educational mission or the education of any student. Bullying most often occurs when a
student asserts physical or psychological power over, or is cruel to, another student
perceived to be weaker. Such behavior may include but is not limited to pushing, hitting,
threatening, name-calling, or other electronic, written, physical, or verbal conduct of a
belittling or browbeating nature.
2.
Hazing
Hazing is any act that subjects a student to electronic, written, physical, or verbal
harassment, mental or physical discomfort, intimidation, embarrassment, ridicule, or
demeaning activity committed by an individual student or group of students for the
purpose of initiation, maintaining membership, or holding office in any organization,
club, or athletic team.
3.
Harassment
Harassment includes any unwelcome electronic, written, physical, or verbal conduct,
contact or communication that is motivated by or related to individual characteristics
such as race, color, national origin, gender, economic status, disability, religion, religious
affiliation or sexual orientation and that creates an intimidating, hostile or offensive
educational environment. Although harassment that creates a hostile environment may
take many different forms, some examples include name calling and other derogatory
comments, jokes, gestures or looks, posting or distribution of derogatory pictures, notes
or graffiti, blocking, pushing, hitting, or other forms of physical aggression. Where
harassment is sexual, it may also include such conduct as persistent unwelcome attempts
to interact with someone, spreading of rumors, aggressive physical contact such as
kissing, touching, or pulling at clothes in a sexual way.
Sexual harassment also includes unwelcome sexual advances or requests for sexual
favors when
a.
b.
4.
submission to such conduct is made either explicitly or implicitly as a condition of
the receipt of educational or other school-related benefits; or
submission to or rejection of such conduct by an individual is used as the basis for
educational or other school-related decisions affecting that individual.
Cyberbullying
Cyberbullying is a subset of bullying, hazing, and harassment. For purposes of this
policy, cyberbullying is defined as the use of e-mail, instant messaging, chat rooms,
pagers, cell phones, or other forms of information technology to deliberately bully, haze,
harass, threaten, or intimidate someone. Cyberbullying can include, but is not limited to,
such acts as making threats, provocative insults or racial or ethnic slurs, or demeaning
remarks about one’s sexual orientation.
Prohibited Conduct
1.
It shall be a violation of Board of Education policy for a student, employee, or any school
visitor to bully, haze, harass, or cyberbully a student or to engage in conduct which would
actively or passively support acts of bullying, hazing, harassment, or cyberbullying.
2.
It shall be a violation of Board of Education policy for a student to report false allegations or
a false complaint of bullying, hazing, harassment, or cyberbullying.
1.
It shall also be a violation of the policy for an employee, student, or any school visitor to
retaliate against a student for instituting a good-faith complaint of bullying, hazing,
harassment, or cyberbullying.
Complaints
A student who feels that he/she has been bullied, hazed, harassed, or cyberbullied should inform
a School District staff member. All school employees are required to report alleged violations of
this policy to the principal or his/her designee. All other members of the school community,
including students, parents/legal guardians, volunteers and visitors are encouraged to report any
act that may be a violation of this policy.
There are no expressed time limits for initiating complaints under this Board policy; however,
every effort should be made to bring complaints to the attention of appropriate authorities as
soon as possible while memories are fresh and witnesses continue to be available.
Complaints will be investigated. If it is determined that a violation has occurred, prompt
corrective action will be taken. During the investigation, confidentiality will be maintained to
the utmost extent possible. Complainants will be offered counseling and other assistance when
appropriate and will be informed of the results of any investigation.
Intervention/Remediation
In addition to the prompt investigation of complaints of bullying, hazing, harassment, or
cyberbullying and direct intervention when such prohibited activities are verified, the following
learning strategies may be implemented:
1.
planned professional development programs addressing targeted problems including
what constitutes safe and acceptable internet use;
2.
formal or informal information or data collection regarding specific disciplinary or
student problems;
3.
modeling by school personnel of positive, respectful, and supportive behavior
towards students;
4.
employing classroom strategies that instruct students on how to work together in a
collaborative and supportive atmosphere; and
5.
gather input from parents, law enforcement, and other community members
regarding positive responses to bullying, hazing, harassment, and cyberbullying.
Disciplinary Consequences
1.
Violation of this policy may result in discipline. If the harasser is an employee, discipline
will be determined in accordance with Board policy and the provisions of any applicable
collective bargaining agreement. Students who violate the policy will also be subject to
appropriate discipline in accordance with Board policy and the
District’s Code of Conduct.
expulsion.
Appropriate discipline may include suspension and/or
2.
Students may be disciplined for acts of bullying, hazing, harassment, or cyberbullying
occurring on or off-campus and/or outside of school hours in the same manner they are
otherwise subject to discipline for acts that violate School District policies and/or
procedures when acts could (1) affect the school climate or atmosphere; (2) affect the
peace, health, safety, or welfare of students, teachers, or any other personnel; and/or (3)
disrupt or interfere with school or school activities. Any violation is subject to
suspension and/or expulsion.
3.
The parents/guardians of students who commit any act of bullying, hazing, harassment,
or cyberbullying will be notified.
4.
The School District reserves the right to make referrals for students in violation of this
policy to appropriate mental health and law enforcement professionals.
Notification
The School District shall annually communicate this policy to students and their
parents/guardians. This annual notification shall include disseminating information to all
students and parents/guardians explaining the serious disruption caused by bullying, hazing,
harassment, and cyberbullying and that these behaviors will be taken seriously and are not
acceptable in any form.
Adoption and Update of Policy
The Board of Education shall update this policy beginning every 2 years after the policy’s initial
adoption and shall file this policy with the Illinois State Board of Education after the Board
adopts or updates it.
Amended:
Adopted Date:
Review Date:
Law Reference:
Related Policies:
And Guidelines:
Cross Ref:
May 22, 2008; August 23, 2007
August 28, 2003
Legal Ref:
105 ILCS 5/27-23.7
Policy 5114, Student Discipline
POLICY 5132, CO-CURRICULAR PROGRAMS
District 200 considers a comprehensive Co-Curricular Program to be an essential part of the
overall educational experience for our students. The Co-Curricular Program is provided to
enhance the high school experience for our students and to provide opportunities to develop
healthy habits, good citizenship, leadership, teamwork, self-discipline, responsibility and respect
for rules.
The Principal oversees the Co-Curricular Program. The Athletic Director supervises all aspects
of the inter-scholastic athletic program. The Assistant Principal for Student Activities supervises
all clubs and activities. Each athletic team, club, or activity must have a coach or sponsor who is
recommended for appointment by the Athletic Director or the Assistant Principal for Student
Activities, in conjunction with the Principal. A student represents OPRFHS when the team or
activity is sponsored as part of the high school’s Co-Curricular Program. OPRFHS is a member
of the Illinois High School Association (IHSA) and the West Suburban Conference (W.S.C.).
When representing the high school in inter-scholastic events, the student must conform to the
rules of the IHSA, the W.S.C., as well as the rules and standards established by the high school.
Participation in the Co-Curricular Program is considered an extension of, although separate
from, the regular school day. Participation in the co-curricular program is considered a
privilege and carries increased expectations on the part of student participants. By electing
to participate in the Co-Curricular Program, the student must fulfill the following rules and
standards established by the Board of Education.
The rules and standards established for IHSA sanctioned Athletics and Activity Programs are
described in Section 1 of the Administrative Procedures. The Administrative Procedures outline
the expectations and consequences for inappropriate behavior for IHSA sanctioned co-curricular
activities. Any student representing OPRFHS in these activities will be required annually, to
sign an agreement to adhere to the Co-Curricular Program Code of Conduct.
The Board of Education has also established standards for academic eligibility for IHSA
sanctioned co-curricular activities. These standards are commonly referred to as “C” Pass-toPlay. Any student participating in IHSA-sanctioned co-curricular activities will be required to
adhere to the “C” Pass-to-Play standards, as well as the IHSA academic eligibility standards.
IHSA and OPRFHS academic eligibility participation standards are described in Section 1 of the
Administrative Procedures.
The rules and standards established for OPRFHS sponsored Co-Curricular Performance and
Representative Programs are described in Section 2 of the Administrative Procedures. The
Administrative Procedures outline expectations and consequences for inappropriate behavior for
a specified list of OPRFHS sponsored co-curricular activities. Any student representing
OPRFHS in these activities will be required annually, to sign an agreement to adhere to the Code
of Conduct.
Amended Date(s):
August 28, 2008; June 27, 1996; June 29, 1988; January 22, 1976
Adopted Date:
December 17, 1947
Review Date:
Law Reference:
Related Policies:
And Guidelines:
Cross Ref.:
Administrative Procedures for Policy 5132
Section 1. IHSA Activities and Athletics OPRFHS Athletic Program
IHSA Athletics (29)
Boys (13)
Baseball
Basketball
Cross Country
Football
Golf
Lacrosse
Soccer
Swimming
Tennis
Track
Volleyball
Water Polo
Wrestling
Girls (16)
Badminton
Basketball
Cheer
Cross Country
Drill Team
Field Hockey
Golf
Gymnastics
Lacrosse
Soccer
Softball
Swimming
Tennis
Track
Volleyball
Water Polo
IHSA Activities (5)
Chess Team
Debate Team
Math Team
Scholastic Bowl
Speech Team
Participating in the co-curricular program is a privilege. Oak Park and River Forest High
School administrators, coaches, and sponsors believe students who are involved in cocurricular activities should conduct themselves as responsible representatives of their
school and community. Students who represent their school are expected to maintain
high standards of conduct 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, for the entire calendar year.
Parents and high school staff members all share the responsibility for helping students
adhere to these standards. Participants in the Co-Curricular Program have a
responsibility to adhere to the policies established by Oak Park and River Forest High
School District 200, the West Suburban Conference, and the Illinois High School
Association. All violations will become a part of the students’ discipline record.
A student found in violation of the Co-Curricular Code of Conduct may receive
consequences up to and including dismissal from the activity. Such violations include,
but are not limited to the following:
o use or possession of alcohol, tobacco products and/or controlled/illegal
substances,
o being present at a party or activity where illegal drugs or alcohol are available,
o violations of academic integrity and ethics
o violations of the OPRFHS Code of Conduct (Level II, III or IV Infractions);
examples include, but are not limited to; gang activity, fighting, vandalism, theft,
harassment, bullying and/or hazing;
o any criminal offense or conduct or activity which is detrimental to OPRFHS or
the Co-Curricular Program; and/or
o Parent(s)/Guardian(s) will be notified by phone and letter of a student’s violation
of the Co-curricular Code of Conduct.
If a student is in violation of a criminal offense or gross misconduct, the Athletic Director
and/or Assistant Principal for Student Activities may, at his/her discretion, dismiss the
student from the team/activity for the remainder of the season. A student who is
suspended for an alcohol, drug or tobacco violation will be required to meet with the
OPRFHS Substance Abuse Counselor. Students taking prescription drugs should have a
Medical Authorization on file in the Health Center
First Offense
The student will be suspended from the team/activity for up to 25% of the competition
dates. The student will be allowed to practice and participate in all other team activities,
except competition, during the suspension. If the violation occurs out of season or during
the summer, the suspension will apply to the student’s next season of competition. If the
suspension is not completed during the season, it will be continued to the student’s next
season. If the student should decide to take part in another sport, the suspension will be
served during that time. The student would need to remain a member of the team for the
entire season in order to satisfy the stipulations of the suspension.
Second Offense
If the student is in season, he/she may be dismissed from the team for the remainder of
the season, additional consequences may include suspension from the Co-Curricular
Program for up to one year. The Athletic Director and Assistant Principal for Student
Activities will make the final decision on the suspension.
Third Offense
If a student commits a third violation he/she will be suspended from participating in cocurricular activities for one year, and may be prohibited for the remainder of his/her high
school career. The Athletic Director and Assistant Principal for Student Activities will
make the final decision on the suspension.
IHSA and OPRFHS Academic Eligibility Participation Standards
Illinois High School Association Policies
IHSA Policy 3.21 Students shall be doing passing work in at least four (4) classes of
high school work per week. If a student is not passing four (4) classes in any given week,
he/she will be ineligible for competition the following week.
IHSA Policy 3.22 Students shall, unless they are entering high school for the first time,
have credit on the high school records for passing twenty credit hours (4 classes) of high
school work the previous semester. Such work shall have been completed in the semester
for which credit is granted or in a recognized summer school program, which has been
approved by the Board of Education and for which graduation credit is received. If a
student is not passing twenty credit hours (4 classes) at the end of a semester, he/she will
be ineligible the following semester.
IHSA Policy 3.23 Passing work shall be defined as, work of such a grade that if on any
given date a student would transfer to another school, assigned grades for that course
would immediately be certified on a student’s transcript to the school which a student
transfer.
Oak Park and River Forest High School “C” Pass-to-Play Standards
The OPRFHS “C” Pass-to-Play Standards requires students to maintain a minimum GPA
of 2.0 and not receive an “F” grade in any class in order to participate in IHSA athletic
and activity programs. The method of monitoring student grades are described below.
Weekly Grade Check Student grades are reported every Wednesday and distributed to
students by Thursday or Friday of each week. If a student-athlete has a “D” or “F” on a
weekly grade check, he/she will be placed on the Weekly Academic Support Program
(study table) and be required to complete 150 minutes of academic assistance the
following week. If the student fails to complete the required hours, he/she will be
ineligible for competition the following week.
“Academic Alert” – Nine (9) Week Grade Check If a student-athlete falls below a 2.0
GPA or has an “F” at the end of a nine-week grading period, that student is placed on
“Academic Alert” and will be required to attend the nine-week Academic Support
Program (study table), which consists of three (3) 50 minute Academic Assistance
Sessions per week or 150 minutes of teacher assistance. If the student fails to complete
the required hours, he/she will be ineligible for competition the following week.
Athletic Ineligibility/Appeals Process Students who have less than a 2.0 GPA or an “F”
grade for two (2) consecutive nine-week grading periods will not be allowed to
participate in OPRFHS Co-Curriculars. Students are notified in writing of their
ineligibility and they may appeal this decision. The Appeals Process begins with the
student submitting, in writing, the reasons that may have contributed to the level of
achievement attained. The appeals committee meets with the student and renders a
decision on whether to reinstate his/her eligibility. The committee consists of the
Principal, Athletic Director, or Assistant Principal for Student Activities and the student’s
Counselor.
Section 2. OPRFHS Performance and Representative Activities (23)
ACTSO
Class Officers
Gospel Choir
Jazz Ensemble
Jazz II
J. Kyle Braid
Little Theatre Shows
Marching Band
Marching Band- Flags
Mock Trial
Model U.N.
`
M.S.A.N.
Musical Theatre
Orchesis Shows
Pep Band
Snow Ball
Spoken Word
Stage Crew
Strings
Student Council
Studio 200 Shows
Synchronized Swimming
Vocal Ensembles
Participating in the Co-Curricular Program is a privilege. Oak Park and River Forest
High School administrators, coaches, and sponsors believe students who are involved in
co-curricular activities should conduct themselves as responsible representatives of their
school and community. Students who represent their school are expected to maintain
high standards of conduct 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, for the entire calendar year.
Parents and high school staff members all share the responsibility for helping students
adhere to these standards. Participants in the co-curricular program have a responsibility
to adhere to the policies established by Oak Park and River Forest High School District
200, the West Suburban Conference and the Illinois High School Association. All
violations will become a part of the students’ discipline record.
A student found in violation of the Co-Curricular Code of Conduct may receive
consequences up to and including dismissal from the activity. Such violations include,
but are not limited to the following:
use or possession of alcohol or controlled/illegal substances;
being present at a party or activity where illegal drugs or alcohol are available;
violations of academic integrity and ethics;
violations of the OPRFHS Code of Conduct (Level II, III or IV Infractions);
examples include, but are not limited to; gang activity, fighting, vandalism, theft,
harassment, bullying and/or hazing;
o any criminal offense or conduct or activity which is detrimental to OPRFHS or
the Co-Curricular Program; and/or
o Parent(s)/Guardian(s) will be notified by phone and letter of a student’s violation
of the Co-curricular Code of Conduct.
o
o
o
o
If a student is in violation of a criminal offense or gross misconduct the Assistant
Principal for Student Activities may, at his/her discretion, dismiss the student from the
team/activity immediately. A student who is suspended for an alcohol or drug violation
will be required to meet with the OPRFHS Substance Abuse Counselor. Students taking
prescription drugs should have a Medical Authorization on file in the Health Center.
First Offense
The activity advisor in conjunction with the Assistant Principal for Student Activities will
make a determination on the appropriate consequences.
Second Offense
The student may be dismissed from the co-curricular activity for the remainder of the
season; additional consequences may include suspension from the Co-Curricular Program
for up to one year. The Assistant Principal for Student Activities, the Athletic Director
and Activity Advisor will make the final decision on any suspension and additional
consequences.
Third Offense
If a student commits a third violation he/she will be suspended from participating in cocurricular activities for one year, and may be prohibited for the remainder of his/her high
school career. The Assistant Principal for Student Activities and the Athletic Director
will make the final decision on the suspension.
Section 3. Appeals Procedures for Violations of IHSA Co-Curricular Athletic and
Activity Programs and OPRFHS Performance and Representative Activities
The student or parent has the right to appeal any co-curricular consequence. This
would be an opportunity to present extenuating circumstances that he/she believes
could affect the consequences that have been administered.
The Appeals Procedure is as follows.
1) The parent/guardian must appeal in writing within three (3) days of receipt of the
written decision. This appeal should be directed to the Principal.
2) The Principal, parent/guardian, and student will meet. The Principal, in
consultation with the Athletic Director and/or Assistant Principal for Student
Activities, will make the final decision on any appeal. If a decision is appealed,
every effort will be made to hear the appeal in a timely manner; however, the student
may not participate in competitions for the duration of the appeal.
POLICY 5136, STUDENT TRAVEL
The Board of Education grants the Superintendent (or his/her designee) authority to
approve student travel that fully provides for the safety and welfare of students; that have
appropriate and substantial educational value; and for which written parental/guardian
permission has been obtained. Student travel is not limited to the regular school hours,
but can be engaged in outside of regular school hours and on days other than regular
school days.
The Board of Education recognizes four types of student travel: Field Trips, Activity
Trips, Exchanges, and Excursions. Field Trips are defined as travel directly related to
educational programs of the high school intended to extend educational experiences in
relation to specific classroom objectives that are consistent with the general goals of the
curriculum of a specific course. Activity Trips are defined as student travel sponsored by
an athletic or co-curricular activity of the school. Exchanges are defined as student travel
to another school, usually in another country, in which students usually live with a host
family and spend time attending classes in the host school. Exchanges generally result in
a reciprocal trip to Oak Park and River Forest High School by students and staff from the
host school. Excursions are defined as student travel, usually international, that provide
unique curricular and/or cultural opportunities for Oak Park and River Forest High
School students. Excursions may only be approved if the educational benefits to
participating students can be substantiated.
Transportation costs related to student field and activity travel will generally be funded
by the District for trips to destinations within 150 miles of Oak Park and River Forest
High School. With the exception of IHSA-sponsored competitions and/or other activities
approved by the Superintendent and/or his/her designee, for student travel of greater
distances, the cost of transportation may be borne by the participants. For all types of
student travel, the District will not typically cover costs related to tickets, admission fees,
lodging, and food.
Costs related to student travel should not be a barrier for any student eligible to
participate in the trip.
Sponsors of student travel must obtain administrative approval prior to committing to any
trip or travel plans. Sponsors of student travel are expected to comply with appropriate
levels of student/adult supervision ratios as established by the Superintendent (or his/her
designee). The Superintendent (or his/her designee) shall develop procedures for
application and approval of student travel trips. Such procedures may vary depending on
the type of student travel being planned.
Amended Date(s):
June 25, 2009; December 18, 2003; April 8, 2003; December 19,
1984; December 14, 1982; and January 22, 1976
July 17, 1969
Adopted Date:
Review Date:
Law Reference:
105 ILCS 5/10-22.29b, 105 ILCS 5/29-3.1, and 105 ILCS 5/29-3.4
Related Policies:
Related Instructions Procedures for Policy 5136
And Guidelines:
Procedures for Policy 5136, Student Travel
A.
APPROVAL
Sponsors of student travel must obtain administrative approval prior to
committing to any trips or travel.
B.
SUPERVISION
Oak Park and River Forest High School requires an appropriate level of adult
supervision for all student travel. Adult supervisors are required to travel with the
students as members of the same group. The number of district employees
required as adult supervisors will vary depending upon the conditions of the trip.
Parents and interested adults may volunteer to serve as additional supervisors for
student travel.
For all student travel that include an overnight stay of one or more nights,
supervisors must contact the designated district administrative liaison at regularly
established times. In the case of any difficulty or divergence from the submitted
itinerary, supervisors are to notify the designated administrative liaison
immediately as to the nature of the difficulty or the divergence. In such situations
students should never be left without adult supervision. Should a student, for
whatever reason, become separated from the group, a supervisor should remain
with that student while the remaining members of the group complete their travel
with another supervisor(s). At no time should a student or a group of students be
left unsupervised on a trip.
In the case of changing travel arrangements, supervisors must notify the
designated administrative liaison of all circumstances and changes. Parents and
guardians of all trip participants must in turn be notified of any and all changes in
travel plans and/or arrangements.
C.
COSTS
The sponsoring teacher should determine necessary costs and submit those costs
in writing to the appropriate administrative personnel at the time of application for
administrative approval of the travel. Once approved, students are to be notified
of the expenses of the trip to them at the time of registration.
Transportation costs will generally be funded by the district for student travel to
destinations within 150 miles of the high school. For travel of greater distances,
the cost of transportation will be borne by the participants. For all trips, the
district will not typically cover costs related to tickets, admission fees, lodging,
and food. The sponsoring teacher is to assess each participating student for these
expenses. Arrangements for securing the funds collected should be made with the
Business Office.
D.
INSURANCE
All students, employees, and parent or guardian supervisors must be covered by
accident and health insurance coverage, protecting them from financial loss due to
bodily injury, disability, or death while participating in school sponsored travel.
Additional costs to trip participants may be incurred for appropriate insurance
coverage. The trip sponsor is required to check with the Business Office to
determine if additional insurance costs must be obtained. This coverage (if not
provided by the district), including the name and address of the insurance
company and the policy number must be indicated in writing and placed on file in
the Business Office in advance of any travel.
E.
TRANSPORTATION
As a general rule, transportation for school-sponsored travel will be provided by
means of commercial vehicles. All buses or rental vehicles are to be ordered
through the Business Office. If more than 47 students are participating in the trip,
a second bus must be used. The cost of such rental vehicles will be covered by
the district’s transportation fund if the travel destination is within 150 miles of the
high school. Otherwise, the trip’s participants must cover such rental costs.
Employees who possesses a valid Illinois driver’s license and who is at least 21
years of age or older may transport students on school-sponsored travel in a
school-owned vehicle. Such persons are covered by the district’s insurance up to
limits of the district’s coverage. An employee who transports students on a
school-sponsored trip in a non-school vehicle is covered up to the limits of the
district’s insurance coverage after the employee’s own insurance has been
exposed up to the limits of its coverage. Any non-employee who transports
students on a school-sponsored trip in a non-school vehicle is not covered by the
district’s insurance. Non-employees must not transport students.
F.
GENERAL FIELD TRIP PROCEDURES
Field Trips are arranged through the Office of the Director of Instruction and
approved by that office. Field trip requests should be submitted by the third week
of the semester. A calendar of approved field trips will be distributed to the
faculty by the end of the fourth week of each semester. Additional field trips can
be approved beyond the third week of the semester if planning for the trip could
not have occurred during the first three weeks of the semester.
Parental permission must be secured for any field trip which takes students off
school property and/or which extends beyond normal school hours. Permission
slips bearing the signature of the parent/guardian will be collected by the
sponsoring teacher and must be filed with the appropriate division secretary, who
in turn, must file the permission slips with the attendance office at least five days
prior to the occurrence of the trip. Students who fail to submit a parent/guardian
permission slip by the established deadline will not be allowed to participate in
the field trip. The sponsoring teacher must distribute a list of the students
participating in the field trip to faculty at least two days before the trip, either via
e-mail or the faculty bulletin.
All approved field trips must have an evaluation component. Each student
participating in the trip must complete the Field Trip Evaluation form. Student
responses are to be tabulated by the sponsoring teacher who will prepare a Field
Trip Evaluation Summary, which must include a reflection statement, completed
by the classroom teacher or trip sponsor. This summary must be submitted to the
Director of Instruction and the appropriate Division Head. A failure to submit
this summary may result in the denial of future requests for field trips in
subsequent semesters.
No class may have more than one field trip per grading period except those
classes that have a field or performance component or as jointly determined by
the Division Head and the Director of Instruction.
Costs related to a field trip should not be a barrier for any eligible students to
participate.
G.
GENERAL ACTIVITY TRIP PROCEDURES
Activity trips related to athletics are approved and arranged for by the Athletic
Director. Activity trips related to extracurricular activities are arranged through
the Activities Director and are approved by the Assistant Superintendent for Pupil
Support Services. Extracurricular activities trips must not take students from
school during regular school hours. Coaches and sponsors should check with the
appropriate administrator regarding additional specific rules and guidelines.
Costs related to athletic or extracurricular trips should not be a barrier for eligible
students to participate.
H.
GENERAL EXCHANGE/EXCURSION TRIP PROCEDURES
Applications for Exchanges/ Excursions are available through the Office of the
Director of Instruction. Incomplete applications will not be considered for
approval. Students may not miss more than five (5) days of school as a result of
participating in an Exchange or Excursion.
Prior to approval being granted for any trip, sponsors will complete a detailed
questionnaire that is to be kept on file in the Office of the Director of Instruction.
The questionnaire will include information relevant to the students’ and
supervisor’s participation in the trip.
All Exchanges/Excursions that involve male and female students must have at
least two sponsors, one male and one female. At least one of the sponsors must
have previous Exchange/Excursion experience and one must have more than three
consecutive semesters of employment in the District.
Permission slips bearing the signature of the parent/guardian must be obtained for
every student participating in an Exchange/Excursion. These permission slips
must be kept on file in the Office of the Director of Instruction.
Sponsors of Exchanges/Excursions must hold at least two informational sessions
with parents participating in the Exchange/Excursion before students depart on
the trip.
Exchanges/Excursions are subject to the approval of the Building Administrative
Team (BAT) and, upon the recommendation of BAT, may require approval by the
Board of Education. Even after approval has been granted, BAT or the Board of
Education may withdraw the approval should national or worldwide conditions
suggest that student safety on the trip could be compromised.
POLICY 5143, ADMINISTRATION OF MEDICATIONS
The Superintendent/ Principal shall establish regulations for the administration of
medications to students. The regulations shall be substantially based on the
Recommended Guidelines for Medication Administration in the Schools published by the
Illinois Department of Public Health and State Board of Education and shall provide for
administration of medication to a student during school hours or during school activities
only when necessary to maintain the student in school.
A copy of this policy and the regulations shall be given to the parents or guardians of
each student within 15 days after the start of each school term, or within 15 days of
starting classes for students transferring to the school district during the school term. Also
within such 15-day period, students shall be informed of the contents of this policy and
the rules.
Amended:
Adopted Date:
August 26, 1993
Review Date:
Law Reference:
Ill. Rev. Stat. Ch. 122, par. 10-20.14b
Related Policies:
And Guidelines:
Cross Ref:
REGULATIONS GOVERNING ADMINISTRATION OF MEDICATIONS
TO STUDENT POLICY 5143
I.
Authorization for Administration of Short-Term Medications to Students High
school age students can assume responsibility for self-administering short-term
(ten school days or less) prescription medications during the school day. Students
who require short-term medications must show the labeled medication bottle to
the School Nurse who will issue a signed pass indicating that the student has
permission to take the medication. Students who must use inhalers or carry
emergency medication for bee stings should also obtain a signed pass from the
School Nurse. Staff members who have questions about students taking
medications should notify the School Nurse who will determine the legitimacy of
the medication.
If a parent requests the School Nurse to administer a short-term medication, the
Nurse will follow the procedures for administering long-term medications.
II.
Authorization for Administration of Long-Term Medications to Students
Only those medications necessary to maintain a student in school and which must
be given during school hours or school activities may be administered to a
student. All medications given to students must be prescribed by a licensed
prescriber on an individual basis as determined by the student's health status.
Standing orders may not be used as a basis for administration of medication.
Approval for administration of long-term medication must be obtained from the
school nurse as follows:
A.
A written order for prescription and non-prescription medications must be
obtained from the school nurse, completed and signed by the student's
licensed prescriber, signed by a parent or guardian and filed with the
school nurse. The order must include:
1.
the student's name;
2.
date of birth;
3.
licensed prescriber's name, signature, and date of signature;
4.
licensed prescriber's regular and emergency telephone numbers;
5.
name of medication;
6.
dosage;
B.
II.
7.
route of administration;
8.
frequency and time of administration;
9.
date of prescription was filled;
10.
date of order by licensed prescriber;
11.
discontinuation date;
12.
diagnosis requiring medication;
13.
intended effect of medication;
14.
side effects from medication for which student must be observed;
15.
whether the student may self-administer and, if so, instructions for
self-administration;
16.
emergency conditions under which medication should be
administered including directions for administration by a certified
staff member if administration by the school nurse, emergency
medical personnel, or self-administration cannot reasonably be
achieved;
17.
other medications the student is receiving;
18.
time interval for re-evaluation;
19.
the parent's or guardian's name, signature, date of signature, and
regular and emergency telephone numbers.
The school nurse shall review the written order, require any additional
information from the parent or guardian or the student's licensed
prescriber appropriate to complete the review, consult with the Assistant
Superintendent for Pupil Services as appropriate and approve or deny the
order depending on its completeness. An appeal from the denial of any
order prescribing the administration of medication may be made by the
parent or guardian to the Assistant Superintendent of Pupil Support
Services of the school and then to the Superintendent/Principal.
Persons Authorized to Administer Medication
A.
The school nurse or any registered nurse approved by the school district
may administer medications under these guidelines.
B.
Any faculty member or any health aide may supervise self administration
of medication by a student under these guidelines.
Any faculty member may, but is not required to, administer medications in
emergency situations if, under the circumstances, the school nurse or
emergency medical personnel cannot be available in sufficient time and
the student cannot self-administer the medication. Under no circumstances
are faculty members or other school employees required to carry
medications for students nor are they required to ensure that students carry
such medications.
Parents may administer medications in school with the approval of the
school nurse or the Associate Principal for Pupil Services of the school.
III.
Procedures for Administration of Medications
A.
Each dose of medication shall be documented in the student's individual
health record. Documentation shall include date, time, dosage, route, and
the signature of the person administering the medication or supervising the
student in self administration. In the event a dosage is not administered as
ordered, the reasons shall be entered in the record.
B.
Effectiveness and side effects shall be assessed with each administration
and extraordinary side effects will be documented as necessary in the
student's individual health record.
C.
A procedure shall be established for written feedback to the licensed
prescriber and the parent(s)/guardian at scheduled appropriate intervals for
long-term medication or as requested by the licensed prescriber.
D.
All approved orders for long-term medication shall be renewed at each
semester. Changes in medication shall be through a revised order or other
written authorization from the licensed prescriber as approved by the
school nurse.
Medication must be brought to the school in the original package or an
appropriately labeled container.
1.
Prescription medications shall display:
a.
prescription number;
b.
student's name;
c.
medication name/dosage;
d.
administration route and/or other directions;
e.
date and refill;
f.
licensed prescriber’s name
g.
pharmacy name, address and phone number
h.
2.
name or initials of pharmacist.
Over-the-counter medications (OTC):
a.
OTC (non-prescription) medications shall be brought to
school with the manufacturer's original label with the
ingredients listed and the student's name affixed to the
container.
F.
Medications, and special items necessary to administer medications such
as syringes and hypodermic needles, must be stored in a separate locked
drawer or cabinet. Medications requiring refrigeration must be refrigerated
in a secure area. Medications which must be available while a student is
engaged in a school activity conducted away from the customary site of
storage must be brought by the student to that site.
G.
The parent or guardian will be responsible at the end of the treatment
regime for removing from the school any unused medication which was
prescribed for the student. If the parent or guardian does not pick up the
medication by the end of the school term, the certified school nurse will
dispose of and document that medications were discarded. Medications
will be discarded in the presence of a witness.
H.
Except in emergencies, the written order must be consulted before
administration of medications.
A record of the administration must be made in accordance with Section A.
above.
POLICY 5320, STUDENT SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL DEVELOPMENT
Administrative procedures to foster social and emotional learning shall be incorporated
into the District’s educational program, in accordance with the Illinois Learning Standard
regarding students’ social and emotional development.
Adopted administrative
procedures shall protect the confidentiality of all students and their families.
Such initiatives shall include:
(1)
Classroom and school-wide programming which implement scientifically
based, age and culturally appropriate strategies that teach social and
emotional skills, promote optimal mental health, and prevent risk
behaviors for all students;
(2)
Staff development and training for school personnel regarding ageappropriate social, emotional, and academic learning;
(3)
Programs and learning opportunities for parents related to the importance
of children’s optimal social and emotional development;
(4)
Community partnerships with mental health agencies and organizations to
provide a coordinated approach to addressing the social and emotional
needs of students;
(5)
A system of early identification and intervention for students at risk for
social, emotional, or mental health problems that impact learning;
(6)
A system for referral and follow-up to provide effective clinical services
for students who require them utilizing student and family support service
programs, school-based behavioral health services, and school-community
linked services and supports; and
(7)
A system to assess and report baseline information regarding students’
social-emotional development and its impact on their learning ability.
The Superintendent/Principal or designee shall develop procedures to implement
this policy as needed.
Amended Date(s):
Adopted Date:
Review Date:
Law Reference:
Related Policies:
And Guidelines:
Cross Ref:
September 23, 2004
Children’s Mental Health Act 2003, 405 ILCS 49/1 et seq.
6:270 (Guidance and Counseling Program), 7:100 Health
Examinations, Immunizations, and Exclusion of Students),
7:250 (Student Support Services)
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES FOR POLICY 5320 AND RESPONDING TO
STUDENTS WITH SOCIAL, EMOTIONAL, OR MENTAL HEALTH PROBLEMS
PUPIL SUPPORT SERVICES TEAM
The Assistant Superintendent of Pupil Support Services shall appoint Pupil Support
Services Teams that shall have the tasks described in this Administrative Procedure.
Team members must be school staff members who are qualified by professional
licensing or experience to address issues concerning students who may have social,
emotional, or mental health problems. As needed on a case-by-case basis, the Pupil
Support Services Teams may request the involvement of the Assistant
Superintendent of Pupil Support Services, relevant teachers, and the
parents/guardians. Records produced and shared among Team members may be
subject to laws governing student records. Confidential information given by a
student to a therapist is governed by the Mental Health and Developmental
Disabilities Confidentiality Act, 740 ILCS 110/1 et seq.
REFERRALS
Staff members should refer a student suspected of having social, emotional, or mental
health problems to the Pupil Support Services Team. The Pupil Support Services Team
will review information about a referred student, including prior interventions, and
suggest appropriate steps for referral and follow-up. The Pupil Support Services Team
may offer strategies to a referred student’s classroom teachers and parents/guardians
about ways they can manage, address, and/or enhance the student’s social and emotional
development and mental health. In addition, the Pupil Support Services Team may
recommend coordinated educational, social work, school counseling, and/or student
assistance services within the school as well as referrals to outside agencies. Referrals
under this procedure are unrelated to the special education evaluation process and do not
trigger the District’s timeline for evaluations. However, the use of these procedures shall
not circumvent the special education process. See Administrative Procedure 6:120-AP,
Special Education Procedures Assuring the Implementation of Comprehensive
Programming for Children with Disabilities and Suspected Disabilities.
SCHOOL COUNSELING, SOCIAL WORK, AND PSYCHOLOGICAL SERVICES
The Pupil Support Services Team may request school counselors, social workers,
psychologists, and school nurses to provide support and consultation to teachers and
school staff about strategies to promote the social and emotional development and mental
health of all students. They may also be requested to provide screening and early
detection approaches to identify students with social, emotional, and mental health
problems.
Written permission from the parent/guardian is required for any on-going social work and
psychological services. “On-going” is defined as more than 5 contacts in which the
student received these services. Written consent may be obtained through an IEP or other
designated form. That consent does not entitle parents/guardians to know the contents of
all that is discussed. School counselors, social workers, and psychologists will inform
parents/guardians of all issues that pose a health and/or safety risk; they will inform the
Building Principal of any health or safety risks that are present in the school
PSYCHO-EDUCATIONAL GROUPS 2
As appropriate, the Pupil Support Services Team may recommend that a student
participate in a variety of psycho-educational groups. These groups are typically led by
school counselors, social workers, or psychologists, but are not structured as therapeutic
services. Groups are designed to help students better understand issues and develop
strategies to manage issues of concern to them that may, if not addressed, interfere
significantly with the students’ educational progress or school adjustment.
Groups have a written curriculum that guides discussion over a set period of time,
generally 5 weeks. A student may participate in a group without parent/guardian
permission for one such time period; subsequent enrollment in the same group requires
parent/guardian permission. Students in a group who present significant concern and for
whom therapeutic services must be considered will be referred to the social workers,
psychologists, or school counselors for individual consultation. (See above description of
these services).
SCHOOL AND COMMUNITY LINKAGES
When possible, the Pupil Support Services Team shall seek to establish linkages and
partnerships with diverse community organizations to provide a coordinated approach to
addressing children’s social and emotional development and mental health needs.
POLICY 6160, ACADEMIC HONESTY
Staff, parents and students are responsible for maintaining the academic integrity of the
school. The atmosphere in each classroom, gymnasium, laboratory, and library or
support center should actively foster academic honesty, as should the atmosphere in the
home of each student.
Staff should be clear in their advocacy of academic honesty by discussing with students
the difference between honest and dishonest work and by employing instructional and
evaluative strategies that reduce the opportunity for dishonesty. Parents should
continually emphasize academic honesty and integrity to their children.
Academic dishonesty by a student degrades the student’s character, reputation and
impedes the teaching-learning process. Any action intended to obtain credit for or
recognition of work that is not one’s own is considered academic dishonesty. These
actions include (but are not limited to) the following: submitting another’s work as one’s
own work; sharing or accepting a copy of tests or scoring devices; sharing quiz/test
questions with students in the same or other classes; copying from another student’s
homework or class project; cheating on a quiz/test by copying from another or using
unauthorized sources of information; plagiarizing; fabricating data or sources or
information; copying materials in violation of the copyright laws; using technology to
commit academic fraud; using technology in violation of the district Acceptable Use
Policy; or accessing restricted computer files without authorization.
Those who violate the Academic Honesty Policy will be subject to penalties as outlined
in the following procedures.
Procedures Related to Academic Honesty Policy
Cheating:
If a student is suspected of violating the academic honesty policy while engaged in a
classroom activity (example: cheating on an in-class assignment, quiz or test), the faculty
member should alert the student and take appropriate action to eliminate the opportunity
to cheat. Following the class period the student and faculty member should meet to
resolve the issue. Penalties may include (but are not restricted to) the following:
Requirement to re-do the assignment, grade reduction for the assignment, grade reduction
for the quarter or grade reduction for the semester If the student and teacher cannot
mutually resolve the issue, it will be referred to the Division Head for further review. At
this point in the process the parent(s) will be invited to participate. Failure to reach
resolution at this point will result in referral of the matter to the Assistant Superintendent
for Curriculum and Instruction for resolution. Instances of cheating on major tests/exams
or repeated patterns of cheating will be reported to the Assistant Principal for Student
Services.
Plagiarism and Fabrication:
If a student knowingly appropriates the work of another and submits it as his/her own
without giving proper credit or citation or if the student fabricates data or sources or
information, the student is subject to an appropriate penalty.
A.
If a student admits to having committed academic fraud, the teacher and the
student (in consultation with the parents, when appropriate) may mutually agree
upon a penalty in which case the matter will be considered resolved. Penalties
may include (but are not restricted to) the following: requirement to re-do the
assignment, grade reduction for the assignment, grade reduction for the quarter, or
grade reduction for the semester. Cases of plagiarism and fabrication will be
reported to the Assistant Principal for Student Services.
B.
If a student denies committing academic fraud, or if the student and the teacher
cannot reach a mutually acceptable resolution of the situation, the teacher will
immediately notify the Division Head of the suspected incident.
1.
The Division Head and teacher will review all information related to the incident
to confirm the suspicion that the academic fraud has occurred. If confirmation
cannot be made, the matter will be dropped.
2.
Following confirmation of the incident, the Division Head will notify the
Counselor and parent of the suspected academic fraud and the Division
Head will notify the Assistant Superintendent of Curriculum and
Instruction (ASCI) regarding the possible violation of the District’s
Academic Honest Policy.
3.
The Assistant Superintendent for Curriculum and Instruction (ASCI) will
convene a hearing within ten (10) school days of receipt of such
notification. The hearing panel will be comprised of the ASCI, , a
Division Head (not from the division in which the alleged infraction
occurred) and a Counselor (not the student’s Counselor). The hearing
panel will take testimony from the student and the teacher (and the
Counselor, Division Head, and parents when deemed necessary) and
review all written documents. The panel will issue a final decision within
ten (10) school days of the hearing. Examples of appropriate penalties are
listed in item (a) above. If the incident occurs at the end of a grading
period, a student will be given an “I” until the final ruling is rendered.
4.
Decisions of the hearing panel may be appealed to the Principal for
review.
Amended:
September 24, 2009; June 22, 2000
Adopted Date:
June 18, 1989
Review Date:
June 2005
Law Reference:
Related Policies:
And Guidelines:
Cross Ref:
POLICY 6220, TUTORING AND THERAPY
Teachers are expected to be available to assist students before and/or after school as well
as during their preparation periods. Times and locations for such help are to be posted by
each teacher.
Teachers are not to tutor for pay any students from their own classes.
Support staff members who provide therapy for students in school are not to provide
therapy for pay to such students.
Neither tutoring nor therapy for pay by school employees should occur in school facilities
during the school day.
Home/hospital instruction will be provided for a student whose physician indicates that
the student will be out of school for a minimum of two weeks.
Amended:
Adopted Date:
Review Date:
Law Reference:
Related Policies:
And Guidelines:
Cross Ref:
May 25, 2000
November 15, 1983
Section 10
ORGANIZATIONAL CHARTS AND JOB
DESCRIPTIONS
SUPERINTENDENT ......................................................................................................... 2
PRINCIPAL ........................................................................................................................ 3
ASSISTANT PRINCIPAL FOR STUDENT ACTIVITIES (APSA) ................................ 4
ASSISTANT PRINCIPAL FOR STUDENT HEALTH AND SAFETY (APSHS) .......... 5
ASSISTANT PRINCIPAL FOR STUDENT SERVICES (APSS) .................................... 6
ATHLETIC DIRECTOR (AD)........................................................................................... 7
ASSISTANT SUPERINTENDENT FOR CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION
(ASCI) ................................................................................................................................. 8
DIRECTOR OF ASSESSMENT AND RESEARCH (DAR) .......................................... 10
ASSISTANT SUPERINTENDENT FOR HUMAN RESOURCES (ASHR) ................. 11
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER (CFO)............................................................................ 12
DIRECTOR OF BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS (ROBERT ZUMMALLEN) ................................ 13
CHIEF INFORMATION OFFICER (CIO) ...................................................................... 14
COMMUNICATIONS/COMMUNITY RELATIONS COORDINATOR (CCRC)........ 15
DIVISION HEAD............................................................................................................. 16
ORGANIZATIONAL CHARTS ...................................................................................... 18
1
Superintendent
Attila J. Weninger
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Administers Board Policies
Baldrige Process
Development, Recommendation, Leadership, and Achievement of District Goals
Develops and plans regular Board Meeting Agendas and Meetings
District Liaison to Local, State, and National External Groups and Agencies (Triton
College, Des Plaines Valley School College Partnership and Board of Control (DVR),
ISBE, Council of Governments, Management Council, Minority Student Achievement
Network’s Governing Board (MSAN), OPRF Community Foundation Board)District
Leadership Team Chair (DLT)
Health Services Network, Member
IWAS Report Coordination
o Application for Recognition of Schools (G. Kalmerton)
o End-of-the Year Report Coordination (G. Kalmerton)
o Accreditation (G. Kalmerton)
o ISBE School Report Card Coordination (G. Kalmerton)
Minority Student Achievement Initiatives
OPRF Rotary Club
OPRF Scholarship Foundation
Parking Stickers (Student/Staff)
Sabbatical Approvals (Faculty)
School Liaison to Board recognized and approved Parent Groups (Citizens’ Council;
Boosters)
Student Achievement (Academic and Cocurricular)
Supervises and Evaluates District Leadership Team (DLT)
o Assistant Superintendent for Curriculum And Instruction
o Assistant Superintendent for Human Resources
o Chief Financial Officer
o Chief Information Officer
o Communications and Community Relations Coordinator
o Principal
Swanson Scholar Fund Board
2
Principal
Nathaniel L. Rouse
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Alternative Educational Programs
Associate School/District Articulation
BLT Liaison to English and History
Building Leadership Team (BLT), Chair
Code of Conduct
Commencement
Day-to-Day Operation of the School and Building
District Leadership Team (DLT), Member
District Liaison To Villages, Parking, Emergency Preparedness, Inspections) (with
APSHS, B&G Director)
Divisional Display Cases
DLT Liaison to APPLE and PTO
Emergency Plans and Drills
Equipment and Furniture Purchases and Requests (Division Heads/Principal/Purchasing
Coordinator/Director of B&G)
Evaluate Faculty
Facility Advisory Committee (with Director of B&G) (2009-2010 and beyond)
Facility Rental (including Triton)(with Donna Dietrich)
Faculty Supervisory Assignments (with ASCI)
Field Trip Approval
Final Examination Schedule
Furniture Requests
Incoming Freshman Open House
Instructional Council (IC), Member
National African-American Parental Involvement Day (NAAPID)
P.A. System (with Director of B&G)
Parent Open House
Parent Teacher Organization)
Parent Visitation Days
Parent-Teacher Conferences
Police Liaison
Response To Intervention (RtI)
School Improvement Plan (SIP) Chair
School Registration and Enrollment
Student Achievement Initiatives (Academic and Cocurricular)
Student Handbook
Supervises and Evaluates Building Leadership Team (BLT)
o Assistant Principal For Student Activities (APSA)
o Assistant Principal For Student Health And Safety (APSHS)
o Assistant Principal For Student Services (APSS)
o Athletic Director (AD)
o Outreach Coordinator
United Way
3
Assistant Principal for Student Activities (APSA)
Cindy Milojevic
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Activity Fair
Activity Trip Approvals
Assemblies
BLT Liaison To Science and Fine/Applied Art Divisions
Building Leadership Team, Member
Co-Curricular Code of Conduct (Activities)
Co-Curricular Transcripts (Activities)
Community Board
Daily Bulletin and Announcements
Display Cases (Student Center)
DLT Liaison To Concert Tour Association (CTA)
Evaluate Non-tenured Faculty
Exchanges/Excursions/ Foreign Travel/Summer Field Trips
Flyer/Banner/Poster Approval
Freshman Kick Off Day
Freshman Shadow Program
Fundraising Approval (Activity Clubs/Organizations)
Honors Convocations (Freshman-Sophomore-Junior-Senior)
Human Relations Awards
IHSA Academic/Activity Competitive Teams
Minority Student Achievement Network (MSAN) Student Leadership Conference
Open House for Incoming Freshmen and Families
Plus One Awards
Recruit and Employ Activity Sponsors/Personnel
School-Wide Events
o Homecoming Block Party
o Homecoming Dance
o Huskiepalooza
o King of Hearts Dance
o Others, as planned
o Prom and Post Prom
Stipend Review Committee Chair
o Student Activity Program (Clubs and Organizations)
o Club and Sponsor Evaluation
Student of the Quarter Awards
Tradition of Excellence Committee Chair
o Tradition of Excellence Dinner
o Assembly
West Suburban Conference (WSC) Activity Sponsor, Representative
4
Assistant Principal for Student Health and Safety (APSHS)
Janel Bishop
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Alternative Educational Placements (with APSS)
Attendance
Bicycle Registration/Safety
BLT Liaison to World Languages
Building Leadership Team (BLT), Member
Cameras
Code of Conduct
Course Selection
Critical Incident Plan
Deans
Discipline Hearings
District Liaison to Village of Oak Park Signage, Streets, Events, Parking)
District Liaison To Villages on Parking, Emergency Preparedness, Inspections) (with
Principal and B&G Director)
FREE And MUREE Programs
Hallway Supervision Assignments
Homebound Tutoring (Discipline)
In-school/Out-of-School Suspensions
Parental Communication and Notification of Discipline and Attendance
Provide Direction and Guidance for the Discipline System
Provide Semester Reports Related to Discipline Statistics
Pupil Support Services (PSS) Teams
Registration and Enrollment (with Principal)
Residency
Safety and Support Team (SST)
School Liaison to Board-sponsored Parent Group PTO
Security Cameras
5
Assistant Principal for Student Services (APSS)
Mark Wilson
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
504 Coordinator
Advanced Placement (AP), ACT, SAT (Programs’ Coordination)
Alternative Educational Placements (with APSHS)
BLT Liaison to Mathematics
Community Support Services (Thrive Counseling)
Counselors Guidance Program
Course Selection Process
Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA)
Health Services
Health Services Network (HSN), Chair
Home Schooling
Homebound Tutoring (Academic)
Independent Study
IWAS Report Coordination of Student Health Data
Leadership for Registration/Enrollment/Course Selection Processes
Master Schedule/Course Registration
NCAA Course Eligibility Clearinghouse
Pupil Support Services (PSS) Teams
Registrar
Registration and Enrollment (with Principal)
Resource Managers
School Liaison to Board-Sponsored Parent Group APPLE
School Profile
Substance Abuse and Prevention Specialists
Transfer Credits
Triton College Credit Articulation
6
Athletic Director (AD)
John Stelzer
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Administrative Liaison to Boosters
Athletic Facilities
Athletic Facilities (within community)
Athletic Participation Fees
BLT Liaison to PE
Huskie Athletic Council (HAC)
IHSA Athletic Program and Teams
Intramurals
Open Gym Program
Recruit and Employ Athletic Coaches and Personnel
Representation at State, Local and Conference Athletic Meetings
Sports Award Assemblies
Stipend Review Committee, Member
Study Table (Tutorial)
Summer Athletic Camps and Leagues
Supervise and Evaluate Athletic Coaches and Personnel
Wellness Committee, Member
7
Assistant Superintendent for Curriculum and Instruction (ASCI)
Philip M. Prale
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
o
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Academic Honesty (Policy and Procedures)
Administrator Academies
Alternative Educational Placements (with PSS)
Articulation with Associate Districts and Schools
Board of Education Instruction Committee Administrative Liaison
Chicago Area Directors of Curriculum and Assessment (CADCA), Member
Curriculum and Instruction Development
Curriculum Guides
School Liaison to Villages for Police and Fire
DLT Liaison to PTO
Division Heads’ Conference and Travel Budgets
Faculty Supervisory Assignments (with Principal)
Grade Change Appeal Process
NCLB Consolidated Grant
Instructional Council Chair
ISBE Continuing Professional Development Unit (CPDU) Credits
o AARA – IDEA Part B Flow-Through (L. Cada)
o Driver Ed – Driver Instructor Eligibility (D. Craft)
o Driver Ed – Reimbursement – (D. Kleinfeld)
o Driver Ed – Student Coursework Completion (Blue Slips) (D. Craft)
o High School Students Taking Community College Courses
o NCLB Consolidated Application
o NCLB Monitoring Instrument
o NCLB Performance Report
o NCLB Title I Comparability Documentation
o Orphanage Tuition 18-3 (L. Carlin and Chief Financial Officer)
o Special Ed Room & Board Claim (L. Carlin)
o Special Education Authorization (Harrisburg Project) (M. Thivel)
o Title I Status Survey
Minority Student Achievement Initiatives (with Superintendent)
Minority Student Achievement Network (MSAN) – Research Practitioners Council
(RPC) Representative
New Teacher Orientation, Induction and Mentoring Program
North Central Association (NCA-CASI)
Professional Development Committee, Member
School Improvement Plan (SIP) Team, Member
SOLO Program
Staff Development Programs:
o Professional Learning Teams
o Inservice Days,
o Institute Days
o Staff Development Days
Student Achievement Initiatives (Curricular)
Student Teachers/Pre-Student Teaching Placements
Summer Curriculum Projects vis-a-via DVR Grants
Summer School
8
•
•
•
•
•
Supervises and Evaluates
o Director of Assessment and Research
o Division Heads
o Summer School Director
Teacher Course Profiles
Teacher Grant Program (with ASCI)
Tenured Teacher Evaluation Appeals Committee
Tutoring Center
9
Director of Assessment and Research (DAR)
Amy Hill
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Academic Catalog
Associate School/District Articulation
Curriculum and Instruction Assessment
Independent Study
Institute Day Programs (with ASCI)
Institutional Research, Analysis, and Evaluation
Instructional Practices Research, Analysis, Dissemination, Implementation, and
Evaluation
o Career and Tech Education Improvement
o CTE-Perkins Secondary
o AYP Status Report
Mastery Manager
Minority Student Achievement Initiatives
Minority Student Achievement Network (MSAN) Research Practitioners Council
Representative
Professional Development Team, Co-Chair
School Improvement Plan (SIP) Team, Member
Senior Instructional Leadership Core (SILC)
Staff Development Days
Student Achievement Initiatives
Summer Curriculum Projects
Surveys (Administration, Analysis and Recommendations)
Teacher Grant Program
Test Prep Programs (ACT, PSAT, SAT And PSAE)
Testing Programs (ACCESS, EXPLORE, IPSAE, PLAN, PSAE, PSAT)
Textbooks
10
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Assistant Superintendent for Human Resources (ASHR)
Jason Edgecombe
Administrative Contracts
Board Human Resources Committee Administrative Liaison
Career Opportunities
Certification: Administrator and Teacher
Chamber of Commerce
Collective Bargaining (Contracts)
o CPA
o FSEC
o SST
o B&G
Day Care Center Grant and Contract
DLT Liaison to Alumni Association
Employee Assistance Plan (EAP)
Employee Attendance
Employee Benefits
Employee Position Descriptions
Employee Group and Union Relations
Employee Retirement Benefits
End-of-Year Staff Program and Breakfast
Faculty Handbook
Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPPA)
Holiday Tea
Insurance Committee, Member
o Early Childhood – Parent Evaluations/Demographics
o Non-certified Staff Salary Study
o Preschool for All-Cont. 0-3 Early Childhood
o Preschool for All-Cont. 3-5 Early Childhood
o Public School Calendar
o Reduction in Force Survey (RIF)
o Teacher Salary Study
o Teacher Service Record (TSR)
o Unfilled Positions Survey
Northwest Personnel Association (NWPA)
Personnel Litigation
Recruitment, Employment, Probation, Retirement, and Termination of Employees
o Administrators
o Buildings and Grounds
o Classified
o Faculty
o Food Service
o Non-Affiliated
o Safety and Support Team
Recruitment Team, Chair
RFCC Child Care Program Liaison and 0-3 Early Childhood Grant
School Calendar
Stipend Review Committee, Member
Substitute Coordination
11
Chief Financial Officer (CFO)
Cheryl Witham
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Accounts Receivable/Payable
Activity Funds
Board of Education Finance Committee Administration Liaison
Bookstore
Budget
Buildings and Grounds
Collective Bargaining Negotiations (Financial Projections)
Community Facility Advisory Committee
Construction
Contracts
Copiers (lease/purchase)
Deferred Compensation Plans
District Treasurer
DLT Liaison to Citizens’ Council
Equipment and Furniture (with Principal)
Finance Advisory Committee Chair
Financial Reports
Five-Year Budget Plan
Fixed Assets Inventory
Food Service
Grants: Revenue Collection and Expenditure Reports
Insurance
• Insurance Committee
• Facility Insurance
• Health Plan Renewals and Negotiations
• Property and Liability Insurance
• Rental Insurance
• Child Nutrition – ACES – M. Piekarski
• District Financial Report – OEPP/PCTC
• Electronic Expenditure Reports – D. Wiley
• Estimated Best Three Month Average Daily Attendance – D. Wiley
• General State Aid Claim – D. Wiley
• Illinois Textbook Loan Program – J. Charette-BassiriRad
• Parent/Guardian Transportation Reimbursement – P. Jansen
• Pupil Transportation Claim Reimbursement – D. Wiley
• Special Education Room & Board Claim – D. Wiley
Levy
Lions Club
Medicare Medicaid Reimbursement and Reporting
OPRFHS Scholarship Foundation, Treasurer
Payroll
Purchasing and Bids
Student Accident Reports
Student Fees (Loans and Deferments)
School Registration and Enrollment Fees
12
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
School Vehicle Use
o Director of Buildings and Grounds
o Director of Bookstore
o Director of Finance
o Director of Food Service
Swanson Scholarship Foundation, Treasurer
Transportation and Vehicles
Workers’ Compensation
Wellness Committee
Taxing Districts’ Business Managers Committee
Director of Buildings and Grounds (Robert Zummallen)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
District Liaison To Villages on Parking, Emergency Preparedness, Inspections) (with Principal
and APSHS)
Emergency Preparedness Liaison to Village of Oak Park (with Principal)
Equipment and Furniture Purchases and Requests (Principal/Division Heads/Principal/Purchasing
Coordinator)
Facility Advisory Committee (with Principal) (2009-2010 and beyond)
Facility Rentals (with Principal)
Health Life Safety Survey
Parking Garage Liaison to VOP
Public Address System
Radios
School Vehicle Maintenance
13
Chief Information Officer (CIO)
Michael Carioscio
•
•

•
•
Communications
• Telephones
• Cell phones
• Switchboard
• Local network
Wired
Wireless
• Internet access
Technology
• Website
• Servers
• PCs and MACs
• Printers
• Classroom technology (projectors, smart boards, etc)
• Network copiers (specify, implement, support)
• Printers
• Software
Productivity (MS Office)
Email/Calendaring
Instructional (evaluate w/faculty, configure, install, support)
Utility (content filtering, anti-virus, etc)
• Data Systems Manager
• Technicians
• Help Desk personnel
• Webmaster
• Technology Learning Center (TLC) personnel
• Lab aides
• Administrative Assistant
Family and Student Access
Educational Technology
• Data Systems
Enrollment Projections
ISBE State Reports
• Fall Housing Report
• Student Information Systems (SIS)
Master Schedule
Room Assignments and Space Utilization
14
Communications/Community Relations Coordinator (CCRC)
Katherine Foran
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
o
DLT Liaison to Alumni Association
Family Newsletter - August, October, January, March, and May
Media Liaison for District and Staff
o Promotes/Publicizes Awards, Events, and Issues of Interest
o Serves as Contact Person in Crisis/Emergency Situations
o Supervises Maintenance of Student Media Release List and Protocols
Liaison with Parent Groups, Alumni Association, Associate Districts, And Community Residents
And Institutions
General Staffwide Communications, Outreach, Editing, Writing Assistance
Health Network Services, Member
HuskiEmail Listserv
Lake Street Electronic Marquee
Postal Services (Personnel, Process, Equipment)
School Tours and Information
Supervise
o Weekly What's Up/Local News Emails
o Honor Roll Mailings
o Work Permits
o Welcome Center Information Assistance
Volunteer Coordinator
o Identify School/Student Needs
o Recruit Needed Volunteers
o Initial Screening
o Help Community Find Student Volunteers
Website Content Updates
o Front-Page
o School News
o Calendar
o Coming Events Links
15
Division Head
Division Heads are members of the Instructional Council (IC) and the All District Administrative (ADA)
Team. They report to the Assistant Superintendent for Curriculum and Instruction.
The Division Heads are responsible for administrative decision-making by initiating recommendations,
providing advice and counsel, and implementing decisions. They have responsibility for curricular,
instructional, student, personnel and financial matters within their divisions and are the first line of
administrative contact for faculty and staff with students and parents.
As exemplary teachers and leaders in their fields, they have major responsibility for the development of
curriculum improvement of instruction student academic achievement in their divisions and in the school.
They are leaders in the school who balance their roles as Division Heads with their roles as leaders within
the school (IC, ADA). As such, they help develop policy recommendations and procedures, provide input
into and make decisions, all of which are in the best interests of students.
•
Supervisory and Leadership Responsibilities
o Apprise the appropriate administrator of division needs and concerns
o Assist teachers in their handling of the day-to-day problems including student behavior,
student achievement, student evaluation, lesson planning and lesson presentation
o Continuously evaluate the performance of faculty and staff and the division
o Provide educational leadership for the division and the entire school program
•
Curricular and Instructional Responsibilities
o Advise and cooperate with the appropriate administrator regarding the selection of course
offerings and assignment of teachers, and to the allocation of facilities and equipment for
all summer programs
o Assist in the consideration and planning of field trips and make initial recommendations
to the Principal
o Assume teaching duties as assigned
o Cooperate with appropriate personnel in the classification and placement of students
o Cooperate with the appropriate administrator in planning the long-range personnel,
facility and equipment needs of the division
o Cooperate with the appropriate administrators in recommending faculty and staff FTE
based on course enrollments and in the assignment of classroom and supervisory
responsibilities
o Evaluate current courses and recommend courses to be added, dropped, or revised
o Form and advise division curriculum committee(s)
o Plan long-range curricular needs
o Provide division leadership in the selection, development and use of curricular materials
o Provide division leadership in the selection, development, and use of instructional
methodologies
o Recommend all textbooks and other teaching materials
•
Administrative Responsibilities
o Assist in the selection and help coordinate the activities of student teachers, interns and
substitute teachers
o Attend Instructional Council (IC) meetings and All District Administrator (ADA)
meetings
o Develop and implement division budget and monitor and control expenditures
o Develop and maintain professional, productive, and effective relationships with other
school and community groups and individuals, including articulation with public and
private associate schools,
16
o
o
o
o
o
•
Develop goals, activities, outcomes and reports for divisional professional learning teams
Promote accomplishments of students and division members
Promote the activities of the division
Recruit and recommend for employment non-certified staff within the division
Work closely with the Assistant Superintendent for Human Resources in the
implementation of the District recruitment and employment program, including but not
limited to identifying division faculty for the District recruitment team; attending job fairs
as requested; working to achieve District minority staff goal(s); creating and facilitating
division interviews; working with the Principal, the Assistant Superintendent for Human
Resources, and the Assistant Superintendent for Curriculum and Instruction in identifying
candidates to be interviewed for faculty positions; and making recommendations of
candidates for faculty positions to the appropriate administrative team ; and participating
in those interviews.
2009-2010 Division Heads
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
Business Education, Library and Media Services
English
Fine and Applied Arts
History
Mathematics
Physical Education/Driver Education
Science
Special Education (Director)
World Languages
17
ORGANIZATIONAL CHARTS
18